Key Benefits:
Law 56/2003, of 16 December, of Employment, establishes, in its article 3, that it corresponds to the Government, on a proposal of the current Ministry of Labour and Immigration, and prior report of this Ministry to the Sectoral Conference of Employment and Industrial Affairs, the elaboration and approval of the regulatory provisions in relation to, among others, occupational and continuing vocational training in the State field, as well as the development of such management.
Article 26.1 of Law 56/2003 of 16 December 2003, following the amendment by Royal Decree-Law 3/2011 of 18 February 2011 of urgent measures for the improvement of employability and reform of policies In the field of employment, it is concerned with the vocational training subsystem for employment, in which, since the entry into force of Royal Decree 395/2007 of 23 March, which regulates it, the arrangements for vocational training in the field of employment have been integrated labour-training and continuing training. This subsystem, according to the legal provisions laid down in the Organic Law of the European Communities, of Qualifications and Vocational Training, will be carried out in the framework of the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training. of the National Employment System.
For its part, the Organic Law of June 19, the Organic Law of 19, understands the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training as the set of instruments and actions necessary to promote and develop the integration of offers of vocational training and the assessment and accreditation of professional skills. The main instruments of this System are the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications and the procedure for recognition, evaluation, accreditation and registration of the same. Article 8 of the Organic Law of 19 June provides that certificates of professional competence prove the professional qualifications of those who have obtained them and that they will be issued by the competent administration, with a view to official and valid throughout the national territory. In addition, Article 10.1 indicates that the General Administration of the State, in accordance with the provisions of Article 149.1.30. and 7. of the Constitution and after consulting the General Council of Vocational Training, shall determine the qualifications and certificates of professionalism, which shall constitute the offers of vocational training referred to in the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications.
The National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, according to Article 3.3 of Royal Decree 1128/2003 of 5 September, which regulates the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, in the wording given to the By the same token, Royal Decree 1416/2005 of 25 November provides the basis for drawing up the training offer leading to the acquisition of vocational training qualifications and certificates of professionalism and the modular training offer. the cumulative associated with a competition unit, as well as other training offers adapted to collectives with specific needs. In accordance with Article 8.5 of the same royal decree, the training offer of certificates of professionalism shall be in accordance with the minimum quality indicators and requirements which guarantee the fundamental aspects of a system. training, to be established by mutual agreement between the educational and labour administrations, after consultation of the General Council for Vocational Training.
Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, governing certificates of professionalism, as amended by Royal Decree 1675/2010 of 10 December 2010, has updated, in line with the regulations mentioned above, the regulation of the certificates set out in the previous Royal Decree 1506/2003 of 28 November 2003 laying down the guidelines for certificates of professionalism, which have been repealed.
In that Royal Decree 34/2008, as amended by Royal Decree 1675/2010, the structure and content of the certificates of professionalism are defined, from the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications and the guidelines established by the European Union, and it is established that the Public Service of State Employment, with the collaboration of the National Focal Points, will prepare and update the certificates of professionalism, which will be approved by royal decree.
In this regulatory framework it is appropriate for the Government to establish six certificates of professionalism of the professional family Electricity and electronics in the professional areas of electrical installations, electronic equipment and Telecommunications facilities which will be incorporated into the National Directory of certificates of professionalism by levels of professional qualification, taking into account the professional competence required by the productive activities, such as It is laid down in Article 4.4 and in Annex II to Royal Decree 1128/2003, cited above.
With the entry into force of this royal decree, the new certificate of professionalism "Assembly and maintenance of low voltage electrical installations", which in the same one is established, replaces the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Electrician of buildings established in Royal Decree 940/1997 of 20 June, which, consequently, is repealed, to the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Industrial Electrician established in the Royal Decree 2068/1995 of 22 December 1995, which is therefore repealed and the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Electricist maintenance established in Royal Decree 336/1997 of 7 March, which, consequently, is repealed.
With the entry into force of this royal decree, the new certificate of professionalism "Assembly and maintenance of public address, sonorization of premises and closed circuit of television" that in it is established, replaces the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Installer of Equipment and Communications Systems, established in Royal Decree 943/1997 of 20 June, which is therefore repealed.
With the entry into force of this royal decree, the new certificate of professionalism "Montaje and maintenance of high voltage electric networks of second and third category and centers of transformation" that in the same establishes, replaces the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Operario de powerlines of high voltage, established in Royal Decree 408/1997 of 21 March, which, consequently, is repealed.
In the process of drawing up this royal decree has issued report the General Council of Vocational Training, the General Council of the National Employment System and has been informed the Sectoral Conference of Employment and Labor.
In its virtue, on the proposal of the Minister of Labour and Immigration and after deliberation of the Council of Ministers at its meeting of May 13, 2011,
DISPONGO:
Article 1. Object and scope of application.
This royal decree aims to establish six certificates of professionalism of the professional family Electricity and electronics which are included in the National Directory of Professional Certificates, regulated by the Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, governing certificates of professionalism, as amended by Royal Decree 1675/2010 of 10 December 2010.
Such certificates of professionalism are official and valid throughout the national territory and do not constitute a regulation of professional practice.
Article 2. Certificates of professionalism that are established.
The certificates of professionalism that are established correspond to the professional family Electricity and electronics and are listed below, the specifications of which are described in the following annexes:
Professional family: Electricity and Electronics.
Annex I. Auxiliary operations for assembly of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in buildings. Level 1.
Annex II Assembly and maintenance of public address facilities, sonorization of premises and closed circuit television. Level 2.
Annex III Assembly and maintenance of low voltage electrical installations. Level 2.
Annex IV Assembly and maintenance of high voltage electrical networks of second and third categories and centers of transformation. Level 2.
Annex V Assembly and maintenance of telephone systems and infrastructure of local data networks. Level 2.
Annex VI Management and supervision of the installation and maintenance of electromedical systems. Level 3.
Article 3. Structure and content.
The content of each professionalism certificate responds to the structure set out in the following sections:
(a) In paragraph I: Identification of the certificate of professionalism.
(b) In paragraph II: Professional profile of the certificate of professionalism.
(c) In paragraph III: Training of the certificate of professionalism.
(d) In paragraph IV: Prescriptions of trainers.
e) In paragraph V: Minimum requirements for spaces, facilities and equipment.
Article 4. Requirements for access to the training of certificates of professionalism.
1. The competent labour administration shall be responsible for verifying that the trainees have the training and professional qualifications to take advantage of the training in accordance with the terms set out in
following paragraphs.2. In order to qualify for the training of the training modules for certificates of professionalism in vocational qualification levels 2 and 3, students must meet one of the following requirements:
a) Be in possession of the Graduate Degree in Secondary Education Required for Level 2 or Bachelor's degree for Level 3.
b) Be in possession of a certificate of professionalism of the same level of the module or training modules and/or the certificate of professionalism to which you wish to access.
(c) Be in possession of a level 1 certificate of professionalism of the same family and professional area for level 2 or of a level 2 professionalism certificate of the same family and professional area for level 3.
d) Meet the academic requirement of access to mid-grade training cycles for level 2 or higher grade level 3, or have exceeded the corresponding access tests regulated by the administrations education.
e) Having passed the university access test for over 25 years and/or 45 years.
f) Having sufficient training or professional knowledge to enable training to be used.
Article 5. Trainers.
1. The requirements on training and professional experience for the delivery of certificates of professionalism are those set out in paragraph IV of each certificate of professionalism and must be complied with both in person and in person. distance.
2. In accordance with Article 13.3 of Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, they may be recruited as experts for the provision of certain training modules specified in paragraph IV of each of the Annexes to the certificates of professionalism, qualified professionals with professional experience in the field of the unit of competence to which the module is associated.
3. In order to prove the required teaching competence, the trainer or expert must be in possession of the certificate of professionalism of occupational trainer or equivalent training in didactic training methodology for adults.
The requirement set out in the preceding paragraph will be exempt:
(a) Those who are in possession of the official university degrees of graduate in Pedagogy, Psychopedagogy or Master in any of their specialties, of a graduate degree in the field of the Psychology or Pedagogy, or an official postgraduate degree in the fields mentioned above.
b) Those who hold an official university degree other than those referred to in the preceding paragraph and who are also in possession of the Certificate of Pedagogical Aptitude or Professional Specialization Didactics and the Certificate of Pedagogical Qualification. In addition, the holders of the Master's Master's degree for the exercise of the regulated Professions of the compulsory secondary education and the secondary school, vocational training and the official schools of the Languages.
(c) Those who credit a proven teaching experience of at least 600 hours in the last seven years in vocational training for employment or the education system.
4. Trainers who provide distance training must have training and experience in this mode, in the use of information and communication technologies, as well as to meet the specific requirements set out for each of them. certificate of professionalism. To this end, the competent authorities shall develop specific programmes and actions for the training of these trainers.
Article 6. Contracts for training.
1. The theoretical training of contracts for training may be carried out at a distance up to the maximum of hours likely to be developed in this modality, which is established for each training module in the certificate of professionalism.
2. The training of training modules which are not developed at a distance may be carried out in the workplace or in face-to-face training.
Article 7. Distance learning.
1. Where the training module includes distance learning, it shall be carried out with didactic supports authorised by the competent labour administration to enable a system-based learning process for the participant to be met by the accessibility and design requirements for all and will necessarily be complemented with tutorial assistance.
2. The training of the training modules taught through distance learning will be organised in groups of up to 25 participants.
3. Training modules which, in their entirety, are developed at a distance will require at least one final test of an in-person nature.
Article 8. Centers authorized for your partition.
1. Training centres and institutions which provide training leading to a certificate of professionalism must comply with the requirements of trainers and the minimum requirements for spaces, facilities and equipment. established in each of the training modules which constitute the certificate of professionalism.
2. Centres providing exclusively the theoretical training of contracts for training shall be exempt from the requirements on spaces, facilities and equipment as laid down in the previous paragraph, in any event to be ensured by the institutions. persons with disabilities the necessary technological supports and the elimination of potential physical and communication barriers.
Article 9. Correspondence with vocational training qualifications.
The accreditation of the units of competence obtained through the improvement of the professional modules of the vocational training qualifications will provide the effects of exemption from the module or training modules of the certificates of professionalism associated with those competition units set out in this royal decree.
Additional disposition first. Level of the certificate of professionalism in the European Qualifications Framework.
Once the relationship between the national qualifications framework and the European qualifications framework is established, the corresponding level of professionalism certificates set out in this royal decree will be determined. within the European Qualifications Framework.
Additional provision second. Equivalences with previous professionalism certificates.
The equivalence to all effects of the following certificates of professionalism is declared:
| Equivalent professionalism | |
|---|---|
| Royal Decree 940/1997, of 20 June, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of buildings Electricist. Royal Decree 2068/1995, of December 22, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Electricist Royal Decree 336/1997, of March 7, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Electrician of Maintenance. | Assembly and maintenance of low voltage electrical installations |
|
Decree 943/1997 of 20 June, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Installer communications equipment and systems. | Assembly and maintenance of public address facilities, sonorization of premises and closed circuit television |
|
Decree 408/1997 of 21 March, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the operation of high voltage power line operators. | Assembly and maintenance of second and third category high voltage power grids and transformation centers. |
First transient disposition. Modification of training plans and training actions.
In the training plans and in the training actions that are already approved, under the Order TAS, 718/2008, of March 7, for which the Royal Decree 395/2007, of March 23, is developed, for which the subsystem is regulated In the case of training for employment, training in the field of supply and the establishment of the regulatory bases for the award of public grants for financing, on the date of entry into force of this royal decree, which include training associated with the certificates of professionalism which are now repealed, the training may be replaced by the which is associated with the certificates of professionalism declared equivalent in the second provision, subject to the approval of the Administration which approved it and provided that the requirements of the trainers and the requirements are met minimum spaces, facilities and equipment set out in the certificate.
Second transient disposition. Low in the Specialty File.
The specialties corresponding to the certificates of professionalism repealed will cause low in the file of specialties from the nine months after the entry into force of this royal decree. During this period these certificates shall remain valid for the purposes specified in this royal decree. In any event, the training actions linked to these certificates must be initiated before the end of the nine-month period.
Transitional provision third. Request for the issue of the repealed certificates of professionalism.
1. Persons who, as provided for in the first transitional provision of Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, have completed with a positive assessment the training associated with one of the certificates of professionalism of which they are repealed, during the life of the same, they shall have a period of five years to request their expedition, to count from the entry into force of the present royal decree.
2. They may also apply for the issue within five years of completion with a positive assessment of the training of such certificates of professionalism:
a) People who, having taken part of that formation during the actual decree that is now repealed, complete the same after their repeal.
b) Persons who undertake the training of these certificates of professionalism under the training plans and the training actions that are already approved at the date of entry into force of this royal decree, by virtue of the Order TAS 718/2008, dated March 7.
Transitional disposition fourth. Provisional accreditation of centres.
The training centres which at the entry into force of this royal decree were included in the registers of the competent authorities and approved to provide training in the training courses corresponding to one or more of the certificates of professionalism which are now repealed, shall be deemed to be provisionally accredited for the purposes of the distribution of training actions linked to the certificates of professionalism established in this royal Decree and declared equivalent in the second, previous provision authorisation from the competent authority. This accreditation will have effects for one year from the entry into force of this royal decree and until the completion, if any, of the approved training actions. After this period, in order to be able to provide training aimed at obtaining the certificates of professionalism established in this royal decree, the training centres must ask the competent authorities for their accreditation, which must comply with the requirements set out in the certificates.
Single repeal provision. Regulatory repeal.
Royal Decree 940/1997 of 20 June 1997 establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of buildings, Royal Decree 2068/1995 of 22 December 1995 establishing a certificate of professionalism for the occupation of buildings the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Industrial Electricist, Royal Decree 336/1997, of March 7, for which the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of Electrician of maintenance is established, the Royal Decree 943/1997 of June 20, for which the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of the Installer of communications equipment and systems and Royal Decree 408/1997, of 21 March, establishing the certificate of professionalism of the occupation of operator of electric lines of high voltage.
Final disposition first. Competence title.
This Royal Decree is dictated by the powers conferred on the State in Article 149.1.1., 7. and 30. of the Spanish Constitution, which attributes to the State exclusive competence for the regulation of the basic conditions guaranteeing the equality of all Spaniards in the exercise of rights and in the fulfilment of constitutional duties; labour law; and the regulation of conditions for obtaining, issuing and approving of academic and professional qualifications and basic standards for the development of Article 27 of the Constitution, in order to ensure compliance with the obligations of the public authorities in this field.
Final disposition second. Update of Annex "III Installation and Maintenance of Electromedical Systems" of Royal Decree 1214/2009 of 17 July, establishing three certificates of professionalism of the professional family Electricity and electronics include in the National Directory of Professional Certificates.
According to Article 7 of Royal Decree 34/2008 of 18 January, the certificate of professionalism established as Annex III to Royal Decree 1214/2009 of 17 July 2009, which is to be updated, is to be updated. Three certificates of professionalism of the professional family Electricity and electronics, which are included in the National Directory of Professional Certificates, are established in the following terms:
The certificate of professionalism established as "Annex III Installation and maintenance of electromedical systems" is amended, modifying the durations of the training modules MF1269_2 and MF1270_2 of paragraph III Training of the certificate of professionalism, for the durations referred to in section I Identification of the certificate.
Final disposition third. Regulatory development.
The Minister of Labor and Immigration is authorized to dictate how many provisions are necessary for the development of this royal decree.
Final disposition fourth. Entry into force.
This royal decree will enter into force on the day following its publication in the "Official State Gazette".
Given in Madrid, 13 May 2011.
JOHN CARLOS R.
The Minister of Labor and Immigration,
VALERIAN GOMEZ SANCHEZ
ANNEX I
I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
Denomination: Auxiliary operations for assembly of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in buildings.
Code: ELES0208
Professional Family: Electricity & Electronics
Professional Area: Telecommunication Facilities
Professional qualification level: 1
Professional reference qualification:
ELE255_1 Auxiliary operations for assembly of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in buildings (RD 1115/2007 of 24 August 2007).
Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:
UC0816_1: Perform low voltage and domotic power installation assembly operations in buildings.
UC0817_1: Perform telecom facility mount operations.
General competition:
Perform auxiliary operations, following instructions from the superior, in the assembly and maintenance of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in buildings for various uses and installations, applying the techniques and the procedures required in each case, achieving the quality criteria, in safety conditions and complying with the current regulations.
Professional Environment:
Professional scope:
Develops its professional activity in small and medium-sized enterprises mainly private, for hire, dedicated to the assembly and maintenance of electrotechnical installations in buildings of houses, offices, premises commercial and industrial, the activity being regulated by the Electrotechnical Regulation of Low Tension and by the Regulations of the Common Infrastructures of Telecommunications.
Productive Sectors:
It is located in the electrical sector, within the subsector of assembly and maintenance in the following economic-productive activities:
Assembly and maintenance of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in housing buildings.
Assembly and maintenance of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in office buildings.
Assembly and maintenance of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in commercial buildings.
Assembly and maintenance of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in industrial-type buildings.
Occupations or related jobs:
Computer and communication system installer helper.
Telephone Facility Repair Installer Helper.
The installer and repairer of telephone and telegraphic equipment.
Satellite Receiver/Television Antenna Assembler Helper.
Low voltage electrical installations operation.
Pawn of the electrical energy production and distribution industry.
Duration of the associated training: 380 hours.
Relationship of training modules and training units:
MF0816_1: Low voltage and domotic electrical installation assembly operations in buildings. (150 hours)
• UF0538: Assembly of elements and equipment of low voltage electrical installations in buildings. (80 hours)
• UF0539: Montages in domotic facilities in buildings. (40 hours)
• UF0540: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly operations of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in buildings. (30 hours)
MF0817_1: Telecommunications facility mount operations. (180 hours).
• UF0541: Characterization of the basic elements and equipment of telecommunication facilities in buildings. (80 hours)
• UF0542: Assembly of elements and equipment in telecommunication facilities in buildings. (70 hours)
• UF0540: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly operations of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in buildings. (30 hours).
MP0118: Non-working professional practice module for auxiliary assembly operations of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in buildings. (80 hours)
II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
Competition Unit 1
Denomination: Perform assembly operations of low voltage and domotic electrical installations in buildings.
Level: 1
Code: UC0816_1
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Prepare, collect and distribute the material, tools and equipment necessary for the assembly of pipes, tubes and supports, in low voltage and domotic electrical installations in buildings, under the conditions of quality and established security and following the indications given.
CR1.1 The collection of material, tools, and equipment is in accordance with the orders received.
CR1.2 The distribution in work is adjusted in time and form to the orders received.
CR1.3 The tubes, pipes, trays and supports, among others, are prepared according to their type (PVC, corrugated, metallic, trays, among others) and are adapted to the layout of the installation, taking into account the lengths of the stretches, changes of direction, passage of walls and radii of curvature among others.
CR1.4 Safety standards apply in the collection, preparation and distribution of the material.
RP2: Place and fix tubes, trays, supports and boxes in low voltage and domotic electrical installations in buildings, under the conditions of quality and safety established and following indications given.
CR2.1 The layout of the installation is marked using the appropriate means and following instructions given.
CR2.2 The pass-through holes, grazes and boxes, among others, are modified according to the dimensions of tubes, pipes and boxes, if necessary.
CR2.3 The drills for fixing the elements are practiced at the indicated location, using the procedure and the appropriate tool to the dimensions and the material to be drilled.
CR2.4 The pipes, tubes and boxes are placed in the places indicated in the repose and/or are fixed using the fastening elements (flanges, staples, clamps, among others), following the mounting indications.
CR2.5 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements indicated in each intervention.
CR2.6 The security rules apply to all interventions.
RP3: Prepare boxes and boxes for the assembly of elements of low voltage and domotic electrical installations in buildings, under the conditions of quality and safety established and following indications given.
CR3.1 The machining of the mounting plate, profiles, and wrappers, among others, conforms to the orders received.
CR3.2 Items supplied in parts are mounted by following the mounting prompts.
CR3.3 The equipment and elements within the frames are fixed at the indicated location and with the appropriate means ensuring their mechanical attachment.
CR3.4 The cabling of drivers on equipment and elements:
-conforms to the location indicated.
-The ends are treated for connection and the appropriate terminals are placed.
CR3.5 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements indicated in each intervention.
CR3.6 Security rules apply to all frame and box preparation interventions.
RP4: Tender cables in low voltage and domotic electrical installations in buildings, under the established quality and safety conditions, following the given indications.
CR4.1 The passable guide is inserted into the tube and is prepared by fixing the cables in a staggered manner.
CR4.2 The cables are inserted inside the tube, pulling the guide on the other end without any reduction or modification of its characteristics, and leaving excess cable (coca) for connection operations, at each end of the tube. cut it.
CR4.3 The cables are housed in the pipes without any reduction or modification of their characteristics, using the auxiliary elements (cats, bars, among others), for the manipulation of the cable coils and fixing them according to the channelling characteristics (flanges, clamps, among others).
CR4.4 Cables are labeled following the established procedure.
CR4.5 The technical means and tools used are used according to the requirements indicated in each intervention.
CR4.6 The security rules apply to all cable-laying interventions.
RP5: Mount, fix and connect mechanisms and elements of low voltage and domotic electrical installations in buildings, under established quality and safety conditions and following given indications.
CR5.1 Electrical mechanisms (switches, switches, among others) and installations elements (luminaires, plugs, among others), supplied in various parts, are assembled by following the mounting instructions.
CR5.2 The mechanisms (switches, switches, among others) and elements of the installations (luminaires, plugs, among others.) and their fastening elements are placed, fixed and connected in the places indicated in the repose, achieving mechanical fastening, good electrical contact and aesthetic quality.
CR5.3 The elements (sensors and actuators, among others) of the automated installations and their fastening elements are placed, fixed and connected in the places indicated in the repose, achieving their mechanical fastening, good electrical contact and aesthetic quality.
CR5.4 The equipment that requires it is labeled following the established procedure.
CR5.5 The technical means and tools are used according to the indicated requirements of each intervention.
CR5.6 Security rules apply to all assembly, fixing, and connection interventions for installation mechanisms and elements.
RP6: Collaborate on the repair of electrical and domotic installations in buildings under the conditions of established quality and safety, following given indications.
CR6.1 Installation dysfunction, tables, or components are verified by visual inspection and/or elementary electrical measurements.
CR6.2 The deteriorated element and/or part of the installation is replaced, using the appropriate disassembly and mounting sequence and resetting the operating conditions of the installation.
CR6.3 The status of the installation or any of its elements is recognized by performing the functional tests, and/or elementary electrical measurements.
CR6.4 The technical means and tools are used according to the indicated requirements of each intervention.
CR6.5 The security rules apply to all installation repair interventions.
Professional Context
Production media
Manual tools for mechanical work (pliers and screwdrivers, among others). Machines for machining work (drilling, punching, riveting and screwing, among others). Safety and electrical protection equipment (clothing-individual protective equipment-footwear, gloves, and helmet, among others).
Products and results
Low-voltage electrical installations in buildings.
Domotic installations in buildings.
Information used or generated
Work Orders. Manual of use and prevention of risks. Mounting instructions. REBT.
Competition Unit 2
Denomination: Perform telecom facility mount operations.
Level: 1
Code: UC0817_1
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Prepare, collect and distribute the material, tools and equipment necessary for the assembly of pipes, tubes and supports in telecommunications infrastructure installations, under the conditions of quality and safety established and following the given indications.
CR1.1 The collection of material, tools, and equipment is in accordance with the orders received.
CR1.2 The distribution in work is adjusted in time and form to the orders received.
CR1.3 The tubes, pipes, trays and supports, among others, are prepared according to their type (PVC, corrugated, trays, among others) and are adapted to the layout of the installation taking into account the lengths of the sections, changes of direction, passage of walls and radii of curvature among others.
CR1.4 Safety standards apply in all preparation, collection and distribution interventions.
RP2: Placing and fixing pipes, pipes, supports and registers in telecommunications infrastructure facilities, with the quality and safety conditions set and following indications given.
CR2.1 The layout of the installation is marked using the appropriate means and following the mounting instructions.
CR2.2 Step, roof and box gaps are modified according to the dimensions of pipes, pipes and boxes, if necessary.
CR2.3 The drills for fixing the elements are practiced at the indicated location using the procedure and the appropriate tool to the dimensions and the material to be drilled.
CR2.4 The pipes, tubes and boxes are placed in the places indicated in the repose and/or are fixed using the fastening elements (flanges, staples, clamps, among others), indicated for the channeling, tube or box that is is setting.
CR2.5 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements indicated in each intervention.
CR2.6 Security rules apply to all placement and fixing interventions for pipes, media, pipes, and logs.
RP3: Collaborate on the preparation of cabinets (racks) and records for the assembly of the elements of the telecommunications infrastructure facilities, under the supervision of a higher level technician, under the conditions of established quality and safety.
CR3.1 The cabinets supplied in parts are armanmade by following the mounting instructions.
CR3.2 The equipment (hub's, amplifiers, power supplies, among others) and elements within the logs and cabinets are fixed at their location, with the appropriate means and ensuring mechanical attachment.
CR3.3 The auxiliary operations of wiring preparation (combing, wrapping, grouping, macing, among others) are performed without modifying the characteristics of the same and following the assembly instructions.
CR3.4 The connection of equipment and items in the cabinets is performed using the approved cables and the specified category, and achieving good electrical contact.
CR3.5 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements indicated in each intervention.
CR3.6 The security rules apply to all cabinet preparation interventions.
RP4: Tender cables in telecommunications infrastructure facilities in buildings, under the established quality and safety conditions, following the given indications.
CR4.1 The passable guide is inserted into the tube and is prepared by fixing the cables in a staggered manner.
CR4.2 The cables (coaxial, pairs, fiber optic) are inserted inside the tube, pulling the guide on the other end without any modification or modification of its characteristics, and leaving excess cable (coca) for connection operations, at each end before cutting it.
CR4.3 The cables are housed in the pipes without any reduction or modification of their characteristics, using the auxiliary elements (cats, bars, among others), for the manipulation of the cable coils and fixing them according to the channelling characteristics (flanges, clamps, among others).
CR4.4 Cables are labeled following the established procedure.
CR4.5 The technical means and tools used are used according to the requirements indicated in each intervention.
CR4.6 The security rules apply to all cable-laying interventions.
RP5: Collaborate on the assembly and fixing of the elements and equipment of the installations of telecommunications infrastructures in buildings, under the conditions of quality and safety established, following indications given.
CR5.1 The antennas, masts, turrets, fastening systems, among others, of sound broadcasting and TV (terrestrial and satellite), supplied in several pieces are mounted and fixed according to the instructions of assembly and in conditions security.
CR5.2 The elements and equipment of the different installations (sonorization, video-goalkeeping, telephony among others), are placed, fixed and connected in the different locations (exterior, interior) in the places indicated, obtaining their mechanical fastening, good electrical contact and aesthetic quality.
CR5.3 The equipment that requires it is labeled following the established procedure.
CR5.4 The technical means and tools are used according to the indicated requirements of each intervention.
CR5.5 Security rules apply to all item and equipment mounting and fixing interventions.
Professional Context
Production media
Manual tools for electrical work (peelable, cable inserter, and crimper, among others). Manual tools for mechanical work (pliers and screwdrivers, among others). Safety and electrical protection equipment (clothing-individual protective equipment-footwear, ropes, harnesses, gloves, and helmet, among others).
Products and results
Telecommunications installations in buildings.
Information used or generated:
Work Orders. Manual of use and prevention of risks. Mounting instructions.
III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
FORMATIVE MODULE 1
Denomination: Operations of mounting low voltage and domotic electrical installations in buildings.
Code: MF0816_1
Professional qualification level: 1
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC0816_1 Perform low voltage and domotic power installation operations on buildings.
Duration: 150 hours
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Assembly of elements and equipment of low voltage electrical installations in buildings.
Code: UF0538
Duration: 80 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, RP4, RP5, and RP6 in terms of low-voltage electrical installations in buildings.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the elements that configure the electrical installations of buildings, relating them to their function in the installation and describing their characteristics.
CE1.1 From catalogs or photographs of the most common elements that configure electrical installations in buildings:
-Identify fixing supports and attachments for each type of channel or pipe.
-Identify the boxes and records based on their use in the installation.
-Identify the different types of drivers describing their main characteristics (section, isolation, grouping, color, among others) and application in electrical installations.
-Identify the mechanisms (switches, switches, sockets, among others) according to their function and form of placement (embedded or surface).
-Identify luminaries and accessories according to the type (fluorescent, halogen, among others) and the usual space where they are to be placed.
CE1.2 In a low voltage electrical installation or in the warehouse:
-Identify the channels and tubes according to their use in the installation (embedded, surface, among others) describing their characteristics.
-Identify fixing supports and attachments for each type of channel or pipe.
-Identify the boxes and records based on their use in the installation.
-Identify the different types of drivers describing their main characteristics (section, isolation, grouping, color, among others) and application in electrical installations.
-Identify the mechanisms (switches, switches, sockets, among others) according to their function and form of placement (embedded or surface).
-Identify luminaries and accessories according to the type (fluorescent, halogen, among others) and the usual space where they are to be placed.
C2: Montar pipes, supports and boxes in a low voltage electrical installation in a building, under personal safety standards and the materials used.
CE2.1 Describe the bending techniques of tubes indicating the tools used and the usual procedures according to the type (PVC tubes, metal tubes, among others).
CE2.2 Describe the techniques and elements used in the pipe and pipe joint.
CE2.3 Describe the different tube and pipe fastening techniques (by means of studs and screws, clamps, staples, chemical fixings, among others).
CE2.4 In the assembly of an electrical installation of a home or local:
-Identify and point in a housing or local sketch the locations of the installation elements.
-Mark the location of the pipes and boxes.
-Select the tools appropriately based on the procedures applied.
-Prepare the gaps and boxes for the location of boxes and pipes.
-Prepare and/or mechanize the pipes and materials to be used, applying the required procedures.
-Perform the appropriate drills with the appropriate technique and accessories under security rules.
-Mount the elements, boxes and tubes, among others, ensuring their proper mechanical fixation and aesthetic quality.
-Apply the security rules.
C3: Tender the wiring for mounting the electrical installation of a building, under personal safety standards and the materials used.
CE3.1 Describe the different types of drivers according to their application in the installation (single wire cables, multiwire cables, hoses, bars, among others).
CE3.2 List the most common types of passable guides, indicating the optimal way to attach the cables to the guide.
CE3.3 In the line of cable through tube, conveniently characterized, perform the following operations:
-Identify the tube and its ends.
-Enter the appropriate passable guide (nylon, metal, among others) into the tube.
-Properly secure cable to the passable guide in a staggered manner.
-Pull the passable guide by preventing the cable from being released or damaged, until you recover the cable at the other end of the tube.
-Cut the cable by leaving a "coca" on each end.
-Label the cable by following the established procedure.
-Apply the security rules.
C4: Mounting the mechanisms and elements of electrical installations in a building under personal safety standards and the materials used.
CE4.1 Describe the mechanisms and elements (switches, switches, among others) used in electrical installations in buildings.
CE4.2 In a mounting of the mechanisms and elements of an electrical installation of a building:
-Assemble items that consist of multiple pieces.
-Identify cabling based on your colors or labels.
-Place and fix the appliances or mechanisms in their place of location.
-Connect the cables to the electrical mechanisms and devices by ensuring good electrical contact and the correspondence between the cable and the terminal of the apparatus or mechanism.
-Place the embellishers or caps if necessary.
-Apply the security rules.
C5: Replace broken elements in building electrical installations.
CE5.1 Describe type breakdowns in electrical installations in buildings.
CE5.2 In an electrical installation of a building, with real elements, with simulated breakdowns, conveniently characterized:
-visually or functionally check the dysfunction.
-Ensure the absence of danger for physical integrity and for installation.
-Replace the deteriorated element or restore the operating conditions by following the procedure set.
-visually or functionally check the reestablishment of the installation operation.
-Apply the security rules.
Contents
1. Electrical characteristics and measures of magnitudes.
-Electrical magnitudes:
▫ Tension.
▫ Intensity.
▫ Resistance.
▫ Power.
-Measurement of electrical magnitudes:
▫ Polymeter handling.
▫ Amperimetric clamp handling.
▫ Isolation and continuity measures
2. Elements and equipment of an electrical installation.
-Canalizations and pipes:
▫ Types and features.
-Installation systems:
▫ Under protective tubes.
▫ On walls.
▫ Buried.
▫ Aereos.
▫ In protection flaps.
▫ Low moldings.
-Electrical drivers:
▫ Isolated.
▫ Deskts.
▫ Rigids.
▫ Flexible.
-Receivers.
-Interior/exterior lighting elements.
-Calefactors elements.
-Engines.
-Signalling elements.
-Maneuver elements:
▫ Sectors.
▫ Pullers.
▫ Switches.
▫ Switches.
▫ Telerruptors.
-Connection elements: Plug-in base, pins, handfuls, connection regleta, connection dedal, connection box, or shunt.
-Signalling elements: signaling and identification numbers, identification and signaling bands.
-Protection and security elements: differential switch, magnetothermic switch, overvoltage protector, ground line.
-Basic and specific Herramental.
-Parts of the installations:
▫ Acommitted.
▫ Protection box.
▫ Power line.
▫ Bypass box.
▫ Counters.
▫ Individual derivation.
▫ Command and protection table.
▫ Indoor Circuits.
-Identification of electrical installations:
▫ Home installations in homes (degrees of electrification. Circuits).
▫ grounding installations.
▫ Common zone installations.
▫ Local installations of special features: wet, wet, with corrosion and powder risk.
3. Installation of elements and equipment of electrical installations in buildings.
-Assembly of elements of electrical installations in buildings:
▫ Tubes, logs, pipes, trays, and media (preparation, machining, and mounting).
▫ Drivers (ready and laid).
▫ Tables, cabinets, measurement equipment.
▫ Control, maneuver, connection, protection, and receiver elements.
-Using, handling, and maintaining tools and equipment:
▫ Procedures for the use and management of power tools.
▫ Procedures for the use and handling of equipment used in electrical installations. Use and interpretation of use and maintenance manuals.
▫ Maintenance and storage guidelines for electrical tools and equipment.
4. Replacement of damaged elements in electrical installations in buildings.
-Description of typical installation failures.
-Action procedure in the event of breakdowns.
-Measurement and testing equipment (digital or analog polymeter, amperimetric clamp, continuity meter).
-Unmounting and mounting sequences of electrical components.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: mounts on domotic installations in buildings.
Code: UF0539
Duration: 40 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, RP4, RP5, and RP6 as referred to in building domotic installations.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify and differentiate the different types of domotic installations with the equipment and elements that configure them, relating them to their function in the installation and describing their characteristics.
CE1.1 From catalogs or photographs of the most common domotic systems that configure domotic installations in buildings:
-Identify the elements and equipment that make up each type of home automation installation.
-Identify the symbology used in each type of home automation installation.
-Identify the tool required for home automation installation.
CE1.2 In a home or home installation:
-Identify the elements that make up each type of home automation installation.
-Identify the symbology used in each type of home automation installation.
-Identify the tool required for home automation installation.
C2: Install the equipment and elements of the domotic installations in a building under personal safety standards and the materials used.
CE2.1 Different equipment and elements used in home-building installations.
CE2.2 In a mount of a domotic installation in a building made with real elements, conveniently characterized:
-Prepare the items to be used.
-Assemble items that consist of multiple pieces.
-Identify cabling based on your labeling.
-Place and fix the sensors and actuators in your location.
-Assist in wiring wiring with installation items and equipment.
-Place the embellishers or caps if necessary.
-Apply the security rules.
C3: Replace the damaged elements of the domotic installations in buildings under personal safety standards and the materials used.
CE3.1 In a domotic installation of a building made with real elements and conveniently characterized:
-visually check the dysfunction.
-Ensure the absence of danger for physical integrity and for installation.
-Replace the deteriorated element and collaborate in restoring the operating conditions by following the established procedure.
-Visual or functional check of the reestablishment of the installation operation.
-Apply the security rules.
Contents
1. Domotic systems used in buildings.
-Domotic systems used based on:
▫ Security.
▫ Comfort.
▫ Economics.
-Domotic system elements:
▫ Controller
▫ Sensors.
▫ Input Interface.
▫ Output Interface.
▫ Actuators.
▫ Power supply.
2. Assembly of elements of domotic installations in buildings.
-Preparing and laying drivers of the domotic system used.
-Assembly of sensors and actuators.
-Installing the interface and controller.
3. Connection of the elements of the domotic installations.
-Connection procedures.
-Connection of sensors.
-Actuionate of actuators.
-Connection of the control team.
4. Replacement of the damaged elements in the domotic installations.
-Characteristics of typical installation breakdowns.
-Typology of breakdowns:
▫ Averies in sensors and actuators.
▫ Control system Averies.
-Replacement procedures for broken elements.
-Installation operation reset procedures.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in auxiliary assembly operations of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in buildings.
Code: UF0540
Duration: 30 Hours
Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, RP4, RP5 and RP6 as regards safety and risk prevention for technicians and users of electrical and electrical installations. telecommunications in buildings, as well as in environmental management.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE 1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE 1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the assembly of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations.
CE3.1 Identify and evaluate the professional risks present in the assembly of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations.
CE3.2 Identify and relate the professional risks present in the assembly of possible electrotechnical and telecommunications installations depending on the type of building or work area.
CE3.3 Describe the effects of the electrical current on the organism.
CE3.4 Describe legal regulations and basic safety requirements in electrical work.
CE3.5 Puntualize preventive and corrective measures to prevent, reduce or correct electrical risks.
CE3.6 Describe the main characteristics that electrical materials and equipment must have in order to avoid or reduce electrical risks.
CE3.7 To describe the protocols of action in the case of accidents that occurred in the assembly or repair of an electrotechnical or telecommunication installation in the application of first aid and in the transfer of accidents.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
▫ Work accident.
▫ Professional illness.
▫ Other pathologies derived from the job.
▫ Economic and operational repercussions.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
▫ Exposure to physical, chemical, or biological agents.
▫ The fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
▫ Physical fatigue.
▫ Mental fatigue.
▫ Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
▫ Collective protection.
▫ Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Prevention and safety in the assembly of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations.
-Facility protection items.
-Identification of security risks and measures:
▫ Jobs without tension. Five rules of gold.
▫ Work in height.
▫ Jobs in Wetlands.
▫ Jobs in tension.
▫ Jobs in places with explosion risks.
▫ Static electricity.
▫ Power loads.
▫ Electrical frequencies.
▫ Direct electrical contacts.
▫ Indirect electrical contacts.
Methodological guidelines
Distance training:
| Total duration in hours of the training units | N. | ||
|---|---|---|---|
|
80 | 20 | ||
|
Unit 2-UF0539 | 40 | 20 | |
| 30 | 20 |
Sequence:
To access training unit 2, the training unit 1 must have been exceeded: Basic operations for mounting and repairing low-voltage electrical installations in buildings.
FORMATIVE MODULE 2
Denomination: Telecom facility mount operations.
Code: MF0817_1
Professional qualification level: 1
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC0817_1 Perform telecom facility mount operations.
Duration: 180 hours
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Characterization of the basic elements and equipment of telecommunication facilities in buildings.
Code: UF0541
Duration: 80 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Recognize the different types of telecommunications facilities, differentiating them according to the elements that constitute them, their basic characteristics and their functionality.
CE1.1 Identify the elements [channelings, cabled, antennas, cabinets, and boxes, among others] of a telecommunications installation of a building from catalogs and/or real elements.
CE1.2 Classify pipes (channels, trays, tubes, among others) by associating them with their typical application.
CE1.3 Classify drivers (copper pair, coaxial cable, optical fiber, among others) indicating their application in different installations.
CE1.4 Determine the typology of the different boxes (registers, cabinets, racks, surface boxes, recessed, among others) and associate it with your application.
C2: Identify the different types of auxiliary elements (fixings, channelings, drivers, boxes, masts, turrets, BAT, barbs among others) and tools used in telecommunications facilities.
CE2.1 Identify, the type of attachment (cleats, flanges, screws, nuts, staples, among others) of pipes and equipment relating to the element to be fastened.
CE2.2 Classify the pipes (channels, trays, tubes, among others), according to their characteristics, and their use.
CE2.3 Manipulate and properly use the conductors (coaxial cable, optical fiber, unipolar, multipolar, copper pair among others) according to their characteristics, according to the topology of the facilities.
CE2.4 Prepare and use suitable conductors (copper, optical fiber, multiwire, among others) and terminals (CEI, F, RJ11, RJ45, among others) according to their characteristics, according to the topology of the facilities and the connection system.
CE2.5 Different boxes (records, cabinets, racks, surface, recessed, among others) and associate with your application.
CE2.6 Identify the tools to be used for mounting the various auxiliary elements (fixings, channelings, drivers, and boxes among others) of the installation.
CE2.7 Recognize the safety standards to be applied in the assembly of the various auxiliary elements (fixations, channelings, drivers, boxes, masts, turrets, regleteers, among others) of the installation.
C3: Identify the different types of elements (fixings, channelings, drivers, boxes, microphones, speakers, amplifiers, among others) and the tools that are used in a public address and sound installation.
CE3.1 Relate, the type of channeling (channels, trays, tubes, among others) and boxes (records, surface, recessed, among others) with the fixing system (tacos, flanges, screws, nuts, staples, among others).
CE3.2 Identify the tools to be used for mounting the various auxiliary elements (fixings, channelings, drivers, and boxes among others) of the installation.
CE3.3 In the assembly of a public address and sound installation:
-Assemble terminals and conductors.
-Identify cabling based on its use.
-Place and fix equipment or elements (microphones, speakers, amplifiers, among others) at your location.
-Place the embellishers or caps if necessary.
CE3.4 Recognize the security rules to be applied to the mounting of the various auxiliary elements of the installation.
C4: Recognize the different types of elements (fixings, channelings, drivers, boxes, street plates, telephones, doors, among others) and tools that are used in the installations or control systems accesses.
CE4.1 Identify, the type of attachment (cleats, flanges, screws, nuts, staples, among others) of pipes and equipment relating to the element to be fastened.
CE4.2 Classify the pipes (channels, trays, tubes, among others) and boxes (records, surface, recessed, among others), according to their use.
CE4.3 Identify the tools to be used for mounting the various auxiliary elements (fixings, channelings, drivers, and boxes among others) of the installation.
CE4.4 In the assembly of a video goal installation in a building:
-Assemble items that consist of multiple pieces.
-Identify cabling based on your labeling.
-Place and fix the equipment or elements (gatekeepers, video doormen, telephone, among others) in their place of location.
-Place the embellishers or caps if necessary.
CE4.5 Recognize the security rules to be applied in the assembly of the various auxiliary elements (fixations, channelings, drivers, boxes, among others) of the installation.
Contents
1. Types of telecommunications facilities.
-Facilities for the collection and distribution of radio and television signals.
-Telephony token installations and local networks.
-Cable telecommunications token distribution facilities.
-Public address and sound installations.
-Electronic goal system installations, video-goal systems, or access control systems.
2. Installations for the collection and distribution of sound broadcasting and television signals.
-Identification of the types of pipes, conductors, cabinets, racks and auxiliary accessories used in the installations for the collection and distribution of sound broadcasting and television signals.
-Classification of the capture elements (FM antennas, UHF, satellite) according to their use, location and shape.
-Identification of header elements, (amplifiers, mixers, filters, etc), and distribution (deliverymen, wrappers, PAUs).
-Localization of the location of the header elements, (amplifiers, mixers, filters, etc), and distribution (deliverymen, wrappers, PAUs).
3. Local telephone and network facilities.
-Identification of the different types of pipes, conductors, cabinets, boxes and auxiliary accessories according to their use and location.
-Classification of distribution elements (interconnection reglettes, distribution reglettes, PAU, BAT, centralites) according to their location.
-Identification of power network elements (reglettes, conductors, connection boxes, among others) based on their use and location.
4. Cable-distributed signal installations.
-Identification of drivers used in the distribution of cable signals (optical fiber, coaxial, multipar).
-Localization of the location of the devices and boxes (RITI, main log) of the cable signal input.
-Identification of the tubes and records for the distribution of the cable signal in the building.
5. Public address and soundproofing facilities.
-Localization of elements (musical sources, microphones, speakers, amplifiers, among others) that are part of a public address and sound installation.
-Differentiate the different types of pipes, conductors, boxes, and auxiliary add-ons according to their use and location.
-Assembly of terminals in the public address and sonorization facilities according to their use in the different equipment.
-Mechanized and box placement.
-Finishing and placing caps and embellishers.
6. System installations of access control systems.
-Classification and identification of the elements (street plate, user terminals, power supply, overdoors) that are part of an access control installation.
-Preparing and assembling the elements that constitute the access control facilities (street plates, telephones, cameras, among others).
-Localization of the location of items that make up access control facilities.
-Differentiate the different types of pipes, conductors, boxes, and auxiliary add-ons according to their use and location.
-Mechanized and box placement.
-Fixing and assembling equipment and elements (street plates, telephones, power supplies, doors, among others).
-Finishing and placing caps and embellishers.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Assembly of elements and equipment in the telecommunications facilities in buildings.
Code: UF0542
Duration: 70 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3, RP4, and RP5 regarding the assembly of telecommunication facilities.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Install pipes, media, and cabinets in a telecommunications facility, under personal security rules and the materials used.
CE1.1 Describe the techniques used in the bending of PVC tubes, metal, among others, indicating the tools used in each case and their application.
CE1.2 Describe the techniques and elements used in pipe joints and pipes.
CE1.3 Describe the techniques for securing and fixing tubes, pipes, equipment and elements of the installations (by means of studs and screws, clamps, staples, chemical fixings, among others).
CE1.4 Describe typical mounting phases of a rack.
CE1.5 In the assembly of a telecommunications installation in a building:
-Select the tools appropriately based on the procedures applied.
-Identify and point in a building or part of the building the locations of the installation elements.
-Mark the location of the pipes and boxes.
-Prepare the gaps and boxes for the location of boxes and pipes.
-Prepare and/or mechanize the pipes and boxes.
-Mount the racks.
-To drill with the appropriate technique and accessories the gaps in the fixing of the elements under safety standards.
-Mount the elements, boxes and tubes, among others, ensuring their proper mechanical fixation.
-Apply the security rules.
C2: Tender cabling for the assembly of a building's telecommunications infrastructure facilities under personal security standards and the materials used.
CE2.1 Describe drivers used in different telecommunications installations (pairs, coaxial cable, optical fiber, among others).
CE2.2 List the most common passable guide types, indicating the optimal way to hold the cables to the guide.
CE2.3 In the laying of cables through tube, conveniently characterized:
-Identify the tube and its ends.
-Enter the passable guide into the tube.
-Properly secure cable to the passable guide in a staggered manner.
-Pull the passable guide by preventing the cable from being released or damaged.
-Cut the cable by leaving a "coca" on each end.
-Label the cable by following the established procedure.
-Apply the security rules.
C3: Install the elements and equipment of the telecommunications infrastructure installations in buildings.
CE3.1 In the assembly of a radio and television reception and distribution facility in a building:
-Assemble items that consist of multiple pieces.
-Identify cabling based on your labeling.
-Place and fix equipment or elements (antennas, amplifiers, among others) at their location.
-Conexate cabling with equipment and elements.
-Place the embellishers or caps if necessary.
-Apply the security rules.
CE3.2 In the assembly of a telephone installation in a building:
-Assemble items that consist of multiple pieces.
-Identify cabling based on your labeling.
-Place and fix equipment or items (centralites, user takes, among others) at their location.
-Conexate cabling with equipment and elements.
-Place the embellishers or caps if necessary.
-Apply the security rules.
Contents
1. Pipeline preparation.
-Identification in catalogs of the types of electrical pipes (rigid tubes, flexible tubes, gutters, trays, supports).
-Characteristics of the pipes.
-Components and auxiliary elements used in electrical pipes.
-Preparing and machining the pipes:
▫ Material estimation and choice.
▫ Choosing the required tools.
-Using the pipeline assembly techniques:
▫ Location: Stop, roof, floor.
▫ Accessories and join elements.
2. Drivers in telecommunications facilities.
-Identification in catalogs of different types of conductors (coaxial cable, pair cable, fiber optic conductors).
-Characteristics of drivers employed in intercom facilities.
-Use of equipment and application of safety standards in the laying of drivers.
-Identification and tagging of drivers.
3. Placement of fixations in telecommunications facilities.
-Identification in catalogues of the types of fixations (supports, structures, tornilings, staples, clamps, chemical fixings) used in telecommunications facilities.
-Characteristics of the fixings.
-Application of fixings mounting techniques.
4. Mounting of pipes and laying of conductors.
-Canalization mount techniques:
▫ Location: Stop, roof, floor.
▫ Accessories and join elements.
-Checking the correct location, sizing, and fixing the pipes.
-Identification of pipes and pipes for the subsequent channelling of the conductors.
-Introduction and clamping techniques of the passable guide.
-Driver-laying techniques.
-Driver labeling.
5. Installation and fixing of equipment in telecommunications installations.
-Interpretation of the documentation of the different installation and fixing equipment and recommendations.
-Techniques for fixing the elements and equipment of telecommunications installations:
▫ Preparing voids, mechanized, and mounting boxes and cabinets.
▫ Finishing and placing caps and embellishers.
-Assembly of equipment made up of small pieces.
-Use of materials and accessories used in the fixing of telecommunications equipment.
6. Installation and assembly of antennas.
-Identification of materials and accessories required for mounting an antenna.
-Assembled the elements that make up the antenna.
-Setting up the antenna site.
-Antenna mounted: radio, terrestrial television, parabolic:
▫ Interim setup and installation.
▫ Guidance.
-Using media and security equipment for jobs in height.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in auxiliary assembly operations of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in buildings.
Code: UF0540
Duration: 30 hours
Competition reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, RP4, RP5 and RP6 as regards safety and risk prevention for technicians and users of electrical and electrical installations. telecommunications in buildings, as well as in environmental management.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the assembly of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations.
CE3.1 Identify and evaluate the professional risks present in the assembly of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations.
CE3.2 Identify and relate the professional risks present in the assembly of possible electrotechnical and telecommunications installations depending on the type of building or work area.
CE3.3 Describe the effects of the electrical current on the organism.
CE3.4 Describe legal regulations and basic safety requirements in electrical work.
CE3.5 Puntualize preventive and corrective measures to prevent, reduce or correct electrical risks.
CE3.6 Describe the main characteristics that electrical materials and equipment must have in order to avoid or reduce electrical risks.
CE3.7 To describe the protocols of action in the case of accidents that occurred in the assembly or repair of an electrotechnical or telecommunication installation in the application of first aid and in the transfer of accidents.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
▫ Work accident.
▫ Professional illness.
▫ Other pathologies derived from the job.
▫ Economic and operational repercussions.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
▫ Exposure to physical, chemical, or biological agents.
▫ The fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
▫ Physical fatigue.
▫ Mental fatigue.
▫ Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
▫ Collective protection.
▫ Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Prevention and safety in the assembly of electrotechnical and telecommunications installations.
-Facility protection items.
-Identification of security risks and measures:
▫ Jobs without tension. Five rules of gold.
▫ Work in height.
▫ Jobs in Wetlands.
▫ Jobs in tension.
▫ Jobs in places with explosion risks.
▫ Static electricity.
▫ Power loads.
▫ Electrical frequencies.
▫ Direct electrical contacts.
▫ Indirect electrical contacts.
Methodological guidelines
Distance training:
| Total duration in hours of the training units | N. |
| |
|---|---|---|---|
|
| 40 | ||
|
Unit 2-UF0542 | 70 | 20 | |
| 30 | 20 |
Sequence:
To access training unit 2, the training unit 1 must have been exceeded: auxiliary facilities for telecommunications in buildings.
NON-WORKING PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE for AUXILIARY OPERATIONS FOR THE ASSEMBLY OF ELECTROTECHNICAL AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATIONS IN BUILDINGS.
Code: MP0118
Duration: 80 hours
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Mounting and mechanizing elements of electrical and domotic installations.
CE1.1 Identify and point in a home or local sketch the locations of the installation elements.
CE1.2 Collaborate on marking the location of the pipes.
CE1.3 Help to properly select tools based on the procedures applied.
CE1.4 Prepare the gaps and boxes for installation of pipes and boxes using the appropriate tools for this.
CE1.5 Prepare and/or mechanize the pipes and materials to be used, applying the required procedures.
CE1.6 Perform appropriate drills with the appropriate technique and accessories under security rules.
CE1.7 Collaborate on the assembly of the elements, boxes and tubes, ensuring their proper mechanical fixation and aesthetic quality.
C2: Install and replace the mechanisms and elements of an electrical and home automation installation.
CE2.1 Identify and assemble those elements that consist of several pieces.
CE2.2 Fixing the mechanisms, actuators, and sensors in your location.
CE2.3 Identify and collaborate in the connection of the cables to the different electrical and domotic devices, ensuring the correct electrical contact after checking the correspondence of the cable and the terminal of the apparatus applying the existing security rules.
CE2.4 Assist in replacing deteriorated items by following the procedure set for restoring the proper operation of the installation.
CE2.5 Participate in the visual or functional check of the reset of the installation operation.
CE2.6 Apply Employment Security and Risk Standards.
C3: Mounting and mechanizing the elements of a telecommunications installation.
CE3.1 Identify and assemble those elements that consist of several pieces.
CE3.2 Participate in the preparation of gaps and boxes for the installation of channelings and boxes using the appropriate tools for this.
CE3.3 Collaborate on the preparation and/or machining of the pipes and boxes.
CE3.4 Assist in the assembly of the cabinets, elements, boxes and tubes, ensuring their proper mechanical fixation and aesthetic quality, applying the current safety standards.
CE3.5 Help fix equipment or elements (antennas, amplifiers among others) at your location while respecting the current safety standards.
CE3.6 Place the embellishers or lids.
C4: Mount video-goal installations in a building.
CE4.1 Identify and assemble those elements that consist of several pieces.
CE4.2 Participate in the preparation of gaps and boxes for the installation of equipment using the appropriate tools for this.
CE4.3 Participate in the fixing of equipment or elements (gatekeepers, video-keepers, telephones) in their place of location in compliance with the current safety standards.
CE4.4 Collaborate on verifying the proper operation of the installation.
C5: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the job center.
CE5.1 Behave responsibly in both human relationships and the jobs to be performed.
CE5.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.
CE5.3 Diligently undertake the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to bring them into line with the work rate of the company.
CE5.4 Integrate into the production processes of the job center.
CE5.5 Use the established communication channels.
CE5.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.
Contents
1. Assembly and machining of elements and mechanisms of electrical and domotic installations.
-Identifying placement places in the plane.
-Measurement and mechanization of pipes, supports, boxes.
-Placing elements, boxes, and tubes by ensuring their mechanical fixation.
-Assembly of elements and mechanisms that consist of several pieces.
-Placing and fixing mechanisms and devices at their location.
-Cabling wiring with the equipment and elements according to the identification of the equipment.
2. Repair and replacement of electrical and domotic installations.
-Interpretation of the breakdown part.
-Localization in the installation.
-Visual and functional checking of the incident.
-Substitution of the broken or damaged element.
-Check the correct operation.
3. Assembly of antenna, telephone and communications facilities.
-Identifying placement places in the plane.
-Fixing of racks and equipment.
-Identification and tagging of drivers.
4. Mounting access control installations
-Assembly of the accessories that make up the elements of the access control systems.
-Fixing the different elements that make up an access control installation.
-Identification and tagging of drivers.
5. Integration and communication in the workplace.
-Behavior at all times responsibly in the job center.
-Attitude of respect to the procedures and rules of the workplace.
-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.
-Recognition of the organization's production process.
-Using the communication channels set in the job center.
-Adequation to the company's work rate.
-Assist and punctuality.
-Fluid and correct relationships with the work center members.
-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.
IV. REQUIREMENTS OF TRAINERS:
| Formative Module | Required Accreditation | Professional experience required in the scope of the competency | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
If you have accreditation | If you do not have accreditation | ||
|
MF0816_1: Operations assembly of low voltage and domotic electrical installations in buildings. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. < The_table_table_izq"> • Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.• Technical and Technical Superior of the professional family of electricity and electronics. • Certificates of professionalism level 2 and 3 of the professional area of telecommunications of the professional family of electricity and electronics. | 1 year | 3 years |
| MF0817_1: Installation Operations for installations telecommunications. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, Technical Engineer, Architect Technical or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Technical and Technical Superior of the professional family of electricity and electronics. • Certificates of Professional level 2 and 3 of the professional area of telecommunications facilities of the professional electricity and electronics family. | 1 year | 3 years |
V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT:
| Forming Space | Surface m2 15 pupils | Surface m2 25 pupils |
|---|---|---|
|
Classroom | 45 | |
| Workshop for Mount Operations electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in buildings | 140 | 180 |
| M1 | M2 | |
|---|---|---|
|
X | X | |
| Workshop for Mount Operations electrotechnical and telecommunications installations in buildings | X |
X |
| Forming Space | |
|---|---|
|
Classroom |
-Audio-visual equipment. -Network-installed PCs, projection canon, and Internet. -Specialty-specific software. -Pizars to write with marker. - Flip-charts. -Printers. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for the trainer. -Messes and chairs for the students. |
| Workshop for electrotechnical and telecommunications installation assembly operations in buildings. | -Racks and cabinets for frames. -Job Banks. - Domotic sensors and actuators. -Domotic control equipment. -Contactors. -Electrical/electronic counters. - Soundproofing equipment. -Security lighting equipment and elements. -Twilight switches, switches, sockets. - Differential switches, time switches, timers. -ICP, magnetothermic and overvoltage limitations. -capacitive and inductive reactances. -Luminaries: fluorescence, halogen, downlight, state solid. -Cable connection equipment (coaxial, peer, and fiber optic). -Terrestrial, analog, and digital radio and television signal capture systems. -Earthly and Satellite Header Systems. -Games of elements of the terrestrial television and radio cast network (deliverymen, wrappers, step boxes, and sockets). -ICT basic telephony element sets. -Porteri/video-goal systems. -Measure appliances. -Manual tools for mechanical jobs. -Tools manuals for electrical jobs. -Machines for machining jobs. -Soft welding equipment. -Termooling equipment. -Hot air pistons. - Key guns. -Equipment and protective elements. -Work zone signaling elements. -Signalling elements installations in maneuver. |
It should not be interpreted that the various identified learning spaces should necessarily be differentiated by closure.
The facilities and equipment must comply with the relevant industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and respond to the universal accessibility and safety measures of the participants.
The number of units to be provided with the tools, machines and tools specified in the training spaces will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, in their case, to attend to the top number.
In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.
ANNEX II
I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
Denomination: Assembly and maintenance of public address facilities, sonorization of premises and closed circuit television.
Code: ELES0109
Professional Family: Electricity & Electronics
Professional Area: Telecommunication Facilities
Professional qualification level: 2
Professional reference qualification:
ELE188_2 Assembly and maintenance of public address facilities, sonorization of premises and closed-circuit television (R.D. 1228/2006, October 27)
Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:
UC0597_2: Mount and maintain local address and public address installations.
UC0598_2: Mount and maintain closed circuit television facilities.
General competition:
To assemble and maintain public address facilities, sonorization of premises and closed circuit television, applying the techniques and procedures required in each case, achieving the criteria of quality, in conditions of security and complying with current regulations.
Professional Environment:
Professional scope:
Develops its professional activity in micro, small and medium enterprises, mainly private, in the areas of assembly and maintenance of public address, microphony and closed circuit television, well by own or foreign account, the activity being regulated by the Regulation of the Common Infrastructure of Telecommunications.
Productive Sectors:
This professional is located in the telecommunications sector, in the activities of assembly and maintenance of public address facilities, sonorization of premises and closed circuit television facilities.
Occupations or related jobs:
The public address installer.
Technician in sound installations.
Security system installer.
Duration of the associated training: 350 hours
Relationship of training modules and training units:
MF0597_2: Assembly and maintenance of public address facilities and sonorization of premises. (150 hours)
• UF0898: Assembly of public address facilities and sonorization of premises. (60 hours).
• UF0899: Maintenance of public address facilities and the soundproofing of premises. (60 hours).
• UF0886: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations. (30 hours)
MF0598_2: Assembly and maintenance of closed circuit television facilities. (150 h).
• UF0900: Assembly of closed circuit television facilities (CCTV). (60 hours).
• UF0901: Maintenance of closed circuit television facilities (CCTV). (60 hours).
• UF0886: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations. (30 hours)
MP0184: Module of professional non-work practices for assembly and maintenance of public address facilities, sonorization of premises and closed circuit television. (80 hours)
Linking with professional trainings
The training provided in the training unit UF0886 of the training modules MF0597_2 and MF0598_2 of this certificate of professionalism, guarantees the level of knowledge necessary to obtain the qualification for the performance of the basic level of occupational risk prevention functions, in accordance with Annex IV of the Prevention Services Regulation, approved by Royal Decree 39/1997 of 17 January.
II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
Competition Unit 1
Denomination: Montar and maintain public address and sound installations of premises.
Level: 2
Code: UC0597_2
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Mounting pipes, fixing elements and laying the wiring in accordance with the procedures set out in conditions of quality, safety and compliance with the current regulations.
CR1.1 The material collection and distribution is in line with the project specifications, enabling the assembly plan to be fulfilled in time and form.
CR1.2 The repose of the installation pipes is performed in compliance with the project specifications.
CR13 The characteristics of the channelings, fixing elements, and means of transmission are in accordance with the project and/or regulations specifications.
CR1.4 The channelings and fixing elements of the transmission means are mounted according to the manufacturer's instructions and ensuring mechanical fastening and aesthetic quality.
CR1.5 Cables are tended without modifying their characteristics, grouped and tagged according to the project specifications and/or established procedure.
CR1.6 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR1.7 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the report of the mount.
RP2: Install equipment and elements of the public address/sound system under conditions of quality, safety and compliance with current regulations.
CR2.1 The material collection and distribution is in line with the project specifications, enabling the assembly plan to be fulfilled in time and form.
CR2.2 Equipment and signal diffuser elements are located in compliance with project and/or regulatory specifications.
CR2.3 The racks (cabinets) are mounted by consulting the manufacturer's instructions and contain the necessary elements for the assembly of the equipment, wiring organization, expansion possibilities, current sockets and elements for refrigeration, among others, according to the specifications of the current project and regulations.
CR2.4 Equipment (microphone desks, recorders/players, amplifiers and wireless microphone receivers, among others) of the installation are arranged in the cabinet or are fixed in their location and are connected to agreement to the manufacturer's technical documentation and instructions, labelling them according to the procedure laid down.
CR2.5 Signal diffusion elements (ceiling speakers, acoustic boxes and acoustic columns, among others) are fixed and connected by ensuring mechanical fastening, aesthetic quality and proper orientation.
CR2.6 The functional and verification tests of the acoustic parameters (sound level and reverb, among others) are performed by verifying the transmission of the signal and its quality between the equipment and the diffusion elements.
CR2.7 The instruments, tools, and measuring devices are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR2.8 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the report of the mount.
RP3: Repair and maintain public address and sonorization facilities, following established procedures under appropriate quality, safety and response time conditions.
CR3.1 The symptoms listed in the breakdown part are verified by the installation tests.
CR3.2 Installation dysfunction or breakdown and affected elements (cabling or equipment) are determined by the measurement of signal levels and continuities, among others.
CR3.3 The type of breakdown and cost of the repair is accurately collected in the budget.
CR3.4 The diffuser elements (speakers and columns, among others), the equipment (amplifiers, wireless receivers and microphones, among others) and the signal transmission means are replaced by the documentation manufacturer's technical and instructions.
CR3.5 The spare element (equipment, signal diffuser element, or medium of transmission) is verified to be identical or of the same characteristics as the broken down.
CR3.6 The substituted elements are adjusted and checked with the required precision.
CR3.7 Measurement instruments, tools and apparatus are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR3.8 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the repair report.
Professional Context
Production media
Manual tools for mechanical work (pliers and screwdrivers, among others). Machines for basic machining work. Measuring instruments: Multimeter, ground meter, isolation meter, sonometer, impedance meter in audiofrecency. Computer tools and protective equipment and elements.
Products and results
Public address installations. Soundproofing facilities. Microphonie installations.
Information used or generated
Project technical documentation. Work orders. Parts of breakdown description. Manufacturer's technical manuals. Product catalogues. Electrotechnical Low-Tension Regulation (REBT). Regulations on Common Infrastructure for Access to Telecommunications Services in the Interior of Buildings (ICT). Safety standards. Budget. Report for the realization of the invoice. Work Parts and Mount Report.
Competition Unit 2
Denomination: Mount and maintain closed circuit television facilities.
Level: 2
Code: UC0598_2
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Mounting pipes, fixing elements and laying the wiring in accordance with the procedures set out in conditions of quality, safety and compliance with the current regulations.
CR1.1 The material collection and distribution is in line with the project specifications, enabling the assembly plan to be fulfilled in time and form.
CR1.2 The repose of the installation pipes is performed in compliance with the project specifications.
CR1.3 The characteristics of the pipes, fixing elements, and transmission means are in accordance with the project and/or regulations specifications.
CR1.4 The channelings and fixing elements of the transmission means are mounted according to the manufacturer's instructions and ensuring mechanical fastening and aesthetic quality.
CR1.5 The transmission means (coaxial cable, pairs, optical fiber) are tended without modifying their characteristics, are grouped and labeled according to the specifications of the project and/or established procedure.
CR1.6 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR1.7 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the report of the mount.
RP2: Install equipment, cameras, monitors and auxiliary elements, following established procedures in quality, safety and compliance with current regulations.
CR2.1 The material collection and distribution is in line with the project specifications, enabling the assembly plan to be fulfilled in time and form.
CR2.2 Equipment, monitors, cameras and auxiliary elements (supports, housings and spotlights, among others) are installed and connected according to the manufacturer's technical documentation and instructions.
CR2.3 Equipment is tagged using easily identifiable elements according to project specifications and/or established procedure.
CR2.4 Control software is installed and configured according to the manufacturer's manual and/or client's indications.
CR2.5 The transmission of the signal between the cameras and the equipment is verified by the installation's functional and checking tests.
CR2.6 The technical means, measuring instruments and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR2.7 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the report of the mount.
RP3: Repair and maintain Television Closed Circuit facilities following established procedures, in conditions of adequate quality, safety, and response time.
CR3.1 The symptoms listed in the breakdown part are verified by the installation tests.
CR3.2 The type of breakdown and cost of the repair is accurately collected in the budget.
CR3.3 Equipment (monitors and cameras, among others), auxiliary elements (supports, housings, antivandalism and optical boxes, among others) and means of transmission are replaced according to the technical documentation and instructions of the manufacturer.
CR3.4 The spare element (equipment, signal diffuser element, or medium of transmission) is verified to be identical or of the same characteristics as the broken down.
CR3.5 The signal parameters in the intervening elements are verified as indicated in the technical documentation.
CR3.6 Technical means, measuring instruments and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR3.7 The developed job is collected in the repair report.
CR3.8 Maintenance is performed following the set plan.
Professional Context
Production media
Manual tools for electrical jobs. Manual tools for mechanical work. Tools for basic machining work. Measuring instruments. Field meter. Computer tools. Optical reflectometer. Fiber-cutting and cutting tenaza. Wiring checker. Equipment and protective elements.
Products and results
Closed circuit television facilities.
Information used or generated
Work Orders. Parts of breakdown description. Manufacturer's technical manuals. Technical documentation of the project. Regulations on Common Infrastructure for Access to Telecommunications Services in the Interior of Buildings (ICT). Safety standards. Regulation on data protection. Budget. Report for the realization of the invoice. Parts of the job.
III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
FORMATIVE MODULE 1
Denomination: Assembly and maintenance of public address facilities and sonorization of premises.
Code: MF0597_2
Professional qualification level: 2
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC0597_2 Mount and maintain local address and public address installations
Duration: 150 hours
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Assembly of public address facilities and sonorization of premises.
Code: UF0898
Duration: 60 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP2.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze the public address and sonorization installations of premises, identifying the parts that make it up and the most relevant characteristics of them.
CE1.1 Classify the different installations of public address/sonorization according to typology (distribution, setting and reinforcement, among others) and location (exterior, interior).
CE1.2 Describe the elements that make up a public address/sonization installation by relating them to their characteristic applications.
CE1.3 Describe the pipes used in public address installations based on the space where the installation will run.
CE1.4 Identify drivers, cable management systems, support and fixing elements, relating to their function in the installation and describing their characteristics.
CE1.5 In a scenario of analysis of a public address/sonorization installation, characterized by its technical documentation:
-Identify the type of installation, the equipment and elements that configure it, relating the installation elements to the symbols that appear in the schemas.
-Escorch the functional blocks of the installation, describing the function and characteristics of each of the blocks that compose it.
-Identify the amplifying equipment by verifying that the output and output power are suitable for the optimal signal level in the diffuser elements.
-Identify the signal diffuser elements by checking that their technical characteristics correspond to the space to which they are
intends to service.
-Identify the existing dysfunction in the case of proposed breakdowns, relating the possible effects produced in the installation with the equipment and elements thereof.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results, structuring it appropriately.
C2: Set up small public address/sonorization installations, adopting the appropriate technical solution, according to given specifications and current regulations.
CE2.1 In a convenient, well-characterized scenario, configuration of a megaphone/sonorization installation:
-Develop the drawings and schemas of the installation from the given specifications.
-Calculate typical installation parameters that meet the agreed conditions.
-Select equipment and materials from commercial catalogs that meet the functional, technical, and economic specifications for the adopted solution.
CE2.2 Develop a budget by taking into account the prices of selected materials from commercial catalogs, estimate of time to use, and application taxes.
CE2.3 Develop the instruction and maintenance manual for a hypothetical customer.
C3: Perform the assembly of public address installations inside a local.
CE3.1 In a scenario of planning the assembly of a public address system, from the technical documentation:
-Identify the spaces by which the installation runs and the elements that compose it (pipes and wiring, signal processing equipment, microphones and electroacoustic diffusers, among others).
-Detect the possible mounting difficulties in the areas where the pipes flow, or the location of equipment, interpreting the plans of the buildings and proposing possible solutions to solve these problems contingencies.
-Select the elements and materials to be used (pipes, tubes, wiring, signal processing equipment, anchors and supports, among others) on catalogs and/or storage.
-Select the tools and equipment required (wiring checker, general tool, and machine tools, among others) for mounting on a variety of tools or catalog.
CE3.2 In a practical scenario of mounting a public address system, from the technical documentation:
-Mounting pipes and pipes by applying appropriate techniques and getting the right aesthetics.
-Render the wiring in the pipes without any of its characteristics, avoiding the cross and labeling it unmistakeably according to the established procedure.
-Mount the computers following the manufacturer's instructions.
-Conexate the equipment, receivers and diffusers according to the manufacturer's instructions.
-Perform the measurements of the installation parameters by contrasting the values obtained with those specified in the technical documentation.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
Contents
1. Acoustic signal measurements.
-Characteristics and magnitudes of the sound signals:
-Sound waves: longitudinal, transverse and spherical.
-Sound and wavelength speed.
-Frequency.
-Instant, maximum, effective, and average values of a sound signal.
-Sound intensity and sound pressure.
-Acoustic power.
-Dynamic range of the audio signal.
-Signal/noise ratio.
-Physiological Acoustics:
-Intensity, tone, stamp, and phase.
-Hearing and hearing.
-Monofonia and stereophony.
-The scales to measure sound and their magnitudes:
-The phonium. Isophonic curves.
-The decibel.
-Basic Instrumentation:
-Sonometer.
-Polimeter.
-Pink noise generator.
2. Preparation and assembly of wiring systems.
-Identification and preparation of wiring systems:
-Identification of the types of electrical wiring conduction systems (rigid tubes, flexible tubes, gutters, trays, supports).
-Identification of the components and auxiliary elements used in the wiring systems in the sonorization and public address installations.
-Choosing the cable management system.
-Preparing cable management systems.
-Using the mounting techniques for cable management systems.
-Fixtures in the sonorization and public address facilities:
-Identification of types of fixings (supports, structures, tornilings, collars, staples, clamps, chemical fixings) used in sonorization and public address installations.
-Interpretation of the characteristics of a fixation.
-Application and analysis of the mounting techniques of the fixings.
-Selection of equipment and application of safety standards used in the preparation, machining and fixing of driver driving systems.
3. Connection of conductors in public address and sound installations.
-Identifying the constituent elements of a cable:
-Driver.
-Isolation.
-Fill and coatings.
-Covered.
-Analysis of driver types:
-Isolated driver.
-Isolated cable.
-Unipolar cable.
-Multipolar cable.
-Interpretation of the characteristics of the drivers employed in the sonorization and public address facilities: section, isolation, resistance, tension, intensity.
-Analysis of the use of driver-laying techniques.
-Identification and tagging of drivers.
-Preparing drivers:
-Driver extension elements.
-Drivers ' connection terminals.
-Identification of drivers.
-Application of driver connection techniques.
-Use of equipment and application of safety standards in the laying and connection of drivers.
4. Components of the soundproofing and public address facilities.
-Microphones:
-Types and features.
-Utilization.
-Conexion and location.
-Altmark and acoustic boxes.
-Conjunction and location of acoustic boxes, acoustic projectors, horns and acoustic screens.
-Amplifiers and mixers:
-Types and features.
-Conexion.
-Checking and tuning.
-Equalizers:
-Types and features.
-Checking and tuning.
-Music Sources:
-Analogics: Radio, cassettes, dishes.
-Digital: CD and DVD players, MP3, PC's.
5. Connection of sonorization and public address installations.
-Connecting the speakers to the amplifier:
-Serial, parallel, and mixed connection.
-Coupling of impedance.
-Compensation resistance.
-Connecting the input devices with the amplifier:
-Microphone connections.
-Connection of music sources.
-Conexion between devices.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Maintenance of public address facilities and sonorization of premises.
Code: UF0899
Duration: 60 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the type of maintenance required in megafonia/sonorization facilities, analyzing the installation parameters and using the appropriate tool.
CE1.1 Indicate the work phases and the type of maintenance required by the megafonia/sonorization facilities.
CE1.2 Describe the control and maintenance operations that are required within a megafonia/sonorization facility.
CE1.3 Choose the appropriate measuring tool and apparatus to check the operating parameters of the megaphone/soundproofing installation.
C2: Identify, locate and repair the most frequent breakdowns in public address/sonorization facilities using appropriate techniques.
CE2.1 Explain the typology and typical features of the breakdowns in the megaphone/sonorization systems.
CE2.2 Describe the general techniques and specific means (sonometer, polymeter and pink noise generator, among others) used in the location of breakdowns in megaphone/sonorization systems.
CE2.3 In a practical, duly characterized, scenario of a breakdown in a megafonia/sonorization installation:
-Identify the symptoms of the fault, characterizing it for the effects it produces on the installation.
-hypothesize the possible cause or causes of the breakdown by relating it to the symptoms present in the installation.
-Perform an intervention plan for the cause or cause of the breakdown.
-Select the appropriate tools, tools, and measuring instruments for the necessary interventions, to be performed in the repair of the fault.
-Replace the element or component responsible for the fault, making the necessary interventions for that replacement.
-Perform the necessary tests and adjustments as specified in the installation documentation.
C3: Develop the necessary documentation (budget, repair report) that accredits the detection and repair of the failure of the megafonia/sonorization installation.
CE3.1 Describe the elements that caused the failure and the defect observed.
CE3.2 Precise the prices of the replaced items.
CE3.3 Set the times used in the repair.
Contents
1. Means and techniques for analysis of the parameters of the public address and sonorization facilities.
-Handling basic instrumentation in fault detection:
-Sonometer.
-Polimeter.
-Pink noise generator.
-Analysis of installation parameters:
-Frequency response.
-Power.
-The impedance of the transducers.
-Noise.
-Reverb.
-Slide.
-Measurement of installation parameters:
-Electrical (continuity, signal levels, transducers ' impedance, among others).
-Acuses (reverb, sound pressure level, among others).
-Maintenance plans in the sonorization and public address facilities.
-Periodic control and maintenance operations.
-Documentation for maintenance.
-Diagnostic and troubleshooting strategies.
2. More frequent breakdowns in public address and sonorization facilities.
-Identification of Interferences.
-Electrical oscillation detection of the amplifier.
-Acoustic feedback identification.
-Environmental resonance detection.
-Identifying the presence of dead zones.
-Analysis of causes causing breakdowns:
-Poor connections.
-Double grounding.
-Cortocircuits.
-Mala adaptation of impedance.
-Speaker gap.
-polarity changes.
3. Location of breakdowns in the public address and sonorization facilities.
-Connection checking:
-Alimentations.
-Land Bridges.
-Equipment and equipment connections.
-Cortocircuits.
-Impedance adaptation check:
-Amplifier-Microphone.
-Amplifier-Altmark.
-Music-Amplifier fonts.
-Between signal processing equipment (equalizers, filters, etc.)
-Speaker gap:
-Checking connection polarities.
-Amplifier-speakers.
-Equipment Check:
-Microphones
-Amplifier.
-Altmark.
-Music sources.
-Signal processing equipment.
-Connectors.
-Checking changes in the acoustic conditions of the media or local.
-Resolution of the various breakdowns and parameter verification.
4. Elaboration of the repair report on the public address and soundproofing facilities.
-Description of the process and media used.
-Schemas and plans.
-Maintenance and warranty contract:
-Facility operating parameters.
-Tuning and tuning.
-Organization of the budget.
-Budget types.
-Search for devices and rates from different manufacturers.
-Estimate of repair times.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations.
Code: UF0886
Duration: 30 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3 as regards security and risk prevention.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Adopt the prevention and safety measures necessary for the protection of the health and safety of workers in the face of electrical risk.
CE3.1 Disconnect the part of the installation in which the job is to be performed, verifying the absence of tension in all the active elements of the electrical installation.
CE3.2 Perform maneuvers, measurements, tests, and verifications, using protective equipment to perform established operations.
CE3.3 Determine the feasibility of the operations to be carried out before starting the work in the vicinity of elements in tension, taking the necessary safety measures to minimize the number of elements in the voltage.
CE3.4 Analyze sites at risk of fire or explosion to comply with established regulations.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Electrical risks.
-Types of electrical accidents.
-Direct contacts:
-Direct contact with two active drivers for a line.
-Direct contact with an active line and mass or ground conductor.
-Download by induction.
-Direct contact protection:
-Removing the active parts.
-Interposition of obstacles.
-Recovering the active parts.
-Indirect contacts:
-Puesta a land of the masses.
-Double isolation.
-differential switch.
-Take action in case of accident.
-Security rules:
-Jobs without tension.
-Tension jobs.
-Security material.
Methodological guidelines
Distance training:
| Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
60 | 30 |
|---|---|---|
|
60 | 30 | |
|
Unit 2-UF0899 | 60 | 20 |
| 30 | 20 |
Sequence:
To access the formative unit 2, the training unit 1 must have been exceeded.
Access criteria for students
They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
FORMATIVE MODULE 2
Denomination: Assembly and maintenance of closed circuit television facilities.
Code: MF0598_2
Professional qualification level: 2
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC0598_2: Mount and maintain closed circuit television facilities
Duration: 150 hours
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Montage of closed circuit television facilities (cctv).
Code: UF0900
Duration: 60 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP2.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze closed circuit television facilities, identifying the parts that make up the circuit and the most relevant features of the circuit.
CE1.1 Describe different CCTV installations according to their application (surveillance, security and recording, among others) and location (exterior, interior).
CE1.2 Describe the elements that make up a CCTV installation by relating them to their characteristic applications.
CE1.3 Describe the types of pipes used depending on the space where the installation will run.
CE1.4 Identify drivers, supporting and fixing elements, relating them to their function in the installation and describing their characteristics.
CE1.5 List typical parameters of CCTV installations (lighting and focus, among others), their fundamental magnitudes and units of measurement.
CE1.6 In a scenario of analysis of a CCTV installation, characterized by its technical documentation:
-Identify the type of installation, the equipment and elements that configure it, relating the installation elements to the symbols that appear in the schemas.
-Burn the functional blocks of the installation, describing the function and characteristics of each of the blocks that compose it.
-Identify cameras and accessory elements by verifying that their characteristics meet the requirements set out in the documentation of the same.
-Verify that the orientation of the cameras allows the spaces to be covered.
-Identify the existing dysfunction in the case of proposed breakdowns, relating the possible effects produced in the installation with the equipment and elements thereof.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results, structuring it appropriately.
C2: Set up small CCTV installations, adopting the appropriate technical solution, according to given specifications and current regulations.
CE2.1 In a convenient, properly characterized, scenario of setting up a CCTV installation:
-Develop the drawings and schemas of the installation from the given specifications.
-Calculate typical installation parameters that meet the agreed conditions.
-Select equipment and materials from commercial catalogs that meet the functional, technical, and economic specifications for the adopted solution.
CE2.2 Develop a budget by taking into account the prices of selected materials from commercial catalogs, estimate of time to use, and application taxes.
CE2.3 Develop the instruction and maintenance manual for a hypothetical customer.
C3: Perform the mounting of CCTV installations on the inside/outside of a local.
CE3.1 In a scenario of planning a CCTV system, from the technical documentation:
-Identify the spaces by which the installation runs and the elements that compose it (pipes and wiring, cameras, monitors, and signal processing equipment, among others).
-Detect the possible mounting difficulties in the areas where the pipes flow, or the location of equipment, interpreting the plans of the buildings and proposing possible solutions to solve these problems contingencies.
CE3.2 In a convenient, properly characterized, scenario of mounting a CTV system:
-Select the equipment, elements and materials to be used (pipes, tubes, anchors and supports, wiring, cameras and monitors, among others) on catalogues and/or storage.
-Select the tools and equipment required (wiring checker, general tool, and machine tools, among others) for mounting on a variety of tools or on catalog.
-Describe the bending techniques of tubes indicating the tools used and the usual procedures according to the type (PVC tubes, metal tubes, among others).
-Identify and point in a sketch the locations of the installation elements.
-Prepare and/or mechanize the pipes and materials to be used, applying the required procedures.
-Perform the appropriate drills with the appropriate technique and accessories under security rules.
-Use the appropriate tools, measuring instruments, and protective equipment for the activity to be performed.
-Mounting pipes and pipes by applying the appropriate techniques in each case and getting the right aesthetics.
-Make connections using the appropriate tools and procedures.
-Check connections made according to established procedure.
Contents
1. Identification and preparation of CCTV cabling driving systems.
-Identification in catalogues of the types of wiring systems (rigid tubes, flexible tubes, gutters, trays, supports).
-Interpretation of the characteristics of cabling systems.
-Identification of components and auxiliary elements used in CCTV wiring systems.
-Choosing cabling systems based on their location:
-Build bones.
-Channel, buried.
-Embedded.
-In surface mount.
-In air mount.
-Choosing the wiring systems of the wiring depending on the driver:
-Naked drivers.
-Isolated.
-With cover.
-Preparing cabling systems:
-Estimate and choice of material.
-Choosing the necessary tools.
-Use of bending techniques in PVC and metal tubes.
-Using the wiring systems mounting techniques:
-Location: construction gaps, construction sites, buried, embedded, in surface mount, in aerial assembly.
-Accessories and attachment elements (fittings, press, etc.).
-Selection of equipment and application of safety standards used in the preparation of wiring systems.
2. Fixations on CCTV installations.
-Identification in catalogues of the types of fixations (supports, structures, protective housings, positioners, tornilings, collars, staples, clamps, chemical fixings) used in the CCTV installations.
-Characteristics of the fixings.
-Application of fixings mounting techniques.
-Use of equipment and application of security rules in the use of fixations.
3. Drivers on CCTV installations.
-Selection of driver types based on their use:
-Coaxial cable.
-Praised pairs.
-Optical fiber.
-Interpretation of the characteristics of drivers employed in CCTV installations:
-Section.
-Isolation.
-Resistance.
-Tension.
-Intensity.
-Driver-laying techniques.
-Use of equipment and application of safety standards in the laying of drivers.
-Identification and tagging of drivers.
-Preparing drivers:
-Driver extension elements.
-Drivers ' connection terminals.
-Driver clustering.
-Drivers ' connection techniques.
4. Components of CCTV installations.
-Selection of image captator cameras:
-According to its characteristics (optical, capture device, treatment circuits, and image amplification).
-According to their complementary equipment for CCTV cameras (protection cards, media and positioners).
-IP cameras.
-Camera location.
-Selection of monitors for image playback:
-Depending on its characteristics.
-Selecting image writer components:
-Magnetoscopes.
-Videocasets.
-Digital devices.
-Selection of video signal transmission components:
-Line Amplifiers
-Electronic video signal distributors.
-Determination of control circuits:
-Video selectors.
-Telemands of the cameras.
-Quadrant Generator.
-Sequenciators.
-Multiplexers.
-Quads.
5. Equipment connection.
-Camera connection.
-Connection of monitors.
-Connection of recording devices.
-Conexion of signal treatment equipment.
-Conexion of signal transmission equipment.
-Conexion of control equipment.
-Installing Sotware on Pc's.
-Installing the UPS or SAI systems.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: maintenance of closed circuit television facilities (cctv).
Code: UF0901
Duration: 60 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the type of maintenance required on CCTV installations, analyzing installation parameters, and using the appropriate tool.
CE1.1 Indicate the work phases and type of maintenance that CCTV installations require.
CE1.2 Describe the control and maintenance operations that are required within a CCTV installation.
CE1.3 Choose the appropriate measuring tool and apparatus to check the operating parameters of the CCTV installation.
C2: Identify, locate and repair the most frequent breakdowns in CCTV installations, using the appropriate techniques.
CE2.1 Explain the typology and typical features of the breakdowns in CCTV systems.
CE2.2 Describe general techniques and specific means (polymeter, signal meters, spectra analyzer among others) used in the location of breakdowns in CCTV systems.
CE2.3 In a practical, properly characterized case of a breakdown in a CCTV installation:
-Identify the symptoms of the fault, characterizing it for the effects it produces in the installation.
-hypothesize the possible cause or causes of the breakdown by relating it to the symptoms present in the installation.
-Perform an intervention plan for the cause or cause of the breakdown.
-Select the appropriate tools, tools, and measuring instruments for the necessary interventions, to be performed in the repair of the fault.
-Replace the element or component responsible for the fault, making the necessary interventions for that replacement.
-Perform the necessary tests and adjustments as specified in the installation documentation.
C3: Develop the necessary documentation (budget, repair report) that accredits the detection and repair of the CCTV installation failure.
CE3.1 Describe the elements that caused the failure and the defect observed.
CE3.2 Precise the prices of the replaced items.
CE3.3 Set the times used in the repair.
Contents
1. Measurement of the parameters of CCTV installations.
-Managing basic instrumentation:
-Polimeter.
-Field Meters.
-Spectra Analyzer.
-Installation parameters.
-Measurement of the installation parameters.
-Maintenance plans on CCTV installations.
-Periodic control and maintenance operations.
-Documentation for maintenance.
-Diagnostic and troubleshooting strategies.
2. Frequent breakdowns in CCTV facilities.
-Interference identification.
-Detecting faults in the positioners
-Identification of faults in the cameras.
-Failure detection on transmission lines: (R.F., coaxial, infrared, twisted pair, among others).
-Identification of faults in the amplification systems.
-Identification of faults in control systems:
-On the hardware.
-In the software.
3. Location of breakdowns in CCTV installations.
-Connection checking:
-Alimentations.
-Land Bridges.
-Equipment and equipment connections.
-Cortocircuits.
-Check for signal failures:
-On the fetch devices.
-In the amplification elements.
-On transmission systems.
-On control elements (multiplexers, quads, Telemands, among others).
-Checking changes in the optical conditions of the media.
-Resolution of the various breakdowns and parameter verification.
4. Preparation of the repair report.
-Description of the process and media used.
-Schemas and plans.
-Maintenance and warranty contract:
-Facility operating parameters.
-Tuning and tuning.
-Organization of the budget.
-Budget types.
-Search for devices and rates from different manufacturers.
-Estimate of repair times.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations.
Code: UF0886
Duration: 30 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3 as regards security and risk prevention.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Adopt the prevention and safety measures necessary for the protection of the health and safety of workers in the face of electrical risk.
CE3.1 Disconnect the part of the installation in which the job is to be performed, verifying the absence of tension in all the active elements of the electrical installation.
CE3.2 Perform maneuvers, measurements, tests, and verifications, using protective equipment to perform established operations.
CE3.3 Determine the feasibility of the operations to be carried out before starting the work in the vicinity of elements in tension, taking the necessary safety measures to minimize the number of elements in the voltage.
CE3.4 Analyze sites at risk of fire or explosion to comply with established regulations.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Electrical risks.
-Types of electrical accidents.
-Direct contacts:
-Direct contact with two active drivers for a line.
-Direct contact with an active line and mass or ground conductor.
-Download by induction.
-Direct contact protection:
-Removing the active parts.
-Interposition of obstacles.
-Recovering the active parts.
-Indirect contacts:
-Puesta a land of the masses.
-Double isolation.
-differential switch.
-Take action in case of accident.
-Security rules:
-Jobs without tension.
-Tension jobs.
-Security material.
Methodological guidelines
Distance training:
| Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
| 30 |
|---|---|---|
|
60 | 30 | |
|
Unit 2-UF0901 | 60 | 20 |
| 30 | 20 |
Sequence:
To access the formative unit 2, the training unit 1 must have been exceeded.
Access criteria for students
They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
MODULE OF NON-WORKING PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES FOR THE ASSEMBLY AND MAINTENANCE OF PUBLIC ADDRESS INSTALLATIONS, SONORIZATION OF PREMISES AND CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION
Code: MP0184
Duration: 80 hours
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Perform cabling laying for the assembly of the public address/sonorization and CCTV installation under personal safety standards and the materials used.
CE1.1 Identify and point in a sketch the locations of the installation elements.
CE1.2 Mark the location of the pipes.
CE1.3 Select the tools based on the procedures applied.
CE1.4 Collaborate on the assembly of the elements, boxes and tubes, ensuring their proper mechanical fixation and aesthetic quality.
C2: Install the devices and elements of a public address and sonorization and CCTV installation, under personal security rules and the materials used.
CE2.1 Identify and assemble those elements that consist of several pieces.
CE2.2 Fixing devices and items in their place of location.
CE2.3 Identify and collaborate in the connection of the conductors to the different elements, ensuring the correct electrical contact after checking the correspondence of the cable and the terminal of the apparatus applying the security rules in force.
C3: Diagnose and repair failures of public address/sonorization and CCTV installations, applying safety and occupational risks.
CE3.1 Participate in the testing of the dysfunction, using the appropriate equipment for detection.
CE3.2 Ensure the absence of danger to people and the installation.
CE3.3 Collaborate on replacing the deteriorated elements by following the procedure set for restoring the correct operation of the installation.
CE3.4 visually or functionally check the reset of the installation operation.
C4: Develop the documentation for the "real" layout of the pipeline of a public address/sonorization and CCTV installation.
CE4.1 Describe the different methods of documentation of an electroacoustic and CCTV installation of a dwelling, local or building.
CE4.2 Constant in the housing or local sketch modifications made to the initial site of the installation elements.
CE4.3 Attach the documentation (suppliers, features, etc.) to the elements of the installation that facilitate their maintenance and repair.
C5: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the job center.
CE5.1 Behave responsibly in both human relationships and the jobs to be performed.
CE5.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.
CE5.3 Diligently undertake the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to bring them into line with the work rate of the company.
CE5.4 Integrate into the production processes of the job center.
CE5.5 Use the established communication channels.
CE5.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.
Contents
1. Assembly and preparation of the elements of the public address and soundproofing and CCTV installations.
-Identifying placement places in the plane.
-Measurement and preparation of driving systems for drivers, supports, boxes.
-Assembly of elements, boxes and tubes ensuring their mechanical fixation.
2. Installation of devices and elements of public address and sonorisation and CCTV installations.
-Assembly of elements and devices that consist of multiple parts.
-Placing and fixing devices and devices at their location.
-Identification and tagging of drivers.
-Cabling wiring with the equipment and elements according to the identification of the equipment.
-Measurement of the various parameters specified in the documentation and reporting.
-Verifying the correct operation of the installation elements
3. Repair and replacement of elements of public address and sonorisation and CCTV installations.
-Interpretation of the breakdown part.
-Checking the failure history.
-Visual and functional checking of the incident.
-Replacing the broken or damaged element.
-Check the correct operation.
-Add to the failure history.
4. Preparation of public address and sound and CCTV installations.
-Choosing the procedure to be followed to document the modifications established on the pipeline of the pipeline situation housing.
-Relation of the modifications established on the pipeline of the pipeline situation housing.
-List of suppliers and characteristics of the material used.
5. Integration and communication in the workplace.
-Responsible behavior in the job center.
-Respect to the procedures and rules of the work center.
-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.
-Recognition of the organization's production process.
-Using the communication channels set in the job center.
-Adequation to the company's work rate.
-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.
IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS
| Formative Module | Required Accreditation | Professional experience required in the scope of the competency | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
If you have accreditation | If you do not have accreditation | ||
|
MF0597_2: Assembly and maintenance of public address and sonorization facilities of premises. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect, or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Higher Technician of the Professional Electricity Family and electronic. • Professional area level 3 certificates telecommunications facilities of the professional family of electricity and electronics. | 2 years | 4 years |
| MF0598_2: Assembly and maintenance of closed circuit television facilities. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, Engineer Technical, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Senior Technical and Electrical Family Technician. • Certificates Level 3 professionalism in the professional area of telecommunications facilities of the professional family of electricity and electronics. | 2 years | 4 years |
V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
| Forming Space | Surface m2 15 pupils | Surface m2 25 pupils |
|---|---|---|
|
Classroom. | 45 | 60 |
| 80 | 135 |
| M1 | M2 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|
| ||||
|
X | X | X sonorization and CCTV. | X | X |
| Forming Space | |
|---|---|
|
Classroom |
-Audio-visual equipment. -Network-installed PCs, projection canon, and internet. -Specialty specific software. -Pizars to write with marker. - Flip-chart. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for trainer. -Messes and chairs for students |
| Workshop on public address, soundproofing, and CCTV installations. | -Racks and cabinets for frames. -Canalizations, fixings, and multiple drivers. -Connection terminals. (rca, canon, speech, jack, etc.). -Thermal and differential. -Auricular. -Accessories (tripods, pertigas, etc.). -Microphones (electrodynamic, electret, piezoelectric) -Altmark (severe, medium, and acute) and horns. -Acoustic boxes and columns. -Amplifiers with impedance output and constant voltage. -Mixers. -Equalizers. -Music Sources. -Music Thread Systems. - Sonometer. -Signal Analyzers. -Pink Noise Generator. -Polimeters. -Work Banks. -Racks and cabinets for frames. -Canalizations, Fixes, and Multiple Drivers. -Connection Terminals (BNC, F, CEI, ...). -Optics (variocals, motorized ...). -Cameras (BN, color, high resolution, day-night, backlight .....). -Minidomes and domes. -Supports, housings, and positioners. - Video transmitters. -Generators of quadrants and sequencers. -Distributors and multiplexers. -Monitors. -Infrared foci. -Systems via radio-TV. -Analog and digital recorder. -Hub. -Line amplifiers. -F.A. and SAI's. -CCTV Checkers. -Spectrum Analyzers |
It should not be interpreted that the various identified learning spaces should necessarily be differentiated by closure.
The facilities and equipment must comply with the relevant industrial and sanitary regulations and respond to the universal accessibility and safety measures of the participants.
The number of units to be provided with the tools, machines and tools specified in the training spaces will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, in their case, to attend to the top number.
In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.
ANNEX III
I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
Denomination: Assembly and maintenance of low voltage electrical installations.
Code: ELEE0109
Professional family: Electricity and Electronics.
Professional area: Electrical installations.
Professional qualification level: 2
Professional reference qualification:
ELE257_2 Assembly and maintenance of low voltage electrical installations (RD 1115/2007 of 24 August 2007).
Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:
UC0820_2: Mount and maintain low voltage power facilities in buildings primarily intended for housing.
UC0821_2: Mount and maintain low voltage electrical installations in commercial, office, and one or more industries.
UC0822_2: Mount and maintain automation facilities in the housing and small industry environment.
UC0823_2: Mount and maintain low voltage overhead power grids.
UC0824_2: Mount and maintain low voltage underground power grids.
UC0825_2: Mount and maintain electrical machines.
General competition:
Mount, maintain and repair the electrical installations for low voltage within the scope of the Electrotechnical Regulation for low voltage, applying the techniques and procedures required in each case, the quality criteria, under security conditions and in compliance with the current rules.
Professional Environment:
Professional scope:
Develops its professional activity in small and medium-sized enterprises, mainly private, self-employed or employed, in the areas of assembly and maintenance of low voltage electrical installations (BT), being regulated the activity of the Low-Tension Electrotechnical Regulation.
Productive Sectors:
It is located in the sector of production and distribution of electrical energy, in the activities of assembly and maintenance of the facilities of low voltage contemplated in the scope of the REBT:
-BT installations in residential buildings.
-BT installations in office buildings.
-BT installations in commercial buildings.
-BT installations in buildings of a specific industry.
-BT installations in buildings for a concentration of industries.
Occupations or related jobs:
7510.1033 Electrician installer in general.
7510.1015 Building and housing electrician installer.
Duration of the associated training: 920 hours.
Relationship of training modules and training units:
MF0820_2: Electrical installations in housing buildings. (170 hours)
• UF0884: (Cross-sectional) Assembly of electrical link installations in buildings. (60 hours)
• UF0885: Assembly and maintenance of low voltage electrical installations in housing buildings. (80 hours)
• UF0886: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations. (30 hours)
MF0821_2: Electrical installations in office buildings, shops and industries. (230 hours)
• UF0884: (Cross-sectional) Assembly of electrical link installations in buildings. (60 hours)
• UF0887: Assembly and maintenance of indoor electrical installations. (90 hours)
• UF0888: Preparation of the technical documentation according to the REBT for the installation of premises, shops and small industries. (50 hours)
• UF0886: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations. (30 hours)
MF0822_2: Automated electrical installations and automation facilities. (240 hours).
• UF0889: Assembly and repair of electrical automatisms. (60 hours)
• UF0890: Installation of automated installations. (90 hours)
• UF0891: Repair of automated installations. (60 hours)
• UF0886: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations. (30 hours)
MF0823_2: Mounting and maintaining low voltage overhead power grids. (120 hours)
• UF0892: Low voltage overhead power grid assembly. (60 hours)
• UF0893: Maintenance of low voltage overhead power grids. (30 hours)
• UF0886: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations. (30 hours)
MF0824_2: Low voltage underground electrical network assembly and maintenance. (110 hours)
• UF0894: Low voltage underground electrical network assembly. (50 hours)
• UF0895: Maintenance of low voltage underground power grids. (30 hours)
• UF0886: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations. (30 hours)
MF0825_2: Installation and maintenance of electrical machines. (180 hours)
• UF0896: Assembly and maintenance of transformers. (60 hours)
• UF0897: Assembly and maintenance of rotating electrical machines. (90 hours)
• UF0886: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations. (30 hours)
MP0183: Non-working professional practice module for the assembly and maintenance of low voltage electrical installations. (80 hours)
Linking with professional trainings
Overcoming with positive evaluation of the training established in this certificate of professionalism allows obtaining the accreditation of installer in low voltage according to the established Royal Decree 560/2010, of 7 May, amending various regulations on industrial safety to bring them into line with law 17/2009 of 23 November on the free access to and pursuit of the activities of services and the law 25/2009, of December 22, of modification of various laws for their adaptation to the law on the free access to and exercise of service activities. Article 7: Amendment of Royal Decree 842/2002 of 2 August 2002 approving the electrotechnical regulation for low voltage. Since the contents set out in the certificate comply with the subject matter of the electrotechnical regulation for low voltage, approved by (842/2002, 2 August
.The training provided in the training unit UF0886 of the training modules MF0820_2, MF0821_2, MF0822_2, MF0823_2, MF0824_2 and MF0825_2 of this certificate of professionalism, guarantees the level of knowledge necessary to obtain the performance of the functions of prevention of occupational risks basic level, according to Annex IV of the regulation of the prevention services, approved by the Royal Decree 39/1997, of 17 of January.
II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
Competition Unit 1
Denomination: Mount and maintain low voltage electrical installations in buildings primarily intended for housing.
Level: 2
Code: UC0820_2
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Carry out low voltage liaison and facilities in housing buildings, with the conditions of quality and safety established, according to the current regulations.
CR1.1 Material collection conforms to project specifications and is redistributed in time and form according to the assembly plan.
CR1.2 The repose of the link installation and the location of the pipes, general protection box, power line, centralization of counters, individual derivations, distribution and protection frames, and measuring equipment is in line with the plans and specifications of the project and the low voltage electrotechnical regulation (REBT).
CR1.3 The installation and placement of the pipes is carried out in compliance with the characteristics and dimensions indicated in the electrotechnical documentation and regulations.
CR1.4 Drivers are housed in the electric pipes without any reduction or modification of their characteristics, and the sections, type of insulation and colors, among others, respond to the specifications of the project and the REBT.
CR1.5 The land network is installed and connected by following the technical documentation (project and schema, among others) using the procedure set out in the project or technical documentation.
CR1.6 Drivers are connected without cross-crossing between them, respecting the aesthetics of the assembly and ensuring the reliability of the electrical connection.
CR1.7 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR1.8 The status of the installation and the levels of the regulatory parameters are known by testing and checking.
CR1.9 The developed job and the modifications introduced are collected in the mount report.
RP2: Perform indoor facilities in housing with established quality and safety conditions, in accordance with current regulations.
CR2.1 The material collection conforms to the project specifications and is redistributed according to the assembly plan.
CR2.2 The repose of the installation and the location of the pipes, protective boxes, mechanism boxes, connections and registers, as well as the rest of the electrical elements are in accordance with the plans and specifications of the project and the requirements of the REBT.
CR2.3 The installation and placement of the pipes is carried out in compliance with the characteristics and dimensions indicated in the electrotechnical documentation and regulations.
CR2.4 Drivers are housed in the electric pipes without any reduction or modification of their characteristics, and the sections, type of insulation and colors, among others, respond to the specifications of the project and the REBT.
CR2.5 Protective devices are in line with the number of electrification circuits in the housing and the elements to be protected.
CR2.6 The splicing of the conductors and connection to the electrical elements is performed:
-Without cross-breeding between them and respecting the aesthetics of the set.
-Considering the drivers ' section and color.
-Ensuring the reliability of electrical contact and using the appropriate or regulatory elements.
CR2.7 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR2.8 Installation status and regulatory parameter levels are known by performing verification and verification tests.
CR2.9 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the mount report.
RP3: Repair facilities in housing and residential buildings with the conditions of quality and safety established, according to the current regulations.
CR3.1 The type of breakdown, the cause that produces it, and the deteriorated element are determined by functional checking and electrical parameters.
CR3.2 The type of breakdown and cost of the repair is accurately collected in the budget.
CR3.3 The deteriorated element and rebuild part of the installation is replaced by using the appropriate unmount and mounting sequence and resetting the operating conditions of the installation.
CR3.4 The diagnostic and repair operations are performed in the expected time and do not cause other failures or damage to the installation.
CR3.5 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.3 of 39
CR3.6 The functional reset of the installation is verified by the tests and measures of the regulatory parameter levels.
CR3.7 The breakdown repair report contains the interventions made and the data required for invoice processing.
RP4: Develop the technical and administrative documentation of low voltage electrical installations in the field of their competence.
CR4.1 The technical and economic features of the installation are agreed with the client and are collected in the appropriate document.
CR4.2 The information required for the preparation of the documentation (application ITC, regulations, instances and permits, among others) was collected before the competent body and selected from the REBT.
CR4.3 The installation definition documentation sets:
-The total load for the building or housing.
-The constituent elements of the link installation: general protection box, power line, element for the location of counters, individual derivation, and protections, among others.
-The elements that configure the grounding installation.
-Housing facilities, number of circuits, protection and characteristics.
-The installation of the common services and the forecast of circuits to possible commercial premises, taking into account the services of the building and the degree of electrification of the dwellings and applying the established criteria in the electrotechnical regulation for low voltage (REBT).
CR4.4 In the installation assembly documentation, they are resolved:
-The location of the protection box and counters.
-The system of installation of the pipes and conductors and the passage through the elements of construction of the installation of link, interior of houses and common services.
-The grounding installation system.
-The contingencies arising during the assembly, taking into account the plans and characteristics of the building and applying the requirements laid down in the electrotechnical regulation for low voltage (REBT).
CR4.5 The documentation includes calculations, drawings, drawings and schemas, lists of materials and units of work, among others, using the format and the normalized representation of the adopted solution.
CR4.6 The selected items and materials are in accordance with the agreed budget.
CR4.7 The technical, material, and security means and times anticipated, among others, for the execution of the installation are collected in the assembly plan.
CR4.8 The certificate of installation, technical memory of design, plans, manual of use and prevention of risks, among others, is presented in time and form before the competent organ and specifies the requested characteristics of agreement to REBT.
Professional Context
Production media
Manual tools for electrical work (pelacables and pressure tongs for terminals, among others). Manual tools for mechanical work (pliers and screwdrivers, among others). Machines for machining work (drilling, punching and riveting, among others). Electrical instrumentation (polymeter, amperimetric and vatimetric tweezers, tellurometer, isolation meter and voltage discriminator, among others). Leakage current meter. Power and power recorder for three-phase alternating current. Equipment verifier of the firing sensitivity of the differential switches. Equipment verifier of the continuity of the conductors. Loop impedance meter, with independent measurement system. A luxometer with an appropriate measurement range for emergency lights. Mounting means (ladders and scaffolding, among others). Safety and electrical protection equipment (clothing-personal protective equipment-footwear, gloves and helmet, among others). Computer. Printer. Software for electrical installations.
Products and results
Electrical installation in single-family homes. Electrical installation in dwellings located in buildings. Electrical installation of connection and connection to houses and buildings. Electrical installation of the common areas of housing buildings (except lift or lift). Repair of electrical installations of buildings for housing.
Information used or generated
Documentation for facility projects. Regulations (Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Tension, Standards: National and International Electrotechnical Standardisation UNE, CEI, CENELEC. Rules of the Autonomous Communities, specific rules of the electricity companies. Technical-commercial catalogues of the manufacturers of the materials and equipment. Work orders. Administrative documentation (certificate of installation, installation bulletin, technical memory of design, plans, manual of use and prevention of risks, single-filial schemes, among others). Assembly report. Technical documentation for the installation of the installations in their area of competence. Budgets and invoices.
Competition Unit 2
Denomination: Mount and maintain low voltage electrical installations in commercial, office, and one or more industries.
Level: 2
Code: UC0821_2
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Carry out low voltage connection and low voltage facilities in commercial, office and one or more industries, with the quality and safety conditions established, in accordance with current regulations.
CR1.1 Material collection conforms to project specifications and is redistributed in time and form according to the assembly plan.
CR1.2 The repose of the link installation and the location of the pipes, general protection box, power line, centralization of counters, individual derivations, distribution and protection frames, and measuring equipment is in line with the plans and specifications of the project and the low voltage electrotechnical regulation (REBT).
CR1.3 The installation and placement of the pipes is carried out in compliance with the characteristics and dimensions indicated in the electrotechnical documentation and regulations.
CR1.4 Drivers are housed in the electric pipes without any reduction or modification of their characteristics, and the sections, type of insulation and colors, among others, respond to the specifications of the project and the REBT.
CR1.5 The land network is installed and connected by following the technical documentation (project and schema, among others), using the procedure set out in the project or technical documentation.
CR1.6 Drivers are connected without cross-crossing between them, respecting the aesthetics of the assembly and ensuring the reliability of the electrical connection.
CR1.7 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR1.8 The status of the installation and the levels of the regulatory parameters are known by testing and checking.
CR1.9 The developed job and the modifications introduced are collected in the mount report.
RP2: Perform electrical power distribution facilities in commercial buildings, offices, and industries with the required safety conditions and the established quality, in accordance with current regulations.
CR2.1 The material collection conforms to the project specifications and is redistributed in time and form according to the assembly plan.
CR2.2 The repose of the installation, layout, and location of:
-The pipes, frames or cabinets of distribution and protection and the rest of the elements of the installation (points of light, sockets, protection boxes and mechanisms, among others).
-The power-on control elements of the light points.
-The fixed receivers.
-Emergency luminaries and, where appropriate, signalling, are in line with the project plans and specifications and the requirements of the REBT.
CR2.3 The assembly of the pipes is performed using the attachment and attachment techniques appropriate to the type and dimensions of the material, local characteristics and regulations.
CR2.4 The drivers are housed in the electrical pipes without any reduction or modification of their characteristics, the different circuits being identified and the sections of the conductors and the types of insulation being answered, colors, among others to the project and REBT specifications.
CR2.5 The characteristics of luminaires, power and type of light source are adapted to the activity of the local, not causing shade areas or glare and are equipped to the appropriate height according to the area and characteristics of the job.
CR2.6 The splicing of the conductors and connection to the electrical elements is performed:
-Not presenting crosses between them and respecting the aesthetics of the whole.
-Considering the drivers ' section and color.
-Ensuring the reliability of the connection and using the appropriate or regulatory elements.
CR2.7 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR2.8 Installation status and regulatory parameter levels are known by performing verification and verification tests.
CR2.9 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the mount report.
RP3: Mount the protection and distribution elements in envelopes, (cabinets and tables, among others) with the quality established and complying with the safety standards according to the current regulations.
CR3.1 The distribution of the elements in the wrappers and their machining is collected in the sketches, optimizing the available space.
CR3.2 The machining of the mounting plate, fastening means and doors, among others, and its attachment is performed according to the drawings and drawings and with the intended quality.
CR3.3 The characteristics of the protection and distribution elements conform to the specifications of the project or respond to the section of the drivers and the power demanded.
CR3.4 The protection and distribution elements are mounted in response to the technical documentation and assembly drawings.
CR3.5 The wiring of the drivers of the frame is done:
-Responding to electrical and wiring schemes.
-Considering the drivers ' section and color.
-Not presenting crosses between them and respecting the aesthetics of the whole.
-By holding them in chute or by grouping and fixing them using the appropriate technique.
-Identifying them according to the technical documentation or criteria set.
CR3.6 Drivers are connected to the elements of the frame by ensuring the reliability of the electrical connection at the terminals
CR3.7 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR3.8 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the mount report.
RP4: Maintain and repair facilities in commercial buildings, offices, and industries with established quality and safety conditions.
CR 4.1 The facilities maintenance program is performed according to the plan set.
CR4.2 The type of breakdown, the cause that produces it, and the deteriorated element are determined by functional checking and electrical parameters.
CR4.3 The type of breakdown and repair cost is accurately collected in the budget.
CR4.4 The deteriorated element and the part of the installation are replaced using the appropriate disassembly and mounting sequence and resetting the operating conditions of the installation.
CR4.5 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR4.6 The status of the installation and the levels of the regulatory parameters are known by testing and checking.
CR4.7 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the corresponding report.
RP5: Develop the technical and administrative documentation of the electrical installations of premises, offices or small industries in the field of their competence.
CR5.1 The technical and economic features of the installation are agreed with the client and are collected in the appropriate document.
CR5.2 The information required for the preparation of the documentation (application ITC, regulations, instances and permits, among others) was collected before the competent body and selected from the REBT.
CR5.3 In the installation definition documentation, they are set:
-Total load and partial loads.
-The constituent elements of the link installation: general protection box, power line, element for the location of counters, individual derivation, and protections, among others.
-The elements that configure the grounding installation.
-The installation of interior, number of circuits protection and characteristics taking into account the needs of the local and applying the criteria set out in the REBT.
CR5.4 The installation assembly documentation resolves:
-The location of the protection box and counters.
-The system of installation of the pipes, boxes or cabinets, conductors and points of light, among others.
-The grounding installation system, taking into account the characteristics of the site and applying the requirements set out in the REBT.
CR5.5 The solution adopted to build the installation is collected in the sketches and drawings.
CR5.6 Documentation is performed by collecting calculations, material lists, units of work, and breakdown repair report with data for the realization of the historical invoice and update using the appropriate procedure and normalized representation.
CR5.7 The technical, material, security, and timing means, among others, for installation execution are collected in the mount plan.
CR5.8 The installation certificate, technical design memory, plans, manual of use and risk prevention, among others, is presented in time and form to the competent organ and specifies the requested characteristics of the agreement to REBT.
Professional Context
Production media
Manual tools for electrical work (pelacables and pressure tongs for terminals, among others). Manual tools for mechanical work (pliers and screwdrivers, among others). Machines for machining work (drilling, punching, riveting and screwing, among others). Electrical instrumentation (polymeter, amperimetric and vatimetric tweezers, tellurometer, isolation meter and voltage discriminator, tube bending equipment, among others). Leakage current meter. Power and power recorder for three-phase alternating current. Equipment verifier of the firing sensitivity of the differential switches. Equipment verifier of the continuity of the conductors. Loop impedance meter, with independent measurement system. A luxometer with an appropriate range of measurement for the emergency lights. Network disturbance and harmonic network analyzer. Electrodes for the measurement of soil insulation. Device for checking the isolation level of the operating rooms. Network, harmonic and network disturbance analyzer. Mounting means (ladders and scaffolding, among others). Safety and electrical protection equipment (clothing-personal protective equipment-footwear, gloves, and helmet, among others). Computer. Printer. Software for electrical installations.
Products and results
Electrical installation of commercial premises. Electrical installation of offices. Electrical installation of special premises (public concurrency, with risks of fire or explosion, swimming pools and fountains, among others). Maintenance and repair of electrical installations in commercial buildings, offices and industries.
Information used or generated
Documentation for facility projects. Regulations (Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Tension. Standards: National and international electrotechnical standards UNE, CEI, CENELEC. Rules of the Autonomous Communities, specific rules of the electricity companies). Technical-commercial catalogues of the manufacturers of the materials and equipment. Work orders. Administrative documentation (certificate of installation, technical memory of design, plans, single-part schemes, manual of use and prevention of risks, among others). Assembly report. Technical documentation for the installation of the installations in their area of competence. Budgets and invoices. Repair report.
Competition Unit 3
Denomination: Mounting and maintaining electric power facilities in the housing and small industry environment.
Level: 2
Code: UC0822_2
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Prepare cabinets and electrical boxes, among others, for the assembly of the operating circuits, protection and control of electrotechnical devices, with the quality established and complying with the safety standards.
CR1.1 The distribution of the elements in the envelopes and the information for their machining is collected in the sketches and drawings optimizing the available space.
CR1.2 The assembly and sequence plan of the machining operations are performed in response to the drawings and drawings of the table.
CR1.3 The selected material (profiles, wrappers, and tables, among others) conforms to the project specifications and the mount plan.
CR1.4 The distribution and location layout of the fastening elements, profiles, and pipes inside the enclosure is performed by responding to the implementation plans.
CR1.5 The machining of the mounting plate, profiles and wrappers, among others, conforms to the data of the planes and the sequence of operations.
CR1.6 The tools, technical and security means are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR1.7 The developed job and the modifications introduced are collected in the mount report.
RP2: Mounting the manoeuvring, control and protection circuits of electrotechnical devices in cabinets and boxes, among others, with the quality established and complying with safety standards.
CR2.1 The elements that make up the maneuvering, control, and protection circuits of electrotechnical devices conform to the project specifications and the assembly plan.
CR2.2 Equipment and elements (programmable logic controller, contactors, relays, protection elements, electronic starters of electric machines and domotic elements, among others) are fixed at the precise location and with the media appropriate to ensure mechanical attachment.
CR2.3 The wiring of the conductors (cables and pletins) and their connection to the equipment and elements:
-It conforms to the schemas.
-They conform to the exact location
-The ends are treated for connection and the terminals are placed.
-They are identified according to the mount plans
-Ensure the reliability of electrical contact.
CR2.4 The control program is introduced into the programmable controller with the parameters that respond to the optimal operating conditions, using the appropriate equipment.
CR2.5 Functional tests are performed using the intended protocol and responding to operating conditions.
CR2.6 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR2.7 The developed work and the modifications introduced are collected in the mount report.
RP3: Perform automated installations (control equipment, sensors, actuators and detectors, among others) in safety and quality conditions.
CR3.1 The distribution of the elements, the repose, the location of the pipes, control devices, actuation and measurement are collected in the sketches according to the project or requirements of the client.
CR3.2 Drivers are housed in the regulatory channels without any reduction or modification of their characteristics.
CR3.3 The location of electromechanical actuators, electric motors, sensors and electrotechnical detectors is performed in compliance with the requirements of the project, the function to be performed and taking into account the access for the maintenance.
CR3.4 The protection elements and the conductors are in line with the function to be performed, the number of circuits and the power of the receiver.
CR3.5 The connection of the actuators, sensors, control and protection elements and auxiliary modules is performed according to the manufacturer's schemes and technical documentation.
CR3.6 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR3.7 The specified operating conditions are achieved by performing the necessary tests and adjustments on the elements of the installation.
CR3.8 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the mount report.
RP4: Maintain and repair automated installations under established quality and safety conditions.
CR4.1 The dysfunction of the deteriorated element or control program is determined by functional checking and installation parameters.
CR4.2 The type of breakdown and cost of the repair is accurately collected in the budget.
CR4.3 The replacement of the deteriorated element is performed using the unmount and set-mount sequence by getting the operating conditions reset.
CR4.4 The dysfunction of the control program or the slogan values of the affected parameters is restored to the operating conditions.
CR4.5 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR4.6 The functional reset of the installation is verified by the tests and measures of the levels of the regulatory parameters.
CR4.7 The maintenance operations of the installations elements are performed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
CR4.8 The breakdown repair report contains the data for the realization of the invoice.
Professional Context
Production media
Manual tools for electrical work (pelacables and pressure tongs for terminals, among others). Manual tools for mechanical work (pliers and screwdrivers, among others). Machines for basic machining work (drilling, punching and riveting, among others). Electrical instrumentation (polymeter and voltage discriminator, among others). Mounting means (ladders and scaffolding, among others). Safety and electrical protection equipment. PC, parameterization/programming operator panel.
Products and results
Installing and maintaining automated systems. Installation and maintenance of automatic control and control equipment.
Information used or generated
Documentation for automated installations projects. Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Tension. Standards: national and international electrotechnical standardization UNE, CEI, CENELEC. Rules of the Autonomous Communities. Special rules for electric companies. Technical-commercial catalogues of the manufacturers of the materials and equipment. Work orders. Administrative documentation (plans, single-part schemes, manual of use and prevention of risks, among others). Assembly report. Parts of work. Breakdown repair report. Budget and invoice. Computer. Printer. Software for electrical installations.
Competition Unit 4
Denomination: Mount and maintain low voltage overhead power grids.
Level: 2
Code: UC0823_2
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Mounting low voltage overhead network supports according to the project and assembly plan, applying the appropriate procedures and safety means, with the required quality.
CR1.1 The collection of materials along the network layout is performed according to the project specifications and according to the assembly plan.
CR1.2 The necessary tools and means are selected according to the needs of the assembly.
CR1.3 Network repose, location of supports, dimensions of ditches, and archets, among others, is performed in compliance with project specifications.
CR1.4 Supports and armed are mounted by following the manufacturer's mounting specifications.
CR1.5 The groundings of the supports are mounted by querying the project documentation.
CR1.6 The foundation and concrete of the supports and in their case the anchorages, are carried out in compliance with the specifications of the project.
CR1.7 The lifting and securing of the support is done with the appropriate means, applying the safety standards and achieving the aplomb and level of the same.
RP2: Mount isolated drivers on supports, according to the project and assembly plan, applying the appropriate procedures and safety means, with the required quality.
CR2.1 The drivers ' laying is performed without damage and leaving them ready for their tensioning.
CR2.2 The drivers are tensioned taking into account the distance of the supports and the arrow of the catenary.
CR2.3 The stapling or retensioning of the neutral guarantor to the clamping fittings is performed without torsion and thereby achieving the driving beam as a uniform wiring step.
CR2.4 Drivers ' connections and connections are made using preinsulated splice terminals and sleeves, appropriate derivations, and specific tools and equipment.
CR2.5 The commissioning of the network is in line with the requirements of the project and rules of the supplying company.
RP3: Mounting low-voltage overhead network drivers, according to the project and assembly plan, applying the appropriate procedures and means of safety, with the required quality.
CR3.1 The collection of materials along the network layout is performed according to the project specifications and according to the assembly plan.
CR3.2 The necessary tools and means are selected according to the needs of the assembly.
CR3.3 The repose of the network and the location of the holes and holes for the anchoring and fastening elements (supports, tubes and claws, among others) is carried out in compliance with the specifications of the project.
CR3.4 The posteletes with their claws, tubes, beam supports and gutters on the facades are fixed to the distances and measurements specified in the project and allow for proper installation of the beam.
CR3.5 The laying and fixing of the beam to the facade is carried out by displacing the coil without damage and leaving it ready for its tensioning, in the event that there are vanians.
CR3.6 The tensioning of the wires at the crossings (vanes) is performed on the neutral conductor and takes into account the width of the roadway and the arrow of the catenary.
CR3.7 Drivers ' connections and connections are made using preisolated splice terminals and sleeves, appropriate derivations, and specific tools and equipment.
CR3.8 The commissioning of the network is in line with the requirements of the project and rules of the supplying company.
RP4: Repair and maintain with and without voltage low voltage power grids, following established procedures under appropriate quality and response time conditions.
CR 4.1 The inspection of the network and its components is performed by collecting, scoring, and evaluating the status of the components of the installation.
CR4.2 In preventive maintenance:
-The intervened element is checked to match the one indicated in the work part.
-The adjustments and checks of the intervening elements are performed with the required precision.
CR4.3 In corrective maintenance:
-The fault is checked to match the fault in the breakdown part.
-Installation component failures are corrected by following the procedures given for mounting.
-The intervening element is verified to be identical or of the same characteristics as the broken down.
-The adjustments and checks of the replaced elements are performed with the required precision.
CR4.4 On network operations:
-The network download is requested from the operation center.
-The line connects to another network to not interrupt the service, when this is possible.
-Security of signaling and protection measures are performed using the established procedure.
-Network reset is requested from the operation center.
-The installation is checked for commissioning.
CR4.5 Technical means, measuring instruments and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR4.6 The measuring instruments and appliances are checked to have the current calibration certificate available.
CR4.7 Personal safety, facilities and equipment standards are met in all interventions.
CR4.8 The required information is collected in the breakdown repair report and put into service for the installation.
Professional Context
Production media
Truck-crane. Feathers, hair, pulleys, strobes, chocks and pystoos, among others. Presses, matrices, tools for wedge-to-pressure drifts. Metric tape, teodolite, and plumbing. Mugs and sinks. Brake and pilot cable. Manual tools for electrical work. Manual tools for mechanical work. Machines for machining work. Measuring instruments (tellurometer, dynamometer, thermometer and voltiamperimetric clamp, among others). Computer tools for the realization of documentation. Equipment and protective elements.
Products and results
Low voltage air network installations. Maintenance of low voltage aerial network facilities.
Information used or generated
Project technical documentation and mount plan. Mounting planes of supports and fittings. Work orders. Parts of breakdown description. Manufacturer's technical manuals. Manuals of the different teams. Regulation and regulation. Maintenance tabs. History of breakdowns. Safety standards. Failure report on the project. Final report on the layout of the installation. Permission for the removal of surplus land. State where the amount of surplus land is indicated. Request for discharge. Work permit on the affected installation. Assembly report. Maintenance report. Parts of the job.
Competition Unit 5
Denomination: Mount and maintain low voltage underground electrical networks.
Level: 2
Code: UC0824_2
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Mount the underground electrical network conductors on sand bed and under pipe in ditches according to the project and assembly plan, applying the appropriate procedures and safety means, with the required quality.
CR1.1 The collection of materials along the network layout is performed according to the project specifications and according to the assembly plan.
CR1.2 The necessary tools and means are selected according to the needs of the assembly.
CR1.3 The repose and dimensions of the ditches and archets, among others, is performed in compliance with the project specifications and ensuring that it does not match other services in the same vertical projection and meets the rules in force.
CR1.4 Interventions (driveways, sidewalks, street and road crossings, among others) are made available for corresponding permissions.
CR1.5 The seat of the cables on the base of the trench or the introduction of the cables into the tubes and the preparation of the installation for laying is performed taking into account the type of installation.
CR1.6 The laying of the conductors is performed without damage (by placing the rollers and avoiding crosses) and are arranged according to the type of installation and the current regulations.
CR1.7 Drivers are spliced and connected using the appropriate elements according to rules and assembly instructions.
CR1.8 Drivers are marked and grouped at the appropriate distances by following project documentation and assembly plan.
CR1.9 Network signalling and mechanical protections are mounted in compliance with current regulations.
CR1.10 Terminal boxes and splices are made and assembled according to the manufacturer's rules and instructions.
CR1.11 In tests performed on the elements of the installation:
-Ensure continuity.
-The order of phases is checked.
-The isolation is checked.
-The continuity of the metal screen is verified.
-Regulatory trials are performed.
CR1.12 The passage of the cable from the underground to aerial is done through the steel tube with the appropriate dimensions and plugging it with the corresponding cable protector.
RP2: Mounting electrical network drivers in galleries, according to the project and assembly plan, applying the appropriate procedures and means of safety, with the required quality.
CR2.1 The collection of materials along the network layout is performed according to the project specifications and according to the assembly plan.
CR2.2 The necessary tools and means are selected according to the needs of the assembly.
CR2.3 The location of the trays, fittings, and fasteners, among others, is performed in compliance with the project specifications and with the current regulations.
CR2.4 The seat of the cables in the tray is made taking into account the type of attachment, the number of cables it hosts, and the rest of the services in the gallery.
CR2.5 Drivers tend to be damaged and are disposed of in accordance with current regulations.
CR2.6 Drivers are marked and grouped at appropriate distances by following project documentation and assembly plan.
CR2.7 Drivers are spliced and connected using the appropriate elements according to rules and assembly instructions.
CR 2.8 In tests performed on the elements of the installation:
-Ensure continuity.
-The order of phases is checked.
-The isolations are checked.
-The continuity of the metal screen is verified.
-Regulatory trials are performed.
CR2.9 The passage of the cable from the underground to aerial is done through the steel tube with the appropriate dimensions and plugging it with the corresponding cable protector.
RP3: Perform network commissioning, according to the project and rules of the supplying company applying the established procedures and security means.
CR3.1 The download or authorization to connect the mounted network to another network or the substation is requested for the action dates.
CR3.2 The absence of tension is guaranteed by the necessary checks.
CR3.3 Protection and work zones are marked by meeting the required security requirements.
CR3.4 The air network intervention zone is protected by grounding its drivers.
CR3.5 The connection to the network or the substation is done with the appropriate elements and ensuring their mechanical fixation.
CR3.6 Network service reset is verified with required elements.
CR3.7 Personal safety, facilities and equipment standards are met in all interventions.
CR3.8 The installation mount report contains the required data and in the corresponding format.
RP4: Repair and maintain low voltage power grids, following established procedures under appropriate quality and response time.
CR4.1 The inspection of the network and its components is performed by collecting, scoring, and evaluating the status of the components of the installation.
CR4.2 In preventive maintenance:
-The intervened element is checked to match the one indicated in the work part.
-The adjustments and checks of the intervening elements are performed with the required precision.
CR4.3 In corrective maintenance:
-The fault is checked to match the fault in the breakdown part.
-Installation component failures are corrected by following the procedures given for mounting.
-The element is replaced by another identical element or the same characteristics as the broken one.
-The adjustments and checks of the replaced elements are performed with the required precision.
CR4.4 On network operations:
-The network download is requested from the operation center.
-The line connects to another network to not interrupt the service, when this is possible.
-Security, signaling, and protection measures are performed using the established procedure.
-Network reset is requested from the operation center.
-The installation is checked for commissioning.
CR4.5 Technical means, measuring instruments and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR4.6 The measuring instruments and appliances are checked to have the current calibration certificate available.
CR4.7 Personal safety, facilities and equipment standards are met in all interventions.
CR4.8 The required information is collected in the breakdown repair report and put into service for the installation.
Professional Context
Production media
Truck-crane. Feathers, hair and hair, among others. Presses, matrices and tools for pressure wedge derivations. Shovels, pissons, palettes, among others. Cable coils, cats, rollers, among others. Tape, color adhesive tapes, among others. Mugs and sinks. Brake and pilot cable. Manual tools for electrical work. Manual tools for mechanical work. Machines for machining work. Isolation meter. Equipment for verifying and locating underground cables. Measuring instruments (tellurometer, dynamometer, thermometer, voltiamperimetric clamp, among others). Computer tools for the realization of documentation. Portable Terminal for Maintenance. Equipment and protective elements.
Products and results
Low voltage underground electrical networks. Maintenance of low voltage underground electrical networks.
Information used or generated
Project technical documentation and mount plan. Work orders. Parts of breakdown description. Manufacturer's technical manuals. Manuals of the different teams. Regulations (Electrotechnical Regulation for Low-Tension, Regulation of Electrical Undertakings, Regulation Of Electrical Verifications, Technical Conditions and Safety Guarantees in Central Electrical Substations and Transformation Centers). Standards: National and International Electrotechnical Standards UNE, CEI, CENELEC. Rules of the Autonomous Communities, specific rules of the electricity companies. Maintenance tabs. History of breakdowns. Safety standards. Failure report on the project. Final report on the layout of the installation. Permission for the removal of surplus land. State where the amount of surplus land is indicated. Request for discharge. Work permit on the affected installation. Assembly report. Maintenance report. Parts of the job.
Competition Unit 6
Denomination: Mount and maintain electrical machines.
Level: 2
Code: UC0825_2
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Install rotary and transformer electrical machines, under established security conditions and in accordance with current regulations.
CR1.1 The mechanical and electrical characteristics (situation and characteristics of the fixing devices, maximum dimensions, the situation of the bornas) are defined in the assembly plans and the technical documentation. connection, of possible cooling elements, among others), necessary for the assembly of the machine.
CR1.2 The operations required for machine assembly (material collection, machine and tool preparation, mechanical and finishing assembly and fastening) are performed in time and with the appropriate quality.
CR1.3 The assembly of the parts, if necessary, is done according to the constructive drawings and drawings and the manufacturer's indications.
CR1.4 The parts that form the anchors (legs, flanges, among others) and fixing devices are secured according to the mounting plan and achieving the proper fixation of the parts that compose them.
CR1.5 The calculation of the electrical magnitudes is performed from the data in the nameplate.
CR1.6 The electrical protection of motors and transformers (over-intensities, lack of phase, among others) are appropriate to the type of installation and the current regulations.
CR1.7 The connections are made by properly preparing the terminals, ensuring their mechanical attachment and electrical contact according to the technical documentation.
CR1.8 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR1.9 Security rules are known and taken into account in all interventions.
CR1.10 The developed job and the modifications introduced are collected in the mount report.
RP2: Perform the testing and commissioning of rotary and transformer electrical machines under the established safety conditions and in accordance with the current regulations.
CR2.1 The commissioning and testing of the machines are performed according to the established protocols.
CR2.2 The results obtained in the standardized tests and tests, both in vacuum and in load, correspond to the parameters indicated in the electrical machine characteristics plate.
CR2.3 The technical means and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR2.4 Security rules are known and taken into account in all interventions.
CR2.5 The tests performed and the modifications made are collected in the corresponding report.
RP3: Maintain and repair rotary and rotary electrical machines, under the conditions of established quality and safety, in accordance with current regulations.
CR3.1 The machine or transformer maintenance program is performed according to the plan set.
CR3.2 The breakdown in the electrical or transformer machine is diagnosed by the application of an established procedure and using the appropriate tools and instruments.
CR3.3 The type of breakdown and repair cost is accurately collected in the budget.
CR3.4 The collection of materials, the preparation of machines and tools, the manufacture of coils, insulation and varnish, assembly, connections and finishes) are carried out in time and with the right quality.
CR3.5 The constructive characteristics of the broken machine or transformer (connection schemes, number of coils, diameter of the wire, constructive form of the transformer, type of insulation, among others) are obtained in detail in the disassembly process and are collected in the corresponding document.
CR3.6 The deteriorated element and the part of the machine or transformer are replaced using the appropriate disassembly and mounting sequence and resetting the operating conditions of the installation.
CR3.7 The technical means, tools, and security means are used according to each intervention.
CR3.8 The status of the installation and the values of the regulatory parameters are known by testing and verifying that they match those indicated on the feature plates.
CR3.9 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the corresponding report.
Professional Context
Production media
Manual tools for electrical work (pelacables, pressure tongs, among others). Manual tools for mechanical work (pliers, screwdrivers, English keys, fixed, mechanical jacks, hammers, among others). Measuring and testing instruments (ohmeter, voltmeter, amperimeter, vatimeter, polymeter, amperimetric and vatimetric tweezers, fasimeter, isolation meter, tellurometer, compass, series and parallel test lamps, among others). Mechanical measuring instruments (gauge, micrometric screw, among others). Machines for the winding of electric machines and accessories. Test benches of electric machines. Instruments (manuals or computer tools) for the design of small and electric transformers. Threads and pletins. Varnishes. Insulating materials. Ferromagnetic materials. Elements of connection. Liquid refrigerants.
Products and results
Construction of static electrical machines. Repair and maintenance of static and rotary electric and AC machines. Tests of static and rotary electric machines of DC and AC.
Information used or generated
Electric Machine Winding Schemes. Mechanical cutting planes of electric machines. Standard procedures for testing of electric machines. Standard documents for the preventive maintenance of electric machines. Parts of work. Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Tension and supplementary instructions. International standards and technical requirements.
III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
FORMATIVE MODULE 1
Denomination: Electrical installations in residential buildings.
Code: MF0820_2
Professional qualification level: 2
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC820_2 Mount and maintain low voltage power facilities in buildings primarily intended for housing.
Duration: 170 hours.
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Montage of electrical link facilities in buildings.
Code: UF0884
Duration: 60 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 as regards the link facilities.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts and elements that configure the power link installations by analyzing the application features and regulations.
CE1.1 Relate the parts of the electrical linking facilities in the buildings of homes, shops, offices and industries with the location and the elements that make up the buildings.
CE1.2 From building plans of a building:
-Choose the location of the general protection box, power line, derivations, counters and general protective picture, among others, applying the related regulations, indicating the characteristics techniques to be collected according to the type, constitution and system of installation.
-To locate on the plane the installation in the buildings (circuits, protections, lands, elements of maneuver, conductors and tubes, among others), applying the related regulations, indicating the technical characteristics that must to meet the type, constitution, location and installation.
CE1.3 In a building link installation and with the technical documentation:
-Identify the teams and elements that configure it, interpreting the technical documentation, and relating the actual components to the symbols that appear in the schemas.
-Perform the necessary checks to verify that the materials and equipment that make up the installation meet the requirements set out in the installation documentation.
-Identify the variation that occurs in the parameters characteristic of the installation (tensions, isolations, derivations and ground resistance, among others) assuming and making modifications to components of the same.
-Verify that the installation complies with the application regulations.
C2: Perform the installation of the binding installation by applying the current regulations acting under personal safety standards and the materials used.
CE2.1 In the assembly of the general protection box, power line, counters, and individual derivation:
-Select the tools appropriately based on the procedures applied.
-Prepare and mechanize the envelopes, boxes, pipes, tubes, conductors and materials to be used, applying the required procedures.
-Mount the elements, boxes, tubes, counters and ground, among others, of the link installation applying the current regulations ensuring their proper mechanical fixation.
-Introduce the conductors in the tubes by applying the appropriate technique by marking each of them in an unmistakable manner and avoiding cross-paths.
-Conexate components by following appropriate procedures, ensuring good electrical contact and respecting the color code.
-Perform the testing and regulatory measures of the installation parameters (ground resistance and insulation, among others).
-Perform assembly, testing, and measurement operations by applying personal and material safety standards, reaching the intended final quality.
C3: Develop the technical documentation of the electrical link installations in buildings by applying the current electrotechnical regulations.
CE3.1 Calculate the electrical and dimensional magnitudes of the electrical linking facilities for housing, retail, office and industry buildings by applying the laws and rules of electrotechnical calculation.
CE3.2 Set the characteristics of the cutting and protection elements of the binding installation by applying the REBT.
CE3.3 Fill in the documentation required by the REBT using equivalent official documents (technical design memory, single-filar scheme, sketches, site plans, instructions for use and maintenance, among others).
Contents
1. Link facilities.
-Power line:
-Features and types of elements (general protection and measurement box, counters, cables, tubes, general and individual control and protection devices, power control switch). ITC-BT-13, ITC-BT-14, ITC-BT-15, ITC-BT11.
-Features and types of elements:
-Distribution box.
-Command and protection elements.
-Tubes and pipes
-Boxes.
-Electrical drivers.
-Wiggle and connection elements.
-Site and Mount of Link Facilities:
-General protection boxes.
-Counters and centralization.
-Command and protection devices. ITC-BT-16, ITC-BT-17.
2. Representation and symbology of electrical liaison facilities.
-Standard symbology in the power-linking facilities.
-Planes and standard electrical schemes.
-Interpretation of electrical schemes from link facilities:
-For a single user.
-For more than one user.
-Regulations and regulations. ITC-BT-12.
3. Measurement in electrical installations.
-Electrical magnitudes.
-Electrical resistance of earth sockets and isolations.
-Fundamental relationships between electrical magnitudes.
-Measurement instruments:
-Typology and features.
-Connection procedures.
-Measurement processes.
4. Elaboration of the documentation of the electrical liaison facilities.
-Documentation for ITC-BT-01, ITC-BT-02 installations.
-Requirements and performances of authorized ITC-BT-03 installers.
-Documentation and commissioning of ITC-BT-04 facilities.
-ITC-BT-05 verification and inspections.
-Payloads forecast for the supply of B.T. ITC-BT-08, ITC-BT-10.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Assembly and maintenance of low voltage electrical installations in housing buildings.
Code: UF0885
Duration: 80 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2, RP3, and RP4.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts and elements that make up the indoor electrical installations for buildings primarily intended for housing, analyzing the operation, the characteristics and the rules of application.
CE1.1 From the building plans of a single-family dwelling and a building for housing:
-To locate on the plane the interior installation in the dwellings (circuits, protections, lands, elements of maneuver, conductors and tubes, among others), applying the related regulations, indicating the technical characteristics which they must meet on the basis of type, constitution, location and installation.
CE1.2 In an indoor installation of a small building or housing and with the technical documentation:
-Identify the teams and elements that configure it, interpreting the technical documentation, and relating the actual components (or in catalog, photography) to the symbols that appear in the schemas.
-Determine the operation of the interior installation based on the elements involved in each circuit, using the electrical schemes and checking it through the functional analysis of the installation.
-Perform the necessary checks to verify that the materials and equipment that make up the interior installation meet the requirements set out in the documentation of the interior installation.
-Identify the variation that occurs in the parameters characteristic of the interior installation (tensions, isolations, derivations and ground resistance, among others) assuming and making modifications in components of the same.
-Verify that the installation complies with the application regulations.
-Develop hypotheses about the effects that would result, in the operation of the network, the modification of the characteristics of the elements of the installation or the malfunction of one or more parts of the installation.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
C2: Perform the installation of the indoor installation by applying the current regulations acting under personal safety standards and the materials used.
CE2.1 Establish the plan of assembly of the electrical installation of a building of several dwellings from the technical documentation or project indicating the elements, materials, technical, auxiliary and security means required.
-Select the tools appropriately based on the procedures applied.
-Prepare and mechanize the boxes, tubes, conductors and materials to be used, applying the required procedures.
CE2.2 In mounting the installation of a dwelling:
-Mount the elements, boxes and tubes, among others, applying the current regulations ensuring their proper mechanical fixation.
-Introduce the conductors in the tubes by applying the appropriate technique, each marking in an unmistakable way and avoiding the crosses.
-Conjunction drivers into the boxes and components by following proper procedures and ensuring good electrical contact.
-Perform the tests and regulatory measures necessary to ensure the correct functionality of the installation (on the cutting and protection devices, ground resistance and insulation, among others).
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
C3: Repair breakdowns in indoor electrical installations of residential buildings, acting under personal safety standards and materials used.
CE3.1 In a small building or housing facility and with the technical documentation:
-Identify the teams and elements that configure it, interpreting the technical documentation, and relating the actual components (or in catalog, photography) to the symbols that appear in the schemas.
-Determine the operation of the installation based on the elements involved in each circuit, using the electrical schemes and checking it through the functional analysis of the installation.
-Identify the variation that occurs in the parameters characteristic of the installation (tensions, isolations, derivations and ground resistance, among others) assuming and making modifications to components of the same.
-Develop hypotheses about the effects that would result, in the operation of the network, the modification of the characteristics of the elements of the installation or the malfunction of one or more parts of the installation.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
CE3.2 In the diagnosis, location and repair of faults in the installation of a dwelling:
-Perform an intervention plan for the cause or cause of the breakdown.
-Indicate the process used for diagnosing and locating type breakdowns.
-Relate specific techniques and media to the type of fault.
-Identify the symptoms of the breakdown by relating it to the effects of the installation.
-Diagnose the cause of the failure by performing the necessary tests and measures and interpreting the results according to the documentation of the failure.
-Locate the element or component causing the breakdown, applying the required procedures.
-Back up the operating conditions, replacing the deteriorated element or rebuilding the part of the installation in bad condition by applying the required procedures.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
-Develop a budget by taking into account the prices of materials obtained from commercial catalogs, estimate of time to use, and application taxes.
C4: Develop the technical documentation of electrical installations in the interior of residential buildings by applying the current electrotechnical regulations.
CE4.1 Calculate electrical and dimensional magnitudes of interior electrical installations for housing buildings by applying the laws and rules of electrotechnical calculation.
CE4.2 In an electrical installation of interior of a housing building from the building plans and in accordance with the current electrotechnical regulation:
-Determine the degree of electrification corresponding to the different dwellings in the building.
-Perform the distribution of electrical circuits in the interior of the dwellings according to the defined characteristics.
-Determine the forecast of building loads based on housing characteristics, general services, business premises and offices.
-Graphically reintroduce the schemes of the installation of the housing circuits.
-Determine the section of the conductors and the diameter of tubes in each of the sections of the installation, depending on the expected power and applying the regulatory criteria.
-Determine the characteristics of the land system of the main line and derivations of the land installation using standard criteria.
-Set the characteristics of the housing protection frame elements by applying the REBT.
-Determine the placement and configuration of the counter cabinet by applying the REBT.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
CE4.3 To comply with the documentation required by the REBT for the installation of housing buildings, using equivalent official documents (technical design memory, single-filar scheme, drawings, site plans, instructions for use and maintenance, among others).
Contents
1. Electrification facilities in homes and buildings.
-Indoor installations:
-General descriptions. ITC-BT-19, ITC-BT-20, ITC-BT-21, ITC-BT-26.
-Housing facilities:
-Degree of electrification. ITC-BT-25.
-Facilities with bathtubs or showers. ITC-BT-27.
-grounding installations: features and elements. ITC-BT-18.
-Facilities in common areas: features and elements.
-On-premises security.
-Protection from over-intensities and surges. ITC-BT-22, ITC-BT-23.
-Overloads.
-Cortocircuits.
-Protection from direct and indirect contacts. ITC-BT-24.
-differential switches (sensitivity, disconnection, etc.).
2. Representation and symbology of electrical installations in dwellings.
-Standard symbology in electrical installations.
-Interpretation of electrical schemes for indoor and building floor plans.
3. Calculation in the electrical installations of BT of residential buildings.
-Degree of electrification and power in housing.
-Total load of buildings intended for housing.
-Circuits, drivers section and voltage drops in housing and liaison facilities.
-Maximum allowable intensities in drivers.
-Protection items.
-Pipe and pipe dimensions.
-Selecting items.
-Standard procedures for calculating BT's facilities.
4. Assembly of indoor electrical installations in housing and buildings.
-Site and system assembly of indoor housing facilities: pipes and cables, number of circuits and features in the assembly, earth sockets, lines and derivations, general picture of distribution, bathrooms and kitchens, among others.
-Installing in common areas (ladder lighting, utility room lighting, security lighting).
-Media and technical equipment in the assembly.
-Regulations and regulations.
5. Diagnosis and repair of electrical installations in housing and housing.
-Verification of connections and measurement of isolations of the same.
-Circuit intensity checking.
-Isolation failures and stream leak problems.
-Repair of circuits with overloads.
-Increased consumption and voltage drop higher than allowed in the REBT.
6. Regulations and technical documentation of electrical installations.
-A basic grade installation's technical memory.
-Electrical installation certificate.
-Project and processing of installations.
-Fulfillment of verifications and inspections reports.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations.
Code: UF0886
Duration: 30 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3 as regards security and risk prevention.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Adopt the prevention and safety measures necessary for the protection of the health and safety of workers in the face of electrical risk.
CE3.1 Disconnect the part of the installation in which the job is to be performed, verifying the absence of tension in all the active elements of the electrical installation.
CE3.2 Perform maneuvers, measurements, tests, and verifications, using protective equipment to perform established operations.
CE3.3 Determine the feasibility of the operations to be carried out before starting the work in the vicinity of elements in tension, taking the necessary safety measures to minimize the number of elements in the voltage.
CE3.4 Analyze sites at risk of fire or explosion to comply with established regulations.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Electrical risks.
-Types of electrical accidents.
-Direct contacts:
-Direct contact with two active drivers for a line.
-Direct contact with an active line and mass or ground conductor.
-Download by induction.
-Direct contact protection:
-Removing the active parts.
-Interposition of obstacles.
-Recovering the active parts.
-Indirect contacts:
-Puesta a land of the masses.
-Double isolation.
-differential switch.
-Take action in case of accident.
-Security rules:
-Jobs without tension.
-Tension jobs.
-Security material.
Methodological guidelines
Distance learning
| Formative Module | Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
|
20 |
|---|---|---|---|
|
60 |
60 |
| |
|
Unit 2-UF0885 | 80 | 20 | |
| 30 | 20 |
Sequence:
To access the formative unit 2 must have been passed the formative unit 1. The training unit 3 can be programmed independently.
Access criteria for students
They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
FORMATIVE MODULE 2
denomination: ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS IN OFFICE BUILDINGS, SHOPS AND INDUSTRIES.
Code: MF0821_2
Qualification level: 2
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC0821_2 Mounting and maintaining low voltage electrical installations in commercial office buildings and one or more industries.
Duration: 230 hours.
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Montage of electrical link facilities in buildings.
Code: UF0884
Duration: 60 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 as regards the link facilities.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts and elements that configure the power link installations by analyzing the application features and regulations.
CE1.1 Relate the parts of the electrical linking facilities in the buildings of homes, shops, offices and industries with the location and the elements that make up the buildings.
CE1.2 From building plans of a building:
-Choose the location of the general protection box, power line, derivations, counters and general protective picture, among others, applying the related regulations, indicating the characteristics techniques to be collected according to the type, constitution and system of installation.
-To locate on the plane the installation in the buildings (circuits, protections, lands, elements of maneuver, conductors and tubes, among others), applying the related regulations, indicating the technical characteristics that must to meet the type, constitution, location and installation.
CE1.3 In a building link installation and with the technical documentation:
-Identify the teams and elements that configure it, interpreting the technical documentation, and relating the actual components to the symbols that appear in the schemas.
-Perform the necessary checks to verify that the materials and equipment that make up the installation meet the requirements set out in the installation documentation.
-Identify the variation that occurs in the parameters characteristic of the installation (tensions, isolations, derivations and ground resistance, among others) assuming and making modifications to components of the same.
-Verify that the installation complies with the application regulations.
C2: Perform the installation of the binding installation by applying the current regulations acting under personal safety standards and the materials used.
CE2.1 In the assembly of the general protection box, power line, counters, and individual derivation (in a scale installation):
-Select the tools appropriately based on the procedures applied.
-Prepare and mechanize the envelopes, boxes, pipes, tubes, conductors and materials to be used, applying the required procedures.
-Mount the elements, boxes, tubes, counters and ground, among others, of the link installation applying the current regulations ensuring their proper mechanical fixation.
-Introduce the conductors in the tubes by applying the appropriate technique by marking each of them in an unmistakable manner and avoiding cross-paths.
-Conexate components by following appropriate procedures, ensuring good electrical contact and respecting the color code.
-Perform the testing and regulatory measures of the installation parameters (ground resistance and insulation, among others).
-Perform assembly, testing, and measurement operations by applying personal and material safety standards, reaching the intended final quality.
C3: Develop the technical documentation of the electrical link installations in buildings by applying the current electrotechnical regulations.
CE3.1 Calculate the electrical and dimensional magnitudes of the electrical linking facilities for housing, retail, office and industry buildings by applying the laws and rules of electrotechnical calculation.
CE3.2 Set the characteristics of the cutting and protection elements of the binding installation by applying the REBT.
CE3.3 Fill in the documentation required by the REBT using equivalent official documents (technical design memory, single-filar scheme, sketches, site plans, instructions for use and maintenance, among others).
Contents
1. Link facilities.
-Power line:
-Features and types of elements (general protection and measurement box, counters, cables, tubes, general and individual control and protection devices, power control switch). ITC-BT-13, ITC-BT-14, ITC-BT-15, ITC-BT11.
-Features and types of elements:
-Distribution box.
-Command and protection elements.
-Tubes and pipes
-Boxes.
-Electrical drivers.
-Wiggle and connection elements.
-Site and Mount of Link Facilities:
-General protection boxes.
-Counters and centralization.
-Command and protection devices. ITC-BT-16, ITC-BT-17.
2. Representation and symbology of electrical liaison facilities.
-Standard symbology in the power-linking facilities.
-Planes and standard electrical schemes.
-Interpretation of electrical schemes from link facilities:
-For a single user.
-For more than one user.
-Regulations and regulations. ITC-BT-12.
3. Measurement in electrical installations.
-Electrical magnitudes.
-Electrical resistance of earth sockets and isolations.
-Fundamental relationships between electrical magnitudes.
-Measurement instruments:
-Typology and features.
-Connection procedures.
-Measurement processes.
4. Elaboration of the documentation of the electrical liaison facilities.
-Documentation for ITC-BT-01, ITC-BT-02 installations.
-Requirements and performances of authorized ITC-BT-03 installers.
-Documentation and commissioning of ITC-BT-04 facilities.
-ITC-BT-05 verification and inspections.
-Payloads forecast for the supply of B.T. ITC-BT-08, ITC-BT-10.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Assembly and maintenance of indoor electrical installations.
Code: UF0887
Duration: 90 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP4.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts and elements that configure indoor electrical installations for office buildings, businesses, and industries, analyzing the operation, characteristics, and regulations of the application.
CE1.1 Relate the parts of the electrical installation of office buildings, shops and industries with the location and the elements that make up the installation.
CE1.2 Relate the characteristics and types of luminaries and light sources with the lighting needs of the plane and work area and with the type of activity of the local.
CE1.3 Classify the types of electrical installations according to the type of building and service they provide, indicating their characteristics, installation system and indicating the current regulations that regulate them.
CE1.4 From the building plans of a commercial premises or a small commercial building:
-Position the required power distribution installation, frames, or envelopes, indicating the characteristics to be gathered by the elements involved in the applicable installation and regulatory system.
-Locate the luminaries indicating the technical characteristics to be gathered and the light source to be used depending on the activity of the local or area to be illuminated and the installation system.
CE1.5 In a small industry and office installation, with the technical documentation:
-Identify the teams and elements that configure it, interpreting the technical documentation, and relating the actual components (or in catalog, photography) to the symbols that appear in the schemas.
-Determine the operation of the installation based on the elements involved in each circuit, using the electrical schemes and checking it through the functional analysis of the installation.
-Perform the necessary checks to verify that the materials and equipment that make up the installation meet the requirements set out in the installation documentation.
-Identify the variation that occurs in the parameters characteristic of the installation (tensions, isolations, derivations and ground resistance, among others) assuming and making modifications to components of the same.
-Verify the application of the regulations in the installation development.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
C2: Carry out the installation of the electrical installation of office, commercial and industrial buildings by applying the current regulations, acting under personal safety standards and the materials used.
CE2.1 In the assembly of the installation of an industry dedicated to a given activity and a trade, characterized from the electric planes:
-Interpret the schemas and drawings, detecting the mounting difficulties and indicating the solutions that can be adopted applying the current regulations.
-Set the mount plan indicating the necessary elements, materials, technical, auxiliary, and security means.
-Select the tools appropriately based on the procedures applied.
-Mechanize and conform the tubes, trays or prefabricated, supports, applying the required procedures.
-Configure the internal distribution of cabinets or wrappers, mechanize and assemble the elements that integrate it, applying the required procedures.
-Mount the luminaries with your electrical equipment by checking their operation.
-Mount the elements of the installation by applying the current regulations by ensuring their proper mechanical fixation.
-Introduce the conductors in the tubes by applying the appropriate technique, each marking in an unmistakable way and avoiding the crosses.
-Conjunction drivers into boxes and components by following proper procedures and ensuring good electrical contact.
-Perform the assembly operations by applying the personal and material safety standards and reaching the intended final quality.
CE2.3 In the assembly of the installation of an industry dedicated to a particular activity and a trade, characterized from the electrical planes.
-Carry out tests and regulatory measures (ground resistance, insulation and lighting levels, among others) by applying personal and material safety standards and achieving the intended final quality.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
C3: Maintain and repair faults in indoor electrical installations in industries, shops and offices, acting under personal safety standards and materials used.
CE3.1 Develop the plan for the maintenance of frames, luminaires and light sources from the planes of a given industry and using the manufacturer's catalogues.
CE3.2 Develop the maintenance plan for the electrical installation system elements of an environment industry with explosion risk from the electrical plans and schemes of a given industry and using the Manufacturer's catalogues.
CE3.3 Relate the features of typical light source breakdowns with the element involved.
CE3.4 Relate the characteristics of the typical breakdowns of the installation elements of the local types to the element involved.
CE3.5 In the diagnosis, localization, and repair of a particular industry and commerce installation:
-Indicate the process used for diagnosing and locating type breakdowns.
-Relate specific techniques and media to the type of fault.
-Identify the symptoms of the breakdown by relating it to the effects it produces on the installation.
-Perform an intervention plan for the cause or cause of the breakdown.
-Diagnose the cause of the failure by performing the necessary tests and measures and interpreting the results according to the documentation of the failure.
-Locate the element or component causing the breakdown, applying the required procedures.
-Back up the operating conditions, replacing the deteriorated element, or rebuilding the part of the installation in bad condition.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
-Develop a budget by taking into account the prices of materials obtained from commercial catalogs, estimate of time to use, and application taxes.
Contents
1. Electrification facilities in commercial buildings, offices, industries.
-Features of the installations.
-Item types.
-Protections.
-Regulations: Facilities of premises with bathtubs or showers. ITC-BT-27.
-Facilities in local public concurrency. ITC-BT-28.
-Special ports. ITC-BT-44.
-Additional instructions for special lighting.
2. Premises of premises at risk of fire and explosion.
-Facilities in premises at risk of fire or explosion. ITC-BT-29 and its associated UNE standards.
-Classification of sites.
-General classification.
-Classification of the most common sites.
-Protection modes.
-Installation conditions for all hazardous zones.
-Material selection criteria.
3. Installing special feature locales.
-Interpretation of regulations and regulations referenced in REBT RD 842/2002 02/08/2002.
-Facilities in premises with special characteristics: wet, wet, with risk of corrosion and dusty, among others. ITC-BT-30, ITC-BT-31. ITC-BT-32, ITC-BT-33, ITC-BT-34, ITC-BT-35, ITC-BT-37, ITC-BT-38, ITC-BT-39, ITC-BT-40, ITC-BT-41, ITC-BT-42, ITC-BT-43, ITC-BT-45, ITC-BT-46, ITC-BT-49, ITC-BT-50.
-Service station facilities, garages and repair shops.
-Small security stress installations. ITC-BT-36.
-Quirophans and intervention rooms. Relief food facilities. ITC-BT-38.
-Lighting installations.
-Distribution tables.
-Command and protection elements.
-grounding installations. ITC-BT-18
-grounding systems.
-Electrodes.
-Ground resistance.
-On-premises security.
4. Measures and verifications in electrical installations.
-Measurement, troubleshooting, and network analyzer instruments.
-Electrical tarifation, models on BT.
-Measures and verifications tests according to standard UNE 20460 and ICE 60364.6.61 (continuity of protection drivers, insulation resistance, circuit separation protection, floor and wall resistance, disconnection automatic supply, polarity, electrical performance, electrical resistance and voltage drop).
5. Assembly of indoor electrical installations in commercial buildings, offices, industries and for special purposes.
-Site and assembly of the embedded, surface, air-to-air installation systems in the types of commercial buildings, offices, and industries. Circuit separation. Identification.
-Installation system for pipes: Choice and situation.
-Metal and non-metallic tubes.
-Protective channels.
-Bans and media, among others.
-Tomás de tierra.
-Lines and derivations.
-Distribution tables.
-Preparation, machining and execution of: frames or envelopes, pipes, cables, terminals, splices, and connections.
-Media and equipment.
6. Repair of indoor electrical installations in commercial buildings, offices, industries and for special purposes.
-Type-Averations in buildings of commercial premises and industries.
-Symptoms and effects of breakdowns.
-Diagnosis and localization.
-Repair of breakdowns.
-Reporting.
7. Calculation of BT's electrical installations in commercial buildings, offices, industries and for special purposes.
-Total load for commercial buildings, offices and industries.
-Load Forecast. ITC-BT-10.
-Three-phase or bifasi-monophasic suministers.
-Load balancing.
-Circuits.
-Distribution of electrification in the building.
-Drivers. Sections.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Elaboration of the technical documentation according to the REBT for the installation of premises, shops and small industries.
Code: UF0888
Duration: 50 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to the RP5.
C1: Develop the technical documentation of electrical installations in the interior of office buildings, shops and industries by applying the current electrotechnical regulations.
CE1.1 Calculate electrical and dimensional magnitudes of interior electrical installations for office buildings, shops, and industries by applying the laws and rules of electrotechnical calculation.
CE1.2 Given the characteristics of an electrical installation inside an office building and an industry determined from the building plans, energy needs and in accordance with the regulations Current electrotechnical:
-Determine the distribution of loads in the building by applying the REBT.
-Graphically reintroduce the schemes of the link installation and the building circuits, the section of the conductors and the dimensions of the pipes in each of the sections of the installation, depending on the total or partial charges applying the REBT criteria.
-Set the light points by responding to the lighting needs of the activity of the premises and using software.
-Set the characteristics of the cutting and protection elements of the link installation and of the distribution and protection frames of the building by applying the REBT.
-Determine the placement and configuration of the counter cabinet by applying the REBT.
-Set the features of the installation elements according to the installation system, local activity, applying the REBT.
-Determine the characteristics of the land system of the main line and derivations of the ground installation by applying the REBT.
-Select the elements of the installation that respond to the characteristics obtained using the manufacturers ' catalogs.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
CE1.3 Meet the documentation required by the REBT for office buildings, industries and commercial premises, using equivalent official documents (technical design memory, certificate of the installation, single-filar scheme, croquis, site plans, instructions for use and maintenance, among others.)
Contents
1. Technical and economic documentation of the facilities.
-Technical and functional characteristics established with the client (in the framework of the current regulations, collected in the formalized offer or contract, including economic conditions).
-Set luminaire types and distribution, calculating general and focused light intensity, according to the type of installation and activity developed at the site, using specific software.
2. Perform technical-administrative documentation of the facilities.
-Calculation of electrical quantities according to procedures established in the REBT of an electrical installation for commercial buildings, offices and industries by applying the rules of electrotechnical calculation.
-Distribution of electrical charges in centers, ships or buildings, according to REBT.
-Design technical memory.
-Installation certificate.
-Unify schema.
-Instructions for the use and maintenance of equipment and machinery.
-Project realization certificates.
-Chartered professional visas.
-Work licenses.
-Requirements and reports required by supply companies.
-Documentations and autonomic requirements.
FORMATIVE UNIT 4
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations.
Code: UF0886
Duration: 30 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP4 as regards security and risk prevention.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Adopt the prevention and safety measures necessary for the protection of the health and safety of workers in the face of electrical risk.
CE3.1 Disconnect the part of the installation in which the job is to be performed, verifying the absence of tension in all the active elements of the electrical installation.
CE3.2 Perform maneuvers, measurements, tests, and verifications, using protective equipment to perform established operations.
CE3.3 Determine the feasibility of the operations to be carried out before starting the work in the vicinity of elements in tension, taking the necessary safety measures to minimize the number of elements in the voltage.
CE3.4 Analyze sites at risk of fire or explosion to comply with established regulations.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Electrical risks.
-Types of electrical accidents.
-Direct contacts:
-Direct contact with two active drivers for a line.
-Direct contact with an active line and mass or ground conductor.
-Download by induction.
-Direct contact protection:
-Removing the active parts.
-Interposition of obstacles.
-Recovering the active parts.
-Indirect contacts:
-Puesta a land of the masses.
-Double isolation.
-differential switch.
-Take action in case of accident.
-Security rules:
-Jobs without tension.
-Tension jobs.
-Security material.
Methodological guidelines
Distance learning
| Formative Module | Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
|
20 |
|---|---|---|---|
|
60 |
60 |
| |
|
Unit 2-UF0887 | 90 | 30 | |
| 50 | |||
| 30 | 20 |
Sequence:
To access the formative unit 2 must have been exceeded unit 1. To access the formative drive 3, drive 2 must have been exceeded.
The training unit 4 can be programmed independently.
Access criteria for students
They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
FORMATIVE MODULE 3
Denomination: Automated electrical installations and automation facilities.
Code: MF0822_2
Qualification level: 2
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC0822_2 Mounting and maintaining automatisms installations in the housing and small industries environment.
Duration: 240 hours.
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Assembly and repair of electrical automatisms.
Code: UF0889
Duration: 60 hours.
Competition Reference: This formative unit corresponds to RP1 and RP2
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Mechanize tables and electrical cabinets given plane or (assembly line) taking into account the subsequent phases of execution that configure the automated installations and small automatism installations, having in The features and rules of application.
CE1.1 Choose the location of the installation elements according to the application areas and using the appropriate symbology, from the building plans.
CE1.2 Configure and build an electrical box or cabinet for automated device control:
-Identify the elements that integrate the schema and its electrical characteristics.
-Select items from catalogs.
-Draw the element distribution sketch by streamlining its location.
-Select the tools and equipment required for mounting.
-Mechanize mounting plates and attachment paths among others, under established quality and safety conditions.
-Mount the control equipment and the protective and maneuvering elements according to the manufacturer's instructions.
CE1.3 Distribute the location of the attachment elements and channels inside the enclosure, by cinching it to the plane of the assembly.
CE1.4 Mechanizing and fixing channels and profiles by means of the tools and technical means required in the project.
CE1.5 Verify that the mount meets the stated requirements for the original project and enter the modifications that could be made during the project execution.
C2: Identify the parts and elements that configure electrical automatisms.
CE2.1 Relate the elements (sensors, detectors, control devices, actuators and motors among others) that the automated installation consists of with the function they perform and their applications.
CE2.2 List the elements that make up an installation of electric automatism (door control, blinds among others) by comparing their characteristics and functional conditions.
CE2.3 Choose the location of the installation elements based on the application areas and using the appropriate symbology from the building plans.
CE2.4 From the electric control scheme of an engine (automatic door and irrigation system, among others):
-Relate the symbols of the elements that make up the automatism with the actual element.
-Interpret the schema by describing the operation.
CE2.5 In an installation of electric automatism, characterized with the technical documentation:
-Identify the teams and elements that configure it, interpreting the technical documentation, and relating the actual components to the symbols that appear in the schemas.
-Determine the operation of the installation based on the elements that make up each circuit, using the electrical schemes and checking it through the functional analysis of the installation.
-Verify that the sensors and actuators, among others, that make up the installation meet the requirements set out in the documentation of the installation.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
C3: Mount electrical automatisms.
CE3.1 Develop the schema that responds to the optimal operating conditions using the symbology and representation conventionalisms, given the specifications of the installation of an electric automatism.
CE3.2 Identify the spaces by which the installation runs and the elements that make it up (pipes, wiring, sensors and actuators, among others):
-Detect the possible mounting difficulties in the areas where the pipes run, or the location of sensors and actuators, interpreting the plans and proposing solutions that resolve these contingencies.
-Select the items and materials to be used (sensors and actuators, among others) on commercial catalogs and storeroom.
-Use the tools, measurement instruments, and protective equipment required for the activity to be performed.
-Mounting pipes and pipes by applying the right techniques in each case and getting the right aesthetics.
-Tender the wiring in the pipes without any of its features, avoiding the cross and labeling it unmistakeably.
-Mounting sensors and actuators, among others, following the manufacturer's instructions and getting the right aesthetics.
-Conjunction sensors, actuators and auxiliary modules, among others, ensuring the reliability of connections and achieving the right aesthetics.
-Use the equipment and media in the interventions to be performed.
CE3.3 Develop a report of the developed activities and results, structuring it appropriately.
C4: Repair breakdowns in electrical automatisms by performing diagnostic, localization and breakdown repair operations.
CE4.1 Relate the characteristics of the typical breakdowns of the electrical automatisms with the element involved in the dysfunction.
CE4.2 Indicate the process used for the diagnosis and location of breakdowns.
-Relate specific techniques and media to the type of fault.
-Identify the symptoms of the breakdown by relating it to the effects it produces on the installation.
CE4.3 Develop an intervention plan for the detection of the cause or causes of the breakdown.
-Diagnose the cause of the failure by performing the necessary tests and measures and interpreting the results according to the documentation of the failure.
-Locate the element or component causing the breakdown, applying the required procedures.
-Restituting operating conditions, replacing the deteriorated element by applying the required procedures.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
-Develop a budget by taking into account the prices of materials obtained from commercial catalogs, estimate of time to use, and application taxes.
Contents
1. Preparation of cabinets and frames for mounting electrical circuits.
-Graphic interpretation.
-Adjustments and machining tolerances.
-Manual mechanics.
-Assembly of electrical and electronic elements.
2. Measurement in electrical automation installations.
-Fundamental relationships between electrical magnitudes.
-Transduction of the main physical quantities (temperature, pressure, flow rate, speed and lighting, among others).
-Measurement instruments: Typology and features.
-Connection procedures.
-Measurement processes.
-Regulatory measures.
3. Representation, symbology and installation of electric automatisms.
-Elements that make up the installations: sensors, actuators, control devices and auxiliary elements. Types and features.
-Conventilations of representation.
-Standard symbology on the premises.
-Planes and standard electrical schemes. Typology.
-Interpretation of electrical schemes for installations.
-Regulations and regulations.
4. Assembly of electrotechnical installations with electric automatisms.
-Location and assembly of the elements of the installations according to the area of application: Sensors and actuators among others.
-Strength and command circuits.
-Media and equipment.
-Regulations and regulations.
5. Maintenance, repair of electrical automatisms.
-Averies in the automatisms facilities. Symptoms and effects.
-Diagnosis and location of breakdowns: tests, measures, procedures and security elements among installations.
-Repair of breakdowns.
-Technical memory, installation scheme, installation certificate, general instructions for use and maintenance, among others.
-Reporting.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Automated installation assembly.
Code: UF0890
Duration: 90 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts and elements that configure automated installations.
CE1.1 Relate the elements (sensors, detectors, control devices, actuators, and motors, among others) that the automated installation consists of the function it performs and its applications.
CE1.2 List the elements that integrate an automated installation by comparing its features and functional conditions.
CE1.3 Choose the location of the installation elements based on the application areas and using the appropriate symbology from the building plans.
CE1.4 Identify the computers and elements that configure it, interpreting the technical documentation, and relating the actual components to the symbols that appear in the schemas.
CE1.5 Verify that the sensors and actuators, among others, that make up the installation meet the requirements set out in the documentation of the installation.
-Determine the variation that occurs in the operation of the installation, assuming modifications to the parameters of the elements and verifying it functionally over the installation.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
C2: Mount automated installations.
CE2.1 Develop the schema that responds to the optimal operating conditions using the symbology and representation conventionalisms, given the specifications of the installation.
CE2.2 Develop the automatic control program for an automated installation.
-Set the operation sequence of the installation according to the given conditions.
CE2.3 Configure and build an electrical box or cabinet for automated device control, from the schema:
-Identify the elements that integrate the schema and its electrical characteristics.
-Select items from catalogs.
-Draw the element distribution sketch by streamlining its location.
-Select the tools and equipment required for mounting.
-Mechanize the mounting plates and securing tracks, among others, in the quality and safety conditions established in accordance with the distribution scheme.
CE2.4 Mounting an automated installation, with several application areas and an electric automatism, from the technical documentation.
-Mount the control equipment and the protective and maneuvering elements according to the manufacturer's instructions.
-Conjunction the different elements by following the manufacturer's instructions, ensuring the reliability of the connections by getting the right aesthetics.
-Introduce the program and set the parameters in the control element according to the given specifications and the manufacturer's manual using the appropriate means.
-Check programmable logical control command signals.
-Check the command sequence and operating conditions set.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
CE2.5 In the assembly of an automated installation with several application areas, from the technical documentation.
-Identify the spaces by which the installation runs and the elements that make it up (pipes, wiring, sensors, and actuators, among others).
-Detect the possible mounting difficulties in the areas where the pipes run, or the location of sensors and actuators, interpreting the plans and proposing solutions that resolve these contingencies.
-Select the items and materials to be used (cabinets, tables, sensors, and actuators, among others) on commercial catalogs and storerooms.
-Use the tools, measurement instruments, and protective equipment required for the activity to be performed.
-Mounting pipes by applying the right techniques in each case and getting the right aesthetics.
-Tender the wiring in the pipes without any of its features, avoiding the cross and labeling it unmistakeably.
-Mount the cabinets, frames, sensors and actuators, among others, following the manufacturer's instructions and getting the right aesthetics.
-Conjunction the cabinets, frames, sensors, actuators and auxiliary modules, among others, ensuring the reliability of the connections and achieving the proper aesthetics.
-Use the equipment and media in the interventions to be performed.
CE2.6 In the assembly of an automated installation, with several application areas, from the technical documentation:
-Enter the slogan values (operating parameters) into the control element according to the functional specifications of the installation.
-Adjust and parameterize static starters and electronic speed variators according to technical documentation.
-Verify that the installation operation responds to the given control program and specifications for each subsystem in the installation.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results, structuring it appropriately.
Contents
1. Automated installations.
-Automated installations: Typical applications. ITC-BT-51.
-Types of sensors. Features and applications.
-Actuators: relays, contactors, solenoids, electrovalves (among others).
-Power control: engine startup (single-phase and three-phase engines, among others).
-Protections against short circuits and overloads.
-Static arters and electronic speed variators.
-programmable controllers.
2. Representation and symbology of automated installations.
-Conventilations of representation.
-Standard symbology in automated installations.
-Interpretation of electrical schemes for automated installations.
-Regulations and regulations.
3. Mounting automated installations.
-Site and assembly of cabinets and electrical boxes, sensors and detectors, programmable controls and actuators.
-Combined and sequential circuits
-Structure of application programs and programming languages.
-Programming the control elements.
4. Documentation for automated installations.
-Technical memory, installation certificate, general instructions for use and maintenance.
-Installation electrical schemas.
-Command program.
-Reporting.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Repair of breakdowns in automated installations.
Code: UF0891
Duration: 60 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP4.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Repair breakdowns in automated installations.
CE1.1 Relate the characteristics of typical breakdowns of automated installations with the element involved in the dysfunction.
CE1.2 Locate and repair actual or caused breakdowns in an automated installation:
-Indicate the process used for diagnosing and locating type breakdowns.
-Relate specific techniques and media to the type of fault.
-Identify the symptoms of the breakdown by relating it to the effects it produces on the installation.
-Develop an intervention plan for the cause or cause of the breakdown.
-Diagnose the cause of the failure by performing the necessary tests, tests, and measures and interpreting the results according to the documentation and program of the test.
-Locate the element or component causing the breakdown, applying the required procedures.
-Restitution the operating conditions, replacing the deteriorated element or acting on the control program, applying the required procedures.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
-Develop a budget by taking into account the prices of materials obtained from commercial catalogs, estimate of time to use, and application taxes.
Contents
1. Maintenance, tuning and repair of automated installations.
-Reading the electrical schema and control program.
-Review of command program parameters and test.
-Type-Averations in automated installations.
-Symptoms and effects of breakdowns.
-Diagnosis and location of breakdowns (tests, measures, procedures, and security elements) in automated installations.
-Repair of breakdowns.
2. Documentation of the facilities.
-Report on the status of the installation.
-Basic acting procedures.
-Technical memory, electrical schemes, general instructions for use and maintenance, among others.
-Reporting on actions taken.
FORMATIVE UNIT 4
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations.
Code: UF0886
Duration: 30 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP4 as regards security and risk prevention.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Adopt the prevention and safety measures necessary for the protection of the health and safety of workers in the face of electrical risk.
CE3.1 Disconnect the part of the installation in which the job is to be performed, verifying the absence of tension in all the active elements of the electrical installation.
CE3.2 Perform maneuvers, measurements, tests, and verifications, using protective equipment to perform established operations.
CE3.3 Determine the feasibility of the operations to be carried out before starting the work in the vicinity of elements in tension, taking the necessary safety measures to minimize the number of elements in the voltage.
CE3.4 Analyze sites at risk of fire or explosion to comply with established regulations.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Electrical risks.
-Types of electrical accidents.
-Direct contacts:
-Direct contact with two active drivers for a line.
-Direct contact with an active line and mass or ground conductor.
-Download by induction.
-Direct contact protection:
-Removing the active parts.
-Interposition of obstacles.
-Recovering the active parts.
-Indirect contacts:
-Puesta a land of the masses.
-Double isolation.
-differential switch.
-Take action in case of accident.
-Security rules:
-Jobs without tension.
-Tension jobs.
-Security material.
Methodological guidelines
Distance learning
| Formative Module | Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
|
| |
|---|---|---|---|---|
|
60 |
60 | 20 | ||
|
Unit 2-UF0890 | 90 | 30 | ||
| 60 | ||||
| 30 | 20 |
Sequence
To access the formative unit 2 must have been exceeded unit 1. To access the formative drive 3, drive 2 must have been exceeded.
The training unit 4 can be programmed independently.
Access criteria for students
They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
FORMATIVE MODULE 4
Denomination: Mount and maintenance of low voltage overhead power grids.
Code: MF0823_2
Qualification level: 2
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC0823_2 Mount and maintain low voltage overhead power grids.
Duration: 120 hours.
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Low voltage overhead power grid assembly.
Code: UF0892
Duration: 60 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts that make up the aerial networks on supports and on electric distribution facades in low voltage, analyzing the specific characteristics and the implementing regulations.
CE1.1 From a structure of an aerial network on supports and on a facade, characterized by planes:
-Indicate the parts of the network.
-Name the elements (electrical, cable fasteners, fittings, supports, among others) that are involved, indicating their function and characteristics.
-Relate the symbols or representation with the actual element (or in catalog or photograph).
-Compare the normative aspects (distances, lands, location, crosses, proximities and parallels, among others) applied in the plans with which they result from the application of the reference regulations.
CE1.2 Classifying the types of elements of low voltage networks based on their application, location and operation:
-Supports.
-Armed.
-Drivers.
-Herrages.
-Isolators.
-Postcards and claws, among others.
CE1.3 From the technical documentation of an aerial network on supports and on the front of low voltage electrical distribution:
-Identify facilities that affect the network and verify that the rules on cross-over, parallelism, and proximities are met.
-Verify the application of the regulations in network development.
-Develop hypotheses about the effects that would result, in the operation of the network, the modification of the characteristics of the elements of the installation or the malfunction of one or more parts of the installation.
C2: Perform the mounting of an aerial network installation on supports and on low-voltage facade from the technical documentation.
CE2.1 From the technical documentation or project of assembly of an aerial network on supports and on facade, duly characterized:
-List the mounting phases indicating the necessary elements, materials, technical, auxiliary, and security means.
-Indicate the previous permissions and performances that are required at each stage by relating each of them to the institution or entity, involved, and the application procedure involved.
-Detect possible mounting difficulties in the areas where the networks are running and indicate possible solutions to be adopted.
CE2.2 From the technical documentation or project of assembly of an aerial network on supports and on facade, duly characterized:
-Describe the technical and personal protection techniques and means necessary for:
-The foundation and concrete of the supports.
-In mounting the supported supports.
-The lifting, clamping and leveling of the supports.
-The laying and securing of the cables.
CE2.3 Perform on a network of a line of low braided cable tension, which runs on supports and on facades, using the appropriate procedure, tools and means of protection and security, the following operations:
-The laying and mooring (stapling or retention) of the cable in the insulators on the supports.
-The placement and attachment of the elements, supports, and cables on the wall or front.
-The junction between drivers.
-The tensioning of the cable by getting the specified arrow.
CE2.4 In the commissioning of a low voltage air network:
-Relate the steps to follow with the documents or technical means, auxiliaries, permits, among others. and materials used in each of them.
-Indicate the characteristic measures and parameters to be controlled, indicating the measurement devices to be used and the measurement procedure.
Contents
1. B.T. overhead power grids
-Line and connection types in distribution networks. ITC-BT-06.
-radial and ring distribution.
-Types of schemas in Low networks.
-Tension based on its grounding, c.d.t in a distribution network.
-Variation of the parameters of the distribution network, depending on the modifications of the distribution network.
2. Elements of a B.T. air distribution network
-Supports. Types and characteristics (metal, concrete, wood etc.).
-Mooring assemblies and accessories for lines on posts. Address changes.
-Apopyos and Facade Assumptions. Types and features.
-Mooring sets and accessories for front lines. Address changes.
-Insulators and fittings. Types and features.
-Bypass boxes and fuses. Types and features.
-Cables used in air distribution in B.T. Types and features.
-Cruzations and parallels.
-Types and characteristics of drivers, cables that are stretched and posed.
-Current electrotechnical regulation for BT airlines. Special rules of the distribution company. National and international regulations.
-Symbology and interpretation of network plans and schemes.
3. Air network mount on supports and facade.
-Prior permissions and authorizations, from official and private bodies.
-Study of crosses and parallels. Permissions and authorizations.
-Fases of the mount. Repose. Typical problems and solutions.
-Ascope and material store. Loading and unloading items.
-Operations for the foundation and concrete of supports.
-Supports. Cable laying. Cable tensioning. Mounting of fittings.
-Assembly of insulators, chains, and accessories.
-Drivers Empalmes. Sets and equipment.
4. Technical equipment and commissioning.
-Auxiliary media for loading and unloading and distribution.
-Attachment devices.
-Transport vehicles, auxiliary means for the lifting and laying of cables.
-Manual tools.
-Required documents.
-Relationship with the supplier company.
-Control and measurement of characteristic parameters. Measuring devices and techniques.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Maintenance of low voltage overhead power grids.
Code: UF0893
Duration: 30 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP4.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts that make up the electric distribution networks in low voltage, analyzing the specific characteristics.
CE1.1 From the technical documentation of an aerial network on supports and on the front of low voltage electrical distribution:
-Identify facilities that affect the network and verify that the rules on cross-over, parallelism, and proximities are met.
-Verify the application of the regulations in network development.
-Develop hypotheses about the effects that would result, in the operation of the network, the modification of the characteristics of the elements of the installation or the malfunction of one or more parts of the installation.
C2: Perform the repair and maintenance of a low voltage distribution overhead network installation from the technical documentation.
CE2.1 In an event of an operation or maintenance intervention in an installation:
-Indicate the steps to be taken to keep in mind:
-The security rules to apply.
-The procedures to use.
CE2.2 On a low voltage line with braided cable, using the appropriate procedure, tools and protection and security means, perform the following operations:
-Replacing installation items.
-Replacing insulators.
-Connection and disconnect simulation from the line to another network or transform centers.
CE2.3 In the diagnosis and location of breakdown assumptions in low voltage networks with braided cable:
-Interpret the symptoms of the fault by relating it to the elements of the installation.
-hypothesize the possible causes of the breakdown by describing the relationship between the effects described and the causes of the breakdown.
-Perform an intervention plan for the cause or cause of the breakdown.
-Indicate the tests, measures and checks to be performed, specifying the procedures and technical and security means to be used.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and the results obtained.
Contents:
1. Maintenance and repair of B.T. air power grids
-Diagnosis and location of breakdowns.
-Syntomatology, techniques used and fundamental characteristics.
-Rules and procedures. Particular rules of the supplying company.
-Tools used for facility maintenance.
-Function, usage, and types of employees.
-Predictive maintenance. Preventive maintenance. Corrective maintenance.
-Maintenance of a BT line. Measures and controls. Thermography. Grounding resistance measure, among others.
-Maintenance reviews. Regulatory Recognition.
2. Measures and means of safety in air power networks of B.T.
-Installation in download.
-The five golden rules.
-Protected zone and work zone.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations.
Code: UF0886
Duration: 30 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP4 as regards security and risk prevention.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Adopt the prevention and safety measures necessary for the protection of the health and safety of workers in the face of electrical risk.
CE3.1 Disconnect the part of the installation in which the job is to be performed, verifying the absence of tension in all the active elements of the electrical installation.
CE3.2 Perform maneuvers, measurements, tests, and verifications, using protective equipment to perform established operations.
CE3.3 Determine the feasibility of the operations to be carried out before starting the work in the vicinity of elements in tension, taking the necessary safety measures to minimize the number of elements in the voltage.
CE3.4 Analyze sites at risk of fire or explosion to comply with established regulations.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Electrical risks.
-Types of electrical accidents.
-Direct contacts:
-Direct contact with two active drivers for a line.
-Direct contact with an active line and mass or ground conductor.
-Download by induction.
-Direct contact protection:
-Removing the active parts.
-Interposition of obstacles.
-Recovering the active parts.
-Indirect contacts:
-Puesta a land of the masses.
-Double isolation.
-differential switch.
-Take action in case of accident.
-Security rules:
-Jobs without tension.
-Tension jobs.
-Security material.
Methodological guidelines
Distance learning
| Formative Module | Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
60 |
| |
|---|---|---|---|---|
|
60 | 20 | |||
|
Unit 2-UF0893 |
10 | 10 | ||
| 30 | 20 |
Sequence:
To access the formative unit 2 must have been passed the formative unit 1. The training unit 3 can be programmed independently.
Access criteria for students
They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
TRAINING MODULE 5
Denomination: Montage and maintenance of low voltage underground electrical networks.
Code: MF0824_2
Qualification level: 2
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC0824_2 Mount and maintain low voltage underground power grids.
Duration: 110 hours.
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Low voltage underground electrical network assembly.
Code: UF0894
Duration: 50 hours.
Competential Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts that make up the underground electrical distribution networks in low voltage, analyzing the specific characteristics and application regulations.
CE1.1 From a structure of an underground network of low tension buried, buried and in galleries, characterized by planes:
-Indicate the parts of the network.
-Name the elements (electrical, cables, trays, supports, ditches, archets, signage, among others) that intervene indicating their function and characteristics.
-Relate the symbols or representation with the actual element (or in catalog or in photography).
-Compare the regulatory aspects (dimensions of ditches, location, crosses, proximities, among others) applied in the plans with which they result from the application of the reference regulations.
CE1.2 Classify the types of elements of underground underground networks buried, buried and in galleries according to their application, location and operation:
-Drivers.
-Zannas and archets.
-Galleries and supports or fasteners of drivers.
-Mechanical and signaling protections.
-Terminals and splices.
-Protection and maneuver elements.
-Tomás de tierra.
C2: Perform the installation of underground underground distribution networks of low voltage buried, buried and in galleries from the technical documentation.
CE2.1 From the technical documentation or project of mounting a properly characterized low-voltage underground network:
-List the mounting phases indicating the necessary elements, materials, technical, auxiliary, and security means.
-Indicate the previous permissions and performances that are required at each stage by relating each of them to the institution or entity, involved, and the application procedure involved.
-Detect possible mounting difficulties in the areas where the networks are running and indicate possible solutions to be adopted.
-Describe the technical and personal protection techniques and means necessary for:
-Opening ditches.
-The cable seat and the pipe assembly in ditches.
-The placement of the tubes or trays and cables.
-The connection and cable splicing.
-Identifying the cables.
CE2.2 In the installation of a low-voltage underground line, using the appropriate procedure, tools and protection and security means, perform the following operations:
-The laying of cables (pipes, archets, and trays).
-The junction between drivers.
-The identification and marking of the cables.
CE2.3 In the commissioning of an underground low voltage facility:
-Relate the steps to be followed with the documents or technical means, auxiliaries, permissions, and materials used in each of them.
-Indicate the characteristic measures and parameters to be controlled, the measurement devices to be used, and the measurement procedure.
Contents
1. Elements of a BT underground distribution network.
-Elements and materials used. Functions and features. Symbology.
-Types of underground networks.
-Classification and description of the elements.
-Signalling, protection and maneuver elements. Types and features.
-Lands.
-Bypass boxes and fuses. Types and features.
-Cables used in the underground distribution at BT. Types and features.
-Cruzations and parallels.
-Current electrotechnical regulation for BT underground lines. Special rules of the distribution company. National and international regulations.
-Symbology and interpretation of network plans and schemes.
2. Underground network mount (buried, buried, in gallery).
-Previous permissions and authorizations.
-Opening and conditioning of ditches. Elements.
-Colocation of pipes, cable settlement.
-Cable cable and cable connection.
-Drivers Empalmes. Sets and equipment. Identification and marking of cables.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Maintenance of low voltage underground power grids.
Code: UF0895
Duration: 30 hours.
Competential Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP4.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts that configure the underground electrical distribution networks in low voltage, analyzing the specific characteristics.
CE1.1 From the technical documentation of an underground electrical distribution network of low voltage:
-Identify facilities that affect the network and verify that the rules on cross-and close-proximity are met.
-Indicate the electrical and mechanical senalisations and protections that the trench has on the various pavements.
-Verify the application of the regulations in network development.
-Develop hypotheses about the effects that would result, in the operation of the network, the modification of the characteristics of the elements of the installation or the malfunction of one or parts of the installation.
C2: Perform the repair and maintenance of a low voltage distribution underground network installation from the technical documentation.
CE2.1 In a maintenance operation on an installation:
-Indicate the steps to be taken to take into account the security rules to be applied.
-The procedures to use.
CE2.2 In the diagnosis and location of breakdowns of a low-voltage underground line, perform the following operations:
-Interpret the symptoms of the fault by relating it to the elements of the installation.
-hypothesize the possible causes of the breakdown by describing the relationship between the effects described and the causes of the breakdown.
-Perform an intervention plan for the cause or cause of the breakdown.
CE2.3 In the diagnosis and location of breakdowns of a low-voltage underground line, perform the following operations:
-Indicate the tests, measures and checks to be performed, specifying the procedures and technical and security means to be used.
-On a low voltage line, perform the procedure for diagnosing breakdowns, using the appropriate procedure, tools, protection and security means.
-Connection and disconnect simulation from the line to another network or transformation center.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and the results obtained.
Contents
1. Identification of the parts that the B.T. underground network configures
-Verification of the regulations applied in underground networks of Baja Tension.
-Low-Tension underground network distribution types.
-Low Voltage Underground Network Schemas.
-Variation of the parameters of the distribution network, depending on the modifications of the distribution network.
2. Maintenance and repair of underground electrical networks of B.T.
-Diagnosis and location of breakdowns. Symptomatology, techniques used and fundamental characteristics.
-Rules and procedures. Particular rules of the supplying company.
-Tools used for facility maintenance. Function, usage, and types of employees.
-Predictive maintenance. Preventive maintenance. Corrective maintenance. Maintenance of a BT underground line. Measures and controls.
-Termography. Grounding resistance measure, among others.
-Maintenance reviews. Regulatory Recognition.
-BT underground network connection/disconnect. Permissions. Previous checks and performances.
-Relationship with the supplier company. The Electrical Control Office.
-Making activity reports and results.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations.
Code: UF0886
Duration: 30 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP4 as regards security and risk prevention.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Adopt the prevention and safety measures necessary for the protection of the health and safety of workers in the face of electrical risk.
CE3.1 Disconnect the part of the installation in which the job is to be performed, verifying the absence of tension in all the active elements of the electrical installation.
CE3.2 Perform maneuvers, measurements, tests, and verifications, using protective equipment to perform established operations.
CE3.3 Determine the feasibility of the operations to be carried out before starting the work in the vicinity of elements in tension, taking the necessary safety measures to minimize the number of elements in the voltage.
CE3.4 Analyze sites at risk of fire or explosion to comply with established regulations.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Electrical risks.
-Types of electrical accidents.
-Direct contacts:
-Direct contact with two active drivers for a line.
-Direct contact with an active line and mass or ground conductor.
-Download by induction.
-Direct contact protection:
-Removing the active parts.
-Interposition of obstacles.
-Recovering the active parts.
-Indirect contacts:
-Puesta a land of the masses.
-Double isolation.
-differential switch.
-Take action in case of accident.
-Security rules:
-Jobs without tension.
-Tension jobs.
-Security material.
Methodological guidelines
Distance learning
| Formative Module | Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
50 | 20 | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
| 50 | 50 | 50 | 50 | |
|
Unit 2-UF0895 |
10 | 10 | |||
| 30 | 20 |
Sequence:
To access the formative unit 2 must have been passed the formative unit 1. The training unit 3 can be programmed independently.
Access criteria for students
They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
FORMATIVE MODULE 6
Denomination: Assembly and maintenance of electrical machines.
Code: MF0825_2
Qualification level: 2
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC0825_2 Mount and maintain electrical machines.
Duration: 180 hours.
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Assembling and maintenance of transformers.
Code: UF0896
Duration: 60 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts that are configured by the transformers describing their main features and functionality.
CE1.1 Classify the types of transformers (single-phase, three-phase, self-transformers, among others) according to their application and operation.
CE1.2 Identify the elements that make up the transformers from schematic drawings, images or videos indicating their functionality.
CE1.3 Identify the elements that make up the transformers from the corresponding cuts indicating their functionality.
C2: Build monofasic and three-phase transformers with small power from given specifications.
CE2.1 Describe the general process, techniques, and specific means used for the construction of monofasic and three-phase transformers.
CE2.2 Describe the fundamental characteristics and parameters (number of turns per volt, transformation ratio, short circuit voltage, type of connection, among others) of the monofasic and three-phase transformers.
CE2.3 In the construction of a low-power three-phase transformer:
-Interpret the technical documentation (drawings, schemas, material list) for the transformer, relating the symbols and graphical representations to the elements and procedures to be used.
-Copy the materials necessary for the construction of the transformer, following the specifications of the technical documentation.
-Choose the tools and means of production necessary for the construction of the transformer.
-Perform the transformer assembly plan based on the constructive characteristics of the transformer and the availability of media and materials.
-Perform the construction of magnetic cores and coils with documented characteristics and applying standard procedures.
-Perform the assembly of coils and magnetic cores according to the constructive drawings and drawings.
-Perform terminals and terminals according to the technical documentation of the transformer.
-Respect personal safety standards and the means and materials used.
-Perform standard tests for transformer testing using the appropriate instruments and means and collecting the data obtained in the relevant document.
C3: Diagnose breakdowns in the transformers and perform the necessary operations for the maintenance of the transformers, acting under personal safety standards and the materials used.
CE3.1 Explain the typology and characteristics of typical breakdowns that occur in transformers and specify the elements responsible for them.
CE3.2 Describe the general and systematic process used for the diagnosis and repair of breakdowns in transformers.
CE3.3 Describe the general techniques and specific means used for locating typical breakdowns in transformers.
CE3.4 List and describe the types of standardized tests that are performed after repairing transformers, indicating the main magnitudes and parameters to be controlled.
Contents
1. Characteristics and functionality of transformers.
-Operating principles. ITC-BT-48.
-Transform relationship.
-Employment of the transformers. Classifications.
-Three-phase transformers:
-Connections Schemas.
-Coupling of transformers.
-Tension Regulation.
-Short circuit, stiffness, performance, complementary, mechanical, empty and load tests, losses, etc.
-A transformer's feature plate.
-Components of a transformer.
-Core, winding, or coils, insulations, fittings, terminals, and connections.
2. Construction of small monofasic and three-phase transformers.
-Schemas and drawings of small transformers:
-Symbology.
-Calculation and design of low power transformers:
-Monofasics and trifasics.
-Functional and constructive characteristics of monofasic and three-phase transformers.
-Process of the assembly and connection of a transformer.
-Material used in cores.
-Shape and build the same.
-Magnetic circuit, qualities.
-Bobines, qualities.
-Pre-mounting tests on the enclosure. Varnished.
-Tools and equipment used in the calculation and assembly of small transformers.
-Standard tests applied to transformers (in vacuum, short circuit, insulation, dielectric rigidity among others).
-Connection schemas for tests. Tolerances. Regulations. Tools and equipment.
3. Breakdown and maintenance of transformers.
-Protection of transformers, relays and fuses.
-Averies in the transformers. AT-BT Cuba Protections and dielectric.
-External causes:
-Effects that they produce.
-Internal causes:
-Effects that they produce.
-Detecting, locating and repairing breakdowns according to the types of transformers.
-Tools and equipment.
-transformer maintenance techniques:
-Predictive.
-Preventive and corrective.
-Computer tools applied to maintenance.
-Typical reports used for transformer maintenance.
-Documentation used.
-Standard test and test tests after repair.
-Schemas.
-Tolerances.
-Required procedures, tools, and equipment.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Assembly and maintenance of rotating electrical machines.
Code: UF0897
Duration: 90 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts that make up the rotating electric machines by describing their main features and functionality.
CE1.1 Classify the types of rotary electric machines (dinamos, alternators, DC motors, AC motors) depending on their application and operation.
CE1.2 Identify the elements that make up the rotating electrical machines from schematic drawings, images or videos indicating their functionality.
CE1.3 Identify the elements that make up the rotating electrical machines from the corresponding cutting points indicating their functionality.
C2: Perform rotating electrical machine assembly and coupling operations from given specifications.
CE2.1 Mounting a rotating electrical machine describe the techniques, tools, and technical and personal protection means necessary for:
-The assembly and coupling of different types of machines according to their different types of fixation and the characteristics of the medium in which the machine will develop its work.
-The mounting of guards and other mechanical protection elements of the machine.
CE2.2 Unmount a rotating electrical machine from the given specifications:
-Perform machine cutting in accordance with the given procedure.
-Assemble the constituent elements of the machine according to the given procedure.
-Verify the correct layout of the constituent elements of the electrical machine.
-Check the correct operation of the assembled machine.
CE2.3 Install a rotating electrical machine, using the appropriate procedure, tools, and protection and security means, perform the following operations:
-The mechanical fixing of the machine according to its type of fixation and the means in which it will be installed (floor, cabinet, rack, among others).
-The mounting and fixing of guards and mechanical protection elements of the machines.
CE2.4 Conexion a rotating electrical machine from schemas:
-Interpret the technical documentation (drawings, schemas, list of materials) corresponding to the machine to be connected, relating the symbols and graphical representations with the elements and procedures that are use.
-Prepare the bornes and make the connections according to the technical documentation, applying standard procedures.
-Verify that the results obtained conform to the parameters indicated on the machine's nameplate or, if applicable, to the specified characteristics.
C3: Diagnose breakdowns in rotating electrical machines and perform the necessary operations for maintenance of the machines, acting under personal safety standards and the materials used.
CE3.1 Explain the typology and characteristics of typical breakdowns that occur in rotating electrical machines and specify the elements responsible for them.
CE3.2 Describe the general and systematic process used for the diagnosis and repair of breakdowns in rotating electrical machines.
CE3.3 Describe the general techniques and specific means used to locate typical breakdowns in rotating electrical machines.
CE3.4 List and describe the types of standardized tests that are performed after the rotary electrical machines are repaired, indicating the main magnitudes and parameters to be controlled.
CE3.5 In a practical case of breakdown repair, in an engine or an electrical generator:
-Identify the symptoms of the breakdown by characterizing it for the effects detected on the machine, performing the appropriate tests and operations.
-Make a hypothesis of the possible cause of the breakdown, explaining the relationship between the effects detected and the possible proposed cause.
-Perform an intervention plan to detect the possible cause of the breakdown.
-Unmount the machine, using the appropriate tools and performing the sketches and operations required for the rear mount.
-Specify the machining and adjustment operations to be performed on the mechanical elements (axes, bearings, collectors, among others) of the electrical machine.
-Get the machine winding scheme, identifying the type and characteristics of the machine.
-Carry out the machine's coils, using the necessary means and materials (winders, moulds, yarns, varnishes, among others) following the standard procedures.
-Verify the characteristic parameters of the coils (continuity, isolation, among others), and perform terminal marking.
-Mount the coils in the magnetic core and make the appropriate connections.
-Replace deteriorated and out-of-tolerance mechanical elements.
-Perform machine assembly using the appropriate media and tools.
-Perform the standard tests, using the appropriate instruments and machines, collecting the data obtained in the relevant document.
-Verify that the results obtained conform to the parameters indicated on the machine's nameplate or, if applicable, to the specified characteristics.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained, structuring them in the necessary sections for an adequate documentation of the same (description of the process followed, means used, schemes and plans used, calculations, measures, among others).
Contents
1. Rotary electric continuous (DC) and AC power (AC) power machines: generators and motors.
-Operating principles.
-Classification of electrical machines. ITC-BT-47.
-CC machine:
-Dinamos and engines.
-Alternate AC machines and motors (single-phase and three-phase motors).
-Typology of machines.
-Typical values (power, voltage, speed, performance, among others).
-Feature plate.
-Connection of the machine according to its nameplate.
-Curves features of the DC and AC power machines.
-Start types of DC and AC power machines.
-Applications specific to the different machines.
2. Electrical machine connections and couplings.
-Connection Schemes and Electrical Machine Plans.
-Symbology.
-Bornes designation.
-Fundamental parts.
-Fixed and mobile items.
-Mechanical assemblies.
-Constructive features.
-Changing conditions on the DC and AC power machines.
-Tables, charts, and application software.
-Assembly and disassembly processes for DC and AC power machines.
-Tools and equipment.
-DC and AC power-machine boot system.
-Standard tests of DC and AC power machines.
-Regulations and techniques used.
-Tools and equipment.
3. Breakdown and maintenance of electrical machines.
-DC and AC power machine maintenance techniques.
-Computer tools applied to maintenance.
-Diagnostic and repair of DC and AC power machines.
-troubleshooting techniques.
-Electric machines Bobineers.
-Preventive, predictive, and corrective maintenance.
-Vibration analysis.
-Balance, misalignment, among others.
-Tools used.
-Typical reports used in the maintenance of DC and AC power machines.
-Documentation used.
-Safety standards used in the construction and maintenance of DC and AC power machines.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations.
Code: UF0886
Duration: 30 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3 as regards security and risk prevention.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Adopt the prevention and safety measures necessary for the protection of the health and safety of workers in the face of electrical risk.
CE3.1 Disconnect the part of the installation in which the job is to be performed, verifying the absence of tension in all the active elements of the electrical installation.
CE3.2 Perform maneuvers, measurements, tests, and verifications, using protective equipment to perform established operations.
CE3.3 Determine the feasibility of the operations to be carried out before starting the work in the vicinity of elements in tension, taking the necessary safety measures to minimize the number of elements in the voltage.
CE3.4 Analyze sites at risk of fire or explosion to comply with established regulations.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Electrical risks.
-Types of electrical accidents.
-Direct contacts:
-Direct contact with two active drivers for a line.
-Direct contact with an active line and mass or ground conductor.
-Download by induction.
-Direct contact protection:
-Removing the active parts.
-Interposition of obstacles.
-Recovering the active parts.
-Indirect contacts:
-Puesta a land of the masses.
-Double isolation.
-differential switch.
-Take action in case of accident.
-Security rules:
-Jobs without tension.
-Tension jobs.
-Security material.
Methodological guidelines
Distance learning
| Formative Module | Total duration in hours of the training units | N. 60 |
| |
|---|---|---|---|---|
|
60 |
60 | 20 | ||
|
Unit 2-UF0897 | 90 | 30 | ||
| 30 | 20 |
Sequence:
The training units for this module can be programmed independently. The training unit 3 can be programmed independently.
Access criteria for students
They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
NON-WORKING PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE FOR THE ASSEMBLY AND MAINTENANCE OF LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
Code: MP0183
Duration: 80 hours.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Mount an electrical installation in homes, offices, commercial or industrial premises.
CE1.1 Assist in the preparation of machining and selection of tools according to procedures by applying the required procedures.
CE1.2 Participate in the installation of the installation, boxes, tubes, conductors, meters and ground, among others of the installation of the link applying the current regulations ensuring their proper mechanical fixation.
CE1.3 Collaborate on the introduction and connection of the conductors in the tubes by avoiding cross-paths.
CE1.4 Participate in the realization of the tests and regulatory measures of the installation parameters, preparing an activity report.
CE1.5 Help identify and diagnose the symptoms of the failure by relating it to the effects of the installation.
CE 1.6 Collaborate to restore operating conditions, replacing the deteriorated element or rebuilding the part of the installation in poor condition by applying the required procedures.
CE 1.7 Participate in the elaboration of a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
CE 1.8 Assist in building a budget by taking into account the material prices and time estimate to be used.
C2: Mount automated installations and electric automatisms.
CE2.1 Participate in the analysis of an automated installation from the technical documentation.
CE2.2 Collaborate on the assembly of pipes, cabinets and boxes, applying the appropriate techniques in each case and getting the right aesthetics.
CE2.3 Participate in the commissioning and verification of an automated installation, collaborating in the preparation of the report of developed activities.
CE2.4 Collaborate on the diagnosis, location and repair of breakdowns in an automated installation or an electric automatism.
CE2.5 Participate in the repair and/or replacement of the fault-causing elements.
CE2.6 Participate in the elaboration of the repair budget and the report of activities developed.
C3: Mount a low voltage air network installation from the technical documentation.
CE3.1 Collaborate in the assembly of an air network that runs on supports and facades, helping the laying and mooring of supports and conductors as well as in the connection and tensioning thereof.
CE3.2 Participate in the putting into service of a low voltage air network following the documents or technical means and performing the verification procedures and measures established.
CE3.3 Assist in the replacement of insulators, supports, conductors, insulators, and other elements of the installation.
CE3.4 Participate in connecting and disconnecting the line to another network or transformation center.
CE3.5 Participate in the diagnosis and location of breakdowns in low voltage networks with braided cable.
CE3.6 Collaborate in the realization of an intervention plan for the detection of the cause or causes of the breakdown. Indicating the procedures of the tests and measures to be carried out, preparing the report of the activities carried out as well as the results obtained.
C4: Mounting and coupling rotary electric machines from given specifications.
CE4.1 Collaborate on the assembly and connection of transformers and rotary electric machines.
CE4.2 Assist in measuring and verifying on a machine that the results obtained are in accordance with the parameters indicated on the machine's nameplate or, where appropriate, the specified characteristics.
CE4.3 Collaborate on locating a fault on a static and/or rotating machine.
CE4.4 Participate in the replacement of impaired or out-of-tolerance electrical and mechanical elements.
C7: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the job center.
CE7.1 Behave responsibly in both human relationships and the jobs to be performed.
CE 7.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.
CE 7.3 Undertake with diligence the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to make them conform to the work rhythm of the company.
CE 7.4 Integrate into the production processes of the job center.
CE 7.5 Use the established communication channels.
CE 7.6 Respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.
Contents
1. Liaison facilities and the electrification of homes, offices, shops and small industries.
-Representation and symbology in electrical plans and schemes.
-Facility rules, according to REBT.
-Basic mount operations.
-Calculation of electrical installations.
-Payloads forecast for commercial and industrial buildings.
-Interior lighting calculation.
-Measures in commercial, office and industrial building facilities.
-Facility verification operations.
-The rules for the affected installations.
2. Automated installations and electric automatisms.
-Symbology and representation of electrical schemes.
-Identification of electrical and electronic system elements.
-Electrical installations and systems.
-Detection and correction of breakdowns.
-Maintenance and repair of automated installations and electric automatisms.
-Elaboration of technical documentation.
3. Installation of low voltage aerial networks and underground distribution lines.
-Norms and symbology.
-Air network materials for low voltage distribution.
-Facility execution operations.
-General conditions for interbreeding and parallelism.
-Air and underground network maintenance and repair.
-Reporting of the developed activity.
4. Installation of electrical machines.
-Connection of the windings.
-Symbols and graphical representation.
-Tests and tests on transformers.
-Installing and coupling rotary electric machines.
-Start methods for the different types of rotating electric machines.
-Tests and tests on rotating machines.
-Diagnosis and location of breakdowns by performing the necessary tests and measurements.
5. Integration and communication in the workplace.
-Responsible behavior in the job center.
-Respect to the procedures and rules of the work center.
-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.
-Recognition of the organization's production process.
-Using the communication channels set in the job center.
-Adequation to the company's work rate.
-Tracking the rules on risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.
IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS
| Formative Module | Required Accreditation | Professional experience required in the scope of the competency | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
If you have accreditation | If you do not have accreditation | ||
| MF0820_2: Power Installations in Housing Buildings. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect, or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Higher Technician of the Professional Electricity Family and • Professional area level 3 professionalism certificates electrical and electronic family electrical installations. | 2 years | 4 years |
| MF0821_2: Electrical installations in office buildings, stores, and industries. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree title or other titles equivalent. • Diplomacy, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or the title of corresponding degree or other equivalent qualifications. • Higher Technical of the Professional Family of Electricity and Electronics. • Level 3 Professional Certificates of the Area professional electrical and electronic family electrical installations. | 2 years | 4 |
| MF0822_2: Electrical Installations automated and automated facilities. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Senior Technical Family Electrical and Electronics. • Level 3 professionalism certificates from the professional area of electrical installations of the professional electricity and electronics family. | 2 years | 4 years |
|
MF0823_2: Assembly and maintenance of low-voltage overhead power grids. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect, or degree title or other equivalent titles. • Higher Technician of the professional family of electricity and electronics. • Level 3 professionalism certificates in the area professional electrical and electronic family electrical installations. | 2 years | 4 |
| MF0824_2: Assembly and Network Maintenance low-voltage underground electrical power. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, Engineer Technical, Technical Architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Senior Technical and Electrical Family Technician. • Certificates Level 3 professionalism of the professional area of electrical installations of the professional electricity and electronics family. | 2 years | 4 years |
|
MF0825_2: Assembly and Maintenance of Electrical Machines. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect, or the corresponding degree or other degree equivalent titles. • Higher Technical of the professional family of electricity and electronics. • Professional level 3 certificates from the professional area of facilities electrical and electronic family power. | 2 years | 4 years |
V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
| Forming Space | Surface m2 15 pupils | Surface m2 25 pupils |
|---|---|---|
|
Classroom. | 45 | |
| Workshop for Mount and Maintenance low voltage electrical installations. | 140 | 180 |
| M1 | M2 | M3 | M4 | M5 | M6 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Classroom. | X | X | X | X |
X | X | X | |
| Workshop for mounting and maintaining low-voltage electrical installations. | X | X |
X |
X | X |
X |
| Equipment | |
|---|---|
|
Classroom. | -Audio-visual equipment. -network-installed PCs, projection canon, and internet. -Specialty-specific software. -Pizars to write with marker. - Flip-charts. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for trainer. -Messes and chairs for students. - |
|
Workshop for mounting and maintaining low voltage electrical installations. | -Electrical instrumentation (polymeter, amperimetric and vatimetric tweezers, tellurometer, fasimeter, isolation meter and discriminator, compass, test lamps voltage parallel and series, tube bending equipment, among others). -leakage current gauge. -Power and power logger-Analizator for AC triphasic. -The tester of the trigger sensitivity of the differential switches. -The tester of the continuity of the conductors. Loop impedance meter, with independent measurement system. -Luxometer with measure range suitable for emergency lights. -Harmonic and harmonic network Analyzer network disturbances. -electrodes for the measurement of soil insulation. -Checker device for the isolation level surveillance device for operating rooms. -Verification and localization equipment for underground cables. -Portable Terminal for Maintenance -Programmable Controllers -Continuous current and AC power machines -Electrical Machine Test Banks. -Instruments (manuals or computer systems) for the design of small and electrical transformers. -Tables of interconnectable assembly for the execution of housing and building practices. The invention is equipped with a distribution frame, individual shunt, ground disconnection box, splice boxes and interconnected cases. Magnetothermic protection elements, IDs, surges, maneuvering mechanisms, loads, installation measurement equipment for the execution of individual practices, and/or complete installations |
It should not be interpreted that the various identified learning spaces should necessarily be differentiated by closure.
The facilities and equipment must comply with the relevant industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and respond to the universal accessibility and safety measures of the participants.
The number of units to be provided with the tools, machines and tools specified in the training spaces will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, in their case, to attend to the top number.
In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.
ANNEX IV
I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
Denomination: Montage and maintenance of high voltage electrical networks of the second and third categories and centers of transformation.
Code: ELEE0209
Professional family: Electricity and Electronics.
Professional area: Electrical installations.
Professional qualification level: 2
Professional reference qualification:
ELE380_2 Mount and maintenance of second and third category high-voltage power grids and transformation centers. (R.D. 328/2008, February 29)
Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:
UC1177_2: Mount and maintain second and third category high-voltage overhead power grids.
UC1178_2: Mount and maintain high-voltage, second-and third-category underground electrical networks.
UC1179_2: Mount and maintain transform centers.
General competition:
Mount and maintain high voltage electrical networks of the second and third categories, and transformation centers, achieving the quality criteria, in safety conditions and complying with the current regulations.
Professional Environment:
Professional scope:
Develops its professional activity primarily as an employed person, in small, medium and large, mostly private companies, in the areas of assembly and maintenance of high ground and underground power grids voltage and transformation centres.
Productive Sectors:
This professional is located in the electrical energy production and distribution sector, in the assembly and maintenance activities of high voltage power grids and transformation centers.
Occupations or related jobs:
7522.1029 Electrical power line repairman, in general.
7522.1038 High voltage power line repairman.
7522.1010 Empalmator of overhead and underground electrical cables.
Power Line Installer.
Underground power line installer.
Electrical traction line installer.
Installer and power line repairer.
Installer-maintainer of electrical (aerial and underground) networks.
Installer-maintainer of electrical power distribution networks and distribution centers.
Duration of the associated training: 490 hours
Relationship of training modules and training units:
MF1177_2: Mount and maintenance of high voltage overhead power grids. (200 hours)
• UF0992: High voltage overhead power grid assembly. (80 hours)
• UF0993: Maintenance of high-voltage overhead power grids. (70 hours)
• UF0994: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of high-voltage electrical installations. (50 hours)
MF1178_2: High voltage underground electrical network assembly and maintenance. (160 hours)
• UF0995: High voltage underground electrical network assembly. (60 hours)
• UF0996: Maintenance of high voltage underground power grids. (50 hours)
• UF0994: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of high-voltage electrical installations. (50 hours)
MF1179_2: Assembly and maintenance of transformation centers. (150 hours)
• UF0997: Assembly of transformation centers. (50 hours)
• UF0998: Maintenance of transformation centers. (50 hours)
• UF0994: (Transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of high-voltage electrical installations. (50 hours)
MP0205: Non-work professional practice module of Montage and maintenance of high voltage electrical networks of second and third categories and centers of transformation. (80 hours)
Linking with professional trainings
The training provided in the training unit UF0994 of the training modules MF1177_2, MF1178_2 and MF1179_2 of this certificate of professionalism, guarantees the level of knowledge necessary for obtaining the enabling the performance of the basic level work risk prevention functions, in accordance with Annex IV of the Prevention Services Regulation, approved by Royal Decree 39/1997 of 17 January.
II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
Competition Unit 1
Denomination: Mount and maintain second and third category high-voltage overhead power grids.
Level: 2
Code: UC1177_2
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Mounting high voltage overhead network supports according to the project and assembly plan, applying established procedures and safety means, with the required quality.
CR1.1 Network repose and location of supports and ditches, among others, is performed in compliance with project specifications.
CR1.2 The collection of materials along the network layout is performed according to the project specifications and according to the assembly plan.
CR1.3 Required tools and media are selected according to the needs of the assembly.
CR1.4 The dimensions of ditches and holes are checked to meet project specifications.
CR1.5 Support assembly is performed by applying the manufacturer's established procedures and specifications.
CR1.6 Support ground shots are mounted by consulting the project documentation and obtaining the regulated ohmic value.
CR1.7 The lifting and securing of the support is done with the appropriate means, applying the safety standards and achieving the aplomb and level of the same.
CR1.8 The foundation and concrete of the supports and in their case the anchorages, are carried out in compliance with the specifications of the project.
RP2: Tender and strain the high voltage overhead network drivers, according to the project and assembly plan, applying the established procedures and safety means, with the required quality.
CR2.1 The collection of coils, pulleys and laying equipment is placed in the right place and is suitable.
CR2.2 The laying equipment is deployed and available for use.
CR2.3 The laying of the conductors and the guard cable, when necessary (supports for more than 20 KV) is performed without damage and leaving them ready for their tensioning.
CR2.4 The tensioning and throttling of the conductors is performed taking into account the ambient temperature, wind speed and waiting time prior to their attachment to get the specified catenary and arrow in the project.
CR2.5 The retainers are made by securing the driver's attachment to the insulator using the retention element and the appropriate mounting.
CR2.6 The stapling is done by securing the driver's attachment to the corresponding staple and with the appropriate torque.
CR2.7 The fixing of the guard cable, when necessary, is made by fixing it to the support with the corresponding staple and with the appropriate torque.
CR2.8 The insulators, insulator chains, and fastening elements are mounted at the specified place in the project and meet the isolation requirements (distances, humidity, and so on).
CR2.9 Drivers ' splices are made using the appropriate materials, tools, specific equipment, and the number of them does not exceed the one specified in the project or the regulatory.
CR2.10 The protection elements of the avifauna and signalling beacons are placed and fixed in the places indicated.
RP3: Mounting elements of protection, maneuver and signalling, according to the project and the assembly plan, applying the established procedures and means of safety, with the required quality.
CR3.1 The protection and maneuvering elements (sectionators, sectionalizers, fuses, cutting organs and reconnectors, among others) are mounted by consulting the project documentation.
CR3.2 The connection bridges of the protection and maneuver elements meet the security distances.
CR3.3 Signalling elements are placed and set to the regulatory height for identification.
CR3.4 The anti-escalation system is available and fixed to the regulatory height and meets its function.
RP4: Perform network commissioning, according to the project and rules of the supplier company applying the established procedures and security means.
CR4.1 The download or authorization is available at the action dates to connect the mounted network to another network or substation.
CR4.2 Protection and work zones are marked by meeting the required security requirements.
CR4.3 The absence of tension is ensured by the checks performed and using the appropriate means (detecting pertigas, fuses throws wires, among others).
CR4.4 The main network intervention zone is protected by grounding its drivers.
CR4.5 The connection to the network, substation, or transformation center is performed with the appropriate elements and ensuring their mechanical fixation.
CR4.6 Network service reset is verified with required elements.
CR4.7 Personal safety, facilities and equipment standards are met in all interventions.
CR4.8 The information needed to document the process is collected in the installation report and the installation service.
RP5: Repair and maintain high voltage power grids without tension, following established procedures, in appropriate quality and safety conditions and response time.
CR5.1 Predictive maintenance (network and component inspection) is performed by collecting, evaluating, and scoring the status of the components of the installation on the corresponding work order.
CR5.2 In preventive maintenance it is taken into account that:
-The replaced element matches the one indicated in the work part.
-The adjustments and checks of the replaced elements are performed with the required precision.
CR5.3 In corrective maintenance:
-The fault is checked to match the fault in the breakdown part.
-Installation component failures are corrected by following the mount procedures.
-Ensure that the replaced element is identical or the same characteristics as the broken down.
-The adjustments and checks of the replaced elements are made with the required precision.
CR5.4 On network operations:
-The operation center is requested to be downloaded in the appropriate format and time.
-Connects the line to another network or substation so as not to interrupt the service, when this is possible, and is contemplated in the operating procedures.
-Security, signaling, and protection measures are applied using the established procedure.
-The operation center is requested to reset the network service after the intervention is performed and the signaling and security elements are removed.
-The installation is checked for installation according to the normal operating parameters.
CR5.5 The technical means, measuring instruments and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR5.6 The measuring instruments and appliances are checked to have the current calibration certificate available.
CR5.7 Personal safety, facilities and equipment standards are met in all interventions.
CR5.8 The information needed to document the process is collected in the installation repair and service report.
Professional Context
Production media
Pens, hair-on, brake machine and pilot cable, pulleys, pitolos, tractel and tirvit. Presses, matrices, tools for wedge-to-pressure drifts. Metric tape, theodolite, total station, plumped. Mugs and sinks. Manual tools for electrical work. Manual tools for mechanical work. Machines for machining work. Stress-absence testers. Binoculars. Measuring instruments (tellurometer, dynamometer, thermometer and voltiamperimetric clamp, among others). Computer tools for the realization of documentation. Portable terminal for maintenance. Individual and collective protective equipment and elements.
Products and results
High voltage air network installations of second and third categories. Maintenance of high voltage air networks of second and third categories.
Information used or generated
Project technical documentation and mount plan. Mounting planes of supports and fittings. Work orders. Parts of breakdown description. Manufacturer's technical manuals. Manuals of the different teams. Regulations (Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Tension).
High voltage airlines regulation. Standards: National and International Electrotechnical Standards UNE, CEI, CENELEC. Rules of the Autonomous Communities, joint rules of the electricity companies. Discharge procedures. Maintenance tabs. History of breakdowns. Safety standards. Failure report on the project. Final report on the layout of the installation. Permission for the removal of surplus land. State where the amount of surplus land is indicated. Request for discharge. Work permit on the affected installation. Assembly report. Maintenance report. Parts of the job.
Competition Unit 2
Denomination: Mount and maintain high-voltage, second-and third-rate underground electrical networks.
Level: 2
Code: UC1178_2
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Mount the underground electrical network conductors on sand bed and under pipe in ditches according to the project and assembly plan, applying the appropriate procedures and safety means, with the required quality.
CR1.1 The collection of materials along the network layout is performed according to the project specifications and according to the assembly plan.
CR1.2 The necessary tools and means are selected according to the needs of the assembly.
CR1.3 The repose and dimensions of the ditches and archets, among others, is performed in compliance with the project specifications and ensuring that it does not match other services in the same vertical projection and meets the rules in force.
CR1.4 Interventions in driveways, sidewalks, street and road crossings, among others, are made available for the corresponding permits.
CR1.5 The seat of the cables on the base of the trench or the introduction of the cables into the tubes and the preparation of the installation for laying is performed taking into account the type of installation.
CR1.6 The laying of the conductors is performed without damage (by placing the rollers and avoiding crosses) and are arranged according to the type of installation and the current regulations.
CR1.7 Drivers are spliced and connected using the appropriate elements according to rules and assembly instructions.
CR1.8 Drivers are marked and grouped at appropriate distances by following project documentation and assembly plan.
CR1.9 Network signalling and mechanical protections are mounted in compliance with current regulations.
CR1.10 Terminal boxes and splices are made and assembled according to the manufacturer's rules and instructions.
CR1.11 In tests performed on the elements of the installation:
-Ensure continuity.
-The order of phases is checked.
-The isolation is checked.
-The continuity of the metal screen and its correct grounding are verified.
-Regulatory trials are performed.
CR1.12 The passage of the cable from the underground to aerial is done through the steel tube with the appropriate dimensions and plugging it with the corresponding cable protector.
RP2: Mount the drivers of the high-voltage power grids in galleries, according to the project and the assembly plan, applying the appropriate procedures and safety means, with the required quality.
CR2.1 The collection of materials along the network layout is performed according to the project specifications and according to the assembly plan.
CR2.2 The necessary tools and means are selected according to the needs of the assembly.
CR2.3 The location and fixation of the trays, fittings and fasteners, among others, is carried out in compliance with the specifications of the project and with the current regulations.
CR2.4 The seat of the cables in the tray is made taking into account the type of attachment, the number of cables it hosts, and the rest of the services in the gallery.
CR2.5 Drivers tend to be damaged and are disposed of in accordance with current regulations.
CR2.6 Drivers are marked and grouped at appropriate distances by following project documentation and assembly plan.
CR2.7 Drivers are spliced and connected using the appropriate elements according to rules and assembly instructions.
CR2.8 In tests performed on the installation elements:
-Ensure continuity.
-The order of phases is checked.
-The isolations are checked.
-The continuity of the metal screen and its correct grounding are verified.
-The correct grounding of the metal trays is verified.
-Regulatory trials are performed.
CR2.9 The passage of the cable from the underground to aerial is done through the steel tube with the appropriate dimensions and plugging it with the corresponding cable protector.
RP 3: Perform the commissioning of the high voltage network, according to the project and rules of the supplying company applying the established procedures and means of safety.
CR3.1 The download or authorization to connect the mounted network to another network, substation, or transformation center is requested for the action dates.
CR3.2 The absence of tension is guaranteed by the necessary checks.
CR3.3 Protection and work zones are marked by meeting the required security requirements.
CR3.4 The air network intervention zone is protected by grounding its drivers.
CR3.5 The connection to the network, substation, or transformation center is performed with the appropriate elements and ensuring their mechanical fixation.
CR3.6 Network service reset is verified with required elements.
CR3.7 Personal safety, facilities and equipment standards are met in all interventions.
CR3.8 The installation mount report contains the required data and in the corresponding format.
RP4: Repair and maintain high voltage underground electrical networks, following established procedures under appropriate quality and response time conditions.
CR4.1 Predictive maintenance (inspection of the network and its components) is performed by collecting, evaluating, and scoring the status of the components of the installation, in the corresponding work part.
CR4.2 In preventive maintenance:
-The replaced element is checked to match the one indicated in the work part.
-The adjustments and checks of the replaced elements are performed with the required precision.
CR4.3 In corrective maintenance:
-The fault is checked to match the fault in the breakdown part.
-Installation component failures are corrected by following the procedures given for mounting.
-The element is replaced by another identical element or the same characteristics as the broken one.
-The adjustments and checks of the replaced elements are performed with the required precision.
CR4.4 On network operations:
-The network download is requested from the operation center.
-The line connects to another network to not interrupt the service, when this is possible and the operation procedure is contemplated.
-Security, signaling, and protection measures are performed using the established procedure.
-Network reset is requested from the operation center.
-The installation is checked for commissioning.
CR4.5 Technical means, measuring instruments and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR4.6 The measuring instruments and appliances are checked to have the current calibration certificate available.
CR4.7 Personal safety, facilities and equipment standards are met in all interventions.
CR4.8 The required information is collected in the breakdown repair report and put into service for the installation.
Professional Context
Production media
Pens, cablestrants, brake machine and cable pilot and calzos, among others. Presses, matrices and tools for pressure wedge derivations. Shovels, pissons, palettes, among others. Cable coils, cats, rollers, among others. Tape, color adhesive tapes, among others. Mugs and sinks. Manual tools for electrical work. Manual tools for mechanical work. Machines for machining work. Isolation meter. Equipment for verifying and locating underground cables. Measuring instruments (tellurometer, pincer voltiamperimetric, among others). Computer tools for the realization of documentation. Portable Terminal for Maintenance. Equipment and protective elements.
Products and results
High voltage underground electrical networks. Maintenance of high voltage underground power grids.
Information used or generated
Project technical documentation and mount plan. Work orders. Parts of breakdown description. Manufacturer's technical manuals. Manuals for the different teams.
Application Regulations. Standards: National and International Electrotechnical Standards UNE, CEI, CENELEC. Rules of the Autonomous Communities, specific rules of the electricity companies. Maintenance tabs. History of breakdowns. Safety standards. Failure report on the project. Final report on the layout of the installation. Permission for the removal of surplus land. State where the amount of surplus land is indicated. Request for discharge. Work permit on the affected installation. Assembly report. Maintenance report. Parts of the job.
Competition Unit 3
Denomination: Mount and maintain transformation centers.
Level: 2
Code: UC1179_2
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Mount weather-type transformation centers by consulting the technical documentation, under the established security conditions, with the required quality.
CR1.1 The collection of materials that make up the transformation center is performed according to the project specifications and according to the assembly plan.
CR1.2 The repose of ditches, archets, among others, for different land networks is done in compliance with the project specifications and takes into account the nature of the terrain.
CR1.3 Required tools and media are selected according to the needs of the assembly.
CR1.4 The different regulatory (protection, neutral, hardware, etc.) regulatory ground networks of the transformation centers are mounted by consulting the project documentation, applying the regulations and obtaining the value Regulated ohmic.
CR1.5 The transformer supports and fittings and the protection and maneuvering elements of the transformation center are mounted at the specified location in the technical documentation and applying the established procedures.
CR1.6 The location of the transformer is performed in compliance with the prevention and safety standards, specifications of the technical documentation and no deterioration in its displacement.
CR1.7 The hardwired are done according to project plans.
CR1.8 Drivers ' connections are made using the terminals, splicing sleeves, and appropriate drifts meeting security distances.
CR1.9 Low voltage frames are mounted and fixed and contain the protection elements set in the project.
CR1.10 The isolation levels, phase orders, among others, are secured by testing on the elements of the installation.
CR1.11 The commissioning is in accordance with the established protocols for authorizations, maneuvers, and regulations.
CR1.12 Personal safety, facilities and equipment standards are met in all interventions.
CR1.13 The assembly reports and work items are performed by collecting the information established with the activities performed, the incidents that have occurred, and the solutions adopted.
RP2: Mount prefabricated and non-prefabricated transformation centers by consulting the technical documentation, under established security conditions, with the required quality.
CR2.1 The collection of materials that make up the CT is performed according to the project specifications and according to the assembly plan.
CR2.2 The outer location space or the properties space is chosen by meeting the project's dimensions and specifications.
CR2.3 The different regulatory (protection, neutral, hardware and vat of the transformer, inter alia.) networks of the transformation center are mounted by consulting the project documentation, applying the regulations and obtaining the regulated ohmic value.
CR2.4 The line and transform cells, of measure, among others, and their elements are mounted in the order specified in the project, using the manufacturer's documentation and ensuring mechanical attachment.
CR2.5 The placement of the transformer is performed with the appropriate means and by applying the safety of the persons and equipment indicated in the safety plan.
CR2.6 The cells and their elements (dryers, fuses, transformer, among others) are connected using the conductors, pletins, among others, according to the specifications of the project and following the electrical scheme of the same.
CR2.7 Low voltage frames are mounted according to the mounting plan and with the maneuvering and protection elements and conductors specified in the project.
CR2.8 The continuity, order of phases, and isolations are verified by testing on the elements of the installation.
CR2.9 Technical means, measuring instruments and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR2.10 Personal safety, facilities and equipment standards are met in all interventions
CR2.11 The required information, contingencies, and decisions are collected in the installation and commissioning report of the installation.
RP3: Operate and maintain transformation centers by applying established security procedures and standards, with the required quality.
CR3.1 Inspection of the components (preventive maintenance) of the installation is done by collecting and evaluating:
-The operation of mechanical elements and interlocks.
-The trip of the circuit breaker.
-The grounding (connections and ohmic values, among others).
-The oil and temperature level, among others.
-The taring of the protection relays.
-The status of the cabling.
CR3.2 In preventive maintenance:
-The element is replaced by matching the item in the work item.
-The adjustments and checks of the replaced elements are performed with the required precision.
CR3.3 In corrective maintenance:
-The fault is checked to match the fault in the breakdown part.
-Installation component failures are corrected by following the procedures given for mounting.
-The element is replaced by another of the same characteristics as the broken down.
-The adjustments and checks of the replaced elements are performed with the required precision.
CR3.4 In network operations and maneuvers:
-Protection and security standards (the five gold rules) are met.
-The item is adjusted or unmounted, and if applicable, is replaced by another.
-The maneuver is performed using the appropriate procedure.
-The adjustments and checks of the replaced elements are performed with the required precision.
-The installation is checked for commissioning.
CR3.5 The technical means, measuring instruments and tools are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR3.6 The personal safety, facilities and equipment standards are met in all interventions.
CR3.7 The required information is collected in the installation and commissioning report of the installation.
Professional Context
Production media
Envelopes of prefabricated transformation centers. Pisco, pointer, shovels and mace, among others. Pertiga, tensor, tractel, grillete and garra, among others. Manual tools for electrical work. Manual tools for mechanical work. Machines for machining work. Hydraulics. Elements for cable labeling. Actuator for handling cabins. Test equipment for relay taring. Fuse extractor. Measuring instruments (tellurometer, pincer voltiamperimetric and polymeter, among others). Computer tools for the realization of documentation. Protective equipment and elements (half-tension gloves, boots and insulating sidewalks, among others).
Products and results
Transformation centers on support. External and internal cassette-type processing centres. Maintenance of transformation centres on support. Maintenance of external and internal cassette-type transformation centres.
Information used or generated
Project technical documentation and mount plan. Mounting planes. Work orders. Parts of breakdown description. Manufacturer's technical manuals. Manuals of the different teams. Implementing Regulations. Standards: National and International Electrotechnical Standards UNE, CEI, CENELEC. Rules of the Autonomous Communities, specific rules of the electricity companies. Maintenance tabs. History of breakdowns. Safety standards. Failure report on the project. Final report on the layout of the installation. Permission for the removal of surplus land. State where the amount of surplus land is indicated. Record of values of the grounding. Isolation records. Connection records. Record of relay tars. Request for discharge. Work permit on the affected installation. Assembly report. Maintenance report. Parts of the job.
III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
FORMATIVE MODULE 1
Denomination: Mount and maintenance of high voltage overhead power grids
Code: MF1177_2
Professional qualification level: 2
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC1177_2 Mount and maintain second and third category high-voltage overhead power grids.
Duration: 200 hours.
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: High voltage overhead power grid assembly.
Code: UF0992
Duration: 80 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP4.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts and elements that constitute high-voltage overhead power grids, analyzing the specific characteristics and their function in the current regulatory and regulatory framework.
CE1.1 Classify and describe electrical power distribution lines based on voltage and distribution system.
CE1.2 From a structure of a high voltage aerial network characterized by planes, identify the parts that compose it by relating the symbols to the actual elements (in catalog or photograph).
CE1.3 List and describe the characteristics of the elements that configure high-voltage electrical installations (supports, hardware, insulators, etc.).
CE1.4 From the technical documentation of a high-voltage overhead power grid:
-Identify facilities that affect the network and verify that the rules on cross-over, parallelism, and proximities are met.
-Indicate the possible terrain gaps in your entire journey.
-Verify the application of the regulations in network development.
-Develop hypotheses about the effects that would result, in the operation of the network, the modification of the characteristics of the elements of the installation or the malfunction of one or more parts of the installation.
C2: Perform support mount operations on an electrical network.
CE2.1 Indicate the necessary mounting, material, technical and security phases.
CE2.2 Indicate the required permissions for the mount.
CE2.3 Describe the necessary techniques, tools, technical and personal protection means for:
-The foundation and concrete of supports.
-Assembly and support hoisting.
-Support and leveling of supports.
C3: Perform the laying and tensioning of the cables, installation of the grounding and protective elements, with the appropriate tools and means of protection and security.
CE3.1 Perform the laying and mooring (stapling or retention) of the cables in the insulators.
CE3.2 Make cable splicing with the appropriate tools.
CE3.3 Perform the tensioning of the cables with a specified arrow.
CE3.4 Place and connect the protection and maneuver elements (sectionators and fuses among others).
C4: Perform the commissioning of a high-voltage overhead power grid from the technical documentation.
CE4.1 Relate steps to continue respecting the information contained in the technical documentation.
CE4.2 Relate the technical, auxiliary, permission, and material means used.
CE4.3 Describe the measuring devices to use at each step.
CE4.4 Indicate the characteristic measures and parameters to be controlled, describing the measurement procedure.
Contents
1. Distribution of electrical energy.
-Distribution types (triangle, star, among others).
-Tipologia and network structure.
-Transport and distribution lines. Tensions.
-Substations and transformation centers. Types.
-Elements of an airline (foundations, supports, drivers, etc.). Types.
-Auxiliary elements of maneuver and restraint protection. (Insulators, fittings, dryers, switches, etc.).
-Interpretation of drawings (topographical, civil work).
-Symbology and line planes.
2. Mounting of supports on high voltage overhead lines.
-Previous administrative (state, autonomic, local) authorizations.
-Repose of the network. Opening of streets. Material collection.
-Nature of the terrain. Foundation, concreting and anchoring of supports.
-Armado and hoist of supports according to type and characteristics.
-Constructive features of the supports (metal, lattice, concrete, wood, other materials).
-Types of supports: Alignment or angle.
-Suspension, mooring, anchoring, beginning and end of line, special supports.
-Mounting assembly. Types and characteristics: in flag, in vault (triangle, in layer, in peak), Canadian, double circuit, horizontal triangle, three-bolted.
-Assembly of insulators. Types and features.
-Puesta a land on the supports. Types and features.
-Numbering, marking, and support warnings.
-Auxiliary media, assembly tools, and measurement equipment.
3. Laying and tensioning of cables in high voltage overhead lines.
-Driver types. Nature and electrical and mechanical characteristics.
-Empalmes and driver connections. Bridges.
-Ground cable. Features.
-Carrier cable or guarantor. Features.
-Machinery for the laying and tensioning of conductors (tripod, tractel, etc.).
-Material Ascope.
-Driver assembly and save cable.
-Tensado and cable retained. Conditions. Arrows.
-Cruzations and parallelism.
-Tools and auxiliary technical means.
4. Assembly of protective, manoeuvring and signalling elements in high voltage overhead lines.
-Assembly of protective and maneuvering elements (dryers, switches, fuses, etc.). Types and features.
-Assembly of signaling elements, anti-escalations, and avifaunal protection.
-Tools and auxiliary technical means.
5. Commissioning of a high voltage power grid.
-Procedures for putting into service. Connection types. Discards.
-Previous administrative (state, autonomic, local) authorizations.
-Supply company rules.
-Initial inspection procedure.
-Pre-regulatory measurements and checks (resistance of the grounding circuit among others).
-Tools, equipment and auxiliary technical means (tellurometers, isolation meters among others).
-Electrical and security regulations.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Maintenance and repair of high voltage overhead power grids.
Code: UF0993
Duration: 70 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to the RP5.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Perform the predictive and preventive maintenance of a high voltage overhead electrical network installation from the technical documentation and following the established procedures under quality conditions and security.
CE1.1 Perform the inspection of the network and its components by collecting, evaluating, and scoring its status in the corresponding work order.
CE1.2 Determine the frequency of revision or change of the different elements of the installation according to the technical documentation.
CE1.3 Perform with the required precision and following procedures the replacement of the items indicated in the maintenance plan.
CE1.4 Fill in the Take Action report by collecting the interventions.
C2: Repair installation failures following established procedures, in quality and safety conditions.
CE2.1 Determine the typology and typical features of the breakdowns.
CE2.2 Check that the indicated fault matches the fault reflected in the breakdown part.
CE2.3 Make assumptions about the possible cause of the breakdown, relating to the symptoms present in the installation.
CE2.4 In an installation of a high voltage line, using the appropriate procedure, tools, equipment, and protection and security, perform the following operations:
-Replacing wiggle or protection elements.
-Fuse reposition.
-Replacing insulators.
-Connecting and disconnecting the line to another network, substation, or CT.
CE2.5 Meet the performance report by collecting the interventions.
C3: Develop reports and documentation.
CE3.1 Confect an intervention plan for the detection of the causes of the breakdown.
CE3.2 Develop a report of the developed activities and results, structuring it appropriately for correct documentation in both the process and the results obtained.
CE3.3 Interpret the technical documentation of the different elements that make up the network for maintenance.
Contents
1. Predictive maintenance in high-voltage power grids.
-Normal recognition:
-Review criteria. Frequency.
-Means to use (computer, measurement, observation, etc.).
-Comprehensive recognition:
-Review criteria. Frequency.
-Network elements (supports, splices, etc.).
-Protection and maneuver devices (dryers, fuses, etc.).
-Identifying hot spots.
-Tools, equipment and auxiliary technical means (measuring, observation, etc.).
-Documentary support. Review point table.
-Security teams.
2. Preventive maintenance in high-voltage power grids.
-Quick occurrence failures (insulator break, tree growth, etc.).
-Slow occurrence failures (oxidation processes, hardware wear, etc.).
-Replacing elements (insulators, fittings among others). Adjustments and checks.
-Frequency.
-Documentary support.
-Tools and auxiliary technical equipment (tellurometers, thermometers, portable terminals, etc.).
-Security teams.
3. Corrective maintenance in high-voltage power grids.
-Typical Averages on high voltage overhead lines (free land, drifts, etc.).
-Location of faults procedure.
-Intervention on high voltage lines.
-Diagnostic techniques. Equipment and tools (Megger, Wheatstone bridge, etc.).
-Ground-to-ground: Fixed and portable.
-Replacing or repairing items. Checks.
-Security teams.
4. Power off and reset of voltage in lines.
-Discharge procedure. Authorizations.
-Alternate service. Maneuvers to be performed.
-Supply company rules.
-Stress absence check. Tools and equipment methods.
-Senalization work zone. Fixed and portable ground.
-Stress Reset. Previous checks and measures.
-Authorizations. Documentary support.
-Security rules and equipment.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of high-voltage electrical installations.
Code: UF0994
Duration: 50 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, RP4, and RP5 as regards security and risk prevention.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Adopt the prevention and safety measures necessary for the protection of the health and safety of workers in the face of electrical risk.
CE3.1 Disconnect the part of the installation in which the job is to be performed, verifying the absence of tension in all the active elements of the electrical installation.
CE3.2 Perform maneuvers, measurements, tests, and verifications, using protective equipment to perform established operations.
CE3.3 Determine the feasibility of the operations to be carried out before starting the work in the vicinity of elements in tension, taking the necessary safety measures to minimize the number of elements in the voltage.
CE3.4 Analyze sites at risk of fire or explosion to comply with established regulations.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Electrical risks.
-Types of electrical accidents.
-Direct contacts:
-Direct contact with two active drivers for a line.
-Direct contact with an active line and mass or ground conductor.
-Download by induction.
-Direct contact protection:
-Removing the active parts.
-Interposition of obstacles.
-Recovering the active parts.
-Indirect contacts:
-Puesta a land of the masses.
-Double isolation.
-differential switch.
-Take action in case of accident.
-Security rules:
-Jobs without tension.
-Tension jobs.
-Security material.
Methodological guidelines
Distance training:
| Total duration in hours of the training units | N. | ||
|---|---|---|---|
|
80 | |||
|
Unit 2-UF0993 |
| 70 | 20 |
| 50 | 20 |
Sequence:
To access the formative unit 2, the training unit 1 must have been exceeded.
Access criteria for students
They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
FORMATIVE MODULE 2
Denomination: Montage and maintenance of high voltage underground power grids.
Code: MF1178_2
Professional qualification level: 2
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC1178_2 Mount and maintain high-voltage, second-and third-category underground power grids.
Duration: 160 hours.
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: High voltage underground electrical network assembly.
Code: UF0995
Duration: 60 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts that make up the high-voltage underground power grids, analyzing the specific features and application regulations.
CE1.1 From a structure of an underground network of high tension buried, buried or in gallery, characterized by planes:
-Indicate the parts of the network.
-Name the elements (electrical, cables, trays, supports, ditches, archets, signage, among others) that intervene indicating their function and characteristics.
-Relate the symbols or representation with the actual element (or in catalog or in photography).
-Compare the regulatory aspects (dimensions of ditches, location, crosses, proximities, among others) applied in the plans with which they result from the application of the reference regulations.
CE1.2 Classify the types of elements of underground high voltage underground electrical grids, buried and in galleries based on their application, location and operation:
-Drivers.
-Zannas and archets.
-Galleries and supports or fasteners of drivers.
-Mechanical and signaling protections.
-Terminals and splices.
-Protection and maneuver elements.
-Tomás de tierra.
CE1.3 From the technical documentation of a high voltage underground electrical network:
-Identify facilities that affect the network and verify that the rules on cross-and close-proximity are met.
-Indicate the signs and mechanical protections of the trench in the various pavements.
-Verify the application of the regulations in network development.
-Develop hypotheses about the effects that would result, in the operation of the network, the modification of the characteristics of the elements of the installation or the malfunction of one or parts of the installation.
C2: Perform the assembly of underground high voltage power grids buried, in-built, and in galleries from the technical documentation.
CE2.1 From the technical documentation or assembly project of a properly characterized underground electrical network:
-List the mounting phases indicating the necessary elements, materials, technical, auxiliary, and security means.
-Indicate the previous permissions and performances that are required at each stage by relating each of them to the institution or entity, involved, and the application procedure involved.
-Detect possible mounting difficulties in the areas where the networks are running and indicate possible solutions to be adopted.
-Describe the technical and personal protection techniques and means necessary for:
-Opening ditches.
-The cable seat and the pipe assembly in ditches.
-The placement of the tubes or trays and cables.
-The connection and cable splicing.
-Identifying the cables.
CE2.2 In the actual or scale installation with real elements of an underground high voltage power line, using the appropriate procedure, tools and protection and safety means, perform the following operations:
-The laying and fixing of cables in tubes, archets and on trays.
-The splicing between drivers.
-The identification, grouping, and marking of the cables.
CE2.3 In an assumption of commissioning of an underground high voltage electrical installation:
-Relate the steps to be followed with the documents or technical means, auxiliaries, permissions, and materials used in each of them.
-Indicate the characteristic measures and parameters to be controlled, the measurement devices to be used, and the measurement procedure.
Contents
1. Conductors, splices and fittings for high voltage underground lines.
-Types and features. Dry insulation and impregnated paper.
-Connections and splices. Types and features.
-Accessories (terminals, connectors, splices, tapes, etc.).
-Realization of connections and splices. Equipment and tools.
-Underground connections. Auxiliary elements.
-Tomás de tierra.
-Security teams.
2. Mounting of high voltage underground lines.
-Previous administrative (state, autonomic, local) authorizations.
-Material Ascope.
-In ditches on bed directly buried or buried:
-Repose of the network. Opening of ditches. Goalies.
-Cruzations and parallels.
-Preparation of the bed. Tube placement.
-Cable Tend. Identification and Grouped.
-Machinery and auxiliary equipment.
-Closing of ditches. Phases. Protection and signage.
-In galleries:
-Tended and set of cables. (Reglettes, trays, flanges, etc.).
-Identification and Grouped.
-Herring and auxiliary elements.
-Land (screens, trays, etc.). Forms of execution. Continuity.
-Auxiliary elements, tools, and equipment required.
-Security teams.
3. Commissioning of high voltage underground lines.
-Procedures for putting into service. Connection types. Discards.
-Previous administrative (state, autonomic, local) authorizations.
-Supply company rules.
-Initial inspection procedure. Check for continuity and order of phases among others.
-Pre-regulatory measurements and checks.
-Tools, equipment and auxiliary technical means (tellurometers, insulation meters, etc.).
-Electrical and security regulations.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Maintenance of high-voltage underground power grids.
Code: UF0996
Duration: 50 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP4.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Carry out the predictive and preventive maintenance of a high voltage underground electrical network installation, based on the technical documentation and following the established procedures, under quality and security.
CE1.1 Perform the inspection of the high voltage underground electrical network and its components, collecting, scoring and evaluating its status in the corresponding work order.
CE1.2 Determine the frequency of revision or change of the elements of the high voltage underground network according to the technical documentation.
CE1.3 Make the change and adjust the elements to replace by checking that they match or are of the same characteristics, following the established procedures.
CE1.4 Fill in the Take Action report, collecting the interventions made.
C2: Perform breakdown repair on a high voltage underground network following established procedures, in safety and quality conditions.
CE2.1 Diagnose the type of fault according to its effects, relating it to the elements of the installation.
CE2.2 Make assumptions about the possible causes of the breakdown by associating it with the effects produced.
CE2.3 In the repair of faults in a high voltage underground line, perform the following operations:
-Make the download request.
-Properly use the signaling, security, and protection measures indicated in the procedures.
-Replace the broken elements.
-Request and check network reset.
C3: Develop reports and documentation.
CE3.1 Perform the procedure for diagnosing breakdowns, equipment, and technical means to be used.
CE3.2 Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained by structuring it appropriately both in the process followed and in the results obtained.
CE3.3 Select the technical documentation of the elements that make up the underground installation for maintenance and repair.
Contents
1. Predictive maintenance in high voltage underground facilities.
-Review criteria. Frequency.
-Underground network elements (dryers, fuses, terminals, etc.).
-Identifying hot spots.
-Tools and equipment and auxiliary technical means (measuring, observation, etc.).
-Documentary support. Review point table.
-Security teams.
2. Preventive maintenance in high voltage underground facilities.
-Replacing elements (dryers, terminals, etc.).
-Frequency.
-Procedures. Documentary support.
-Tools and auxiliary technical means.
-Security teams.
3. Corrective maintenance in high voltage underground facilities.
-Typical Averies in high voltage underground lines (loss of insulation, land, etc.).
-Location of faults procedure.
-Diagnostic techniques. Equipment and tools.
-Replacing or repairing items. Checks.
-Security teams.
4. Discharge and reset of tension in underground lines.
-Discharge procedure. Authorizations.
-Alternate service. Maneuvers to be performed.
-Supply company rules.
-Stress absence check. Tools and equipment methods.
-Senalization work zone. Fixed and portable ground.
-Stress Reset. Previous checks and measures.
-Authorizations. Documentary support.
-Security rules and equipment.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of high-voltage electrical installations.
Code: UF0994
Duration: 50 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP4 as regards security and risk prevention.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Adopt the prevention and safety measures necessary for the protection of the health and safety of workers in the face of electrical risk.
CE3.1 Disconnect the part of the installation in which the job is to be performed, verifying the absence of tension in all the active elements of the electrical installation.
CE3.2 Perform maneuvers, measurements, tests, and verifications, using protective equipment to perform established operations.
CE3.3 Determine the feasibility of the operations to be carried out before starting the work in the vicinity of elements in tension, taking the necessary safety measures to minimize the number of elements in the voltage.
CE3.4 Analyze sites at risk of fire or explosion to comply with established regulations.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Electrical risks.
-Types of electrical accidents.
-Direct contacts:
-Direct contact with two active drivers for a line.
-Direct contact with an active line and mass or ground conductor.
-Download by induction.
-Direct contact protection:
-Removing the active parts.
-Interposition of obstacles.
-Recovering the active parts.
-Indirect contacts:
-Puesta a land of the masses.
-Double isolation.
-differential switch.
-Take action in case of accident.
-Security rules:
-Jobs without tension.
-Tension jobs.
-Security material.
Methodological guidelines
Distance training:
| Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
| 20 |
|---|---|---|
|
60 | 20 | |
|
Unit 2-UF0996 | 50 | 20 |
| 50 | 20 |
Sequence:
To access the formative unit 2, the training unit 1 must have been exceeded.
Access criteria for students
They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
FORMATIVE MODULE 3
Denomination: Assembly and maintenance of transformation centers.
Code: MF1179_2
Professional qualification level: 2
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC1179_2 Mount and maintain transform centers.
Duration: 150 hours.
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Assembly of transformation centers.
Code: UF0997
Duration: 50 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP2.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Identify the parts that make up the transformation centers (weather, prefabricated, and non-prefabricated), analyzing the specific features and application regulations
CE1.1 From the structure of the transformation centers, characterized by plans:
-Indicate the parts of the transformation center.
-Name the intervening elements and cells, indicating their function and characteristics.
-Relate the symbols or representation with the actual element (or in catalog or photograph).
-Compare the regulatory aspects (distances, protections, lands, location, among others) applied in the plans with those resulting from the application of the reference regulations.
CE1.2 Classify the types of elements in the transformation centers based on their application, location, and operation:
-Transformers.
-Maneuver elements: dryers, among others.
-Protection elements: Fuses, self-valves, and automatic switches, among others.
-Measurement elements.
-Signalling elements.
-Tomás de tierra.
-Connection and embedded elements, among others.
CE1.3 Relate the cedas and elements that they contain with the transform center types.
CE1.4 From the technical documentation of the open and prefabricated transformation centers:
-Identify the type of transformation center, location, and features.
-Indicate the characteristics of the transformer, from the reading of the nameplate, the type of connection used and the possibility of voltage regulation and couplings.
-Identify the structure and composition of the transformation center, indicating the type and its components (input cell, measurement, protection, ventilation system, fire pit, among others).
-Identify the equipment and elements that make up the cells or parts of the transformation centre (protection elements, measurement, control and manoeuvres, insulation, low voltage elements, among others), identifying the type and characteristics.
-Identify ventilation and fire systems.
-Differentiate the types and parts of the grounding system, indicating the technical and regulatory characteristics to be gathered.
-Verify the application of the regulations in the development of the transformation center.
-Develop hypotheses on the effects that would result, in the operation of the transformation centre, on the modification of the characteristics of the elements of the installation or on the malfunction of one or more parts of the the installation.
C2: Perform the assembly of transformation centers from the technical documentation.
CE2.1 From the technical documentation or assembly project of a properly characterized weathering and prefabricated center:
-Indicate the mounting phases indicating the necessary elements, materials, technical, auxiliary, and security means.
-Indicate the difficulties that may appear in the opening of ditches for land based on the type of soil and its possible solution.
-Describe the technical and personal protection techniques and means necessary for the placement of the transformer in its location.
CE2.2 In the scale installation of an open and prefabricated transformation centre, using the appropriate procedure, tools and means of protection and security, perform the following operations:
-Mount the elements of the transformation center and, where appropriate, the cells.
-Consign drivers to the transformer and the other elements (embedded and connected from sectionators, protection elements, cells to each other).
-Simulate the assembly and connection of the grounding networks.
-Mount of low voltage frames.
CE2.3 In an assumption of putting in service of an open and prefabricated center:
-Relate the steps to follow with the technical, auxiliary, and permission documents, among others.
-Simulate the performance of the characteristic measures and the parameters to be controlled, using the measurement and security procedure to be used.
-Simulate the transformation center hook procedure with the distribution network and the link to the network at low voltage.
-Simulate the connection, disconnection, and voltage regulation maneuvers, using the appropriate security procedure and equipment.
Contents
1. Transformation centers.
-Types and characteristics of the transformation centers.
-Elements that constitute a center of weather transformation.
-Supports. Types and characteristics (concrete, metal, etc.).
-Transformer. Types and features.
-Herrings, braces.
-Low voltage tables.
-Transformer interconnection to low voltage frame.
-Land-to-ground network (neutral, herrages among others).
-Protection and maneuvering elements (fuses, lightning rods, sectionators among others).
-Measurement and signaling elements.
-Elements that constitute an interior transformation center.
-Casetas and wrappers. Types and features.
-High voltage cells. Types and characteristics. SF6 cells.
-Transformer. Types and features.
-Transform-cell interconnections. Types and features.
-Low voltage tables.
-Low-voltage frame interconnections.
-Low voltage protection and maneuver elements.
-Land-to-ground network (neutral, herrages among others).
-Protection and maneuver elements (switches, dryers, self-valves, etc.).
-Measurement and signaling elements.
-Auxiliary systems (ventilation, lighting, water extraction, etc.).
-Prefabricated transformation centers. Types and features.
-Interpretation of plans. Symbology and plans of transformation centres.
2. Assembly of weather transformation centers.
-Fases of the mount. Material collection.
-Previous administrative authorizations.
-Repose, lands (hardware, neutral, etc.). Characteristics of the terrain. Opening ditches.
-Support assembly and transformer fittings. Transformer hoist.
-Assembly auxiliary elements. Protection and maneuver.
-Driver connection.
-Mount and connection of low voltage frames.
-Required tools and equipment.
-Security teams.
3. Assembly of interior transformation centers.
-Fases of the mount. Material collection.
-Previous administrative authorizations.
-Repose. Land (fittings, neutral, etc.). Characteristics of the terrain. Opening ditches.
-Assembly and connection of cells (line, transformers, measure among others).
-Assembly and connection of transformers. Types and features.
-Montage low voltage modular frame. Types and features.
-Required tools and equipment.
-Security teams.
4. Putting into service of a transformation center.
-Put into service procedure. Discards.
-Previous administrative authorizations.
-Supply company rules.
-Initial Inspection Procedure. Continuity checks, order of phases, isolation among others).
-Pre-regulatory measurements and checks (pass and contact stress among others).
-Tools, equipment, and auxiliary technical means.
-Electrical and security regulations.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Naming: Maintenance of transformation centers.
Code: UF0998
Duration: 50 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Perform predictive and preventive maintenance of an open and prefabricated transformation center from the technical documentation.
CE1.1 Set the maintenance frequency of the installation elements from the average life times indicated in the manufacturer's documentation.
CE1.2 Perform inspection of installation components:
-Mechanical and interlocking elements.
-Disjunction of the circuit breaker.
-Land (connections, ohmic values).
-Oil levels, temperature.
-State of the cabling.
CE1.3 In the scale installation of an open and prefabricated transformation centre, using the appropriate procedure, tools and means of protection and security, perform the following operations:
-Replacing wiggle, protection, or measure elements.
-Fuse reposition.
-Simulation of the connection maneuvers, disconnect from the automatic switch, using the appropriate procedure and safety equipment.
-Simulation of the typical maneuvers of the transformation center (jobs in the line, connection and disconnection of cells and elements, among others).
C2: Perform corrective maintenance of an open and prefabricated transformation center from the technical documentation.
CE2.1 In the diagnosis and location of faults in a center of transformation of weathering and prefabricated:
-Interpret the symptoms of the fault by relating it to the elements of the installation.
-hypothesize the possible causes of the breakdown by describing the relationship between the effects described and the causes of the breakdown.
-Perform an intervention plan for the cause or cause of the breakdown.
CE2.2 In the scale installation of a prefabricated and prefabricated transformation center:
-Perform the procedure for diagnosing protection and maneuver elements.
-Simulate the tests, measurements, and checks to be performed, using the necessary procedures, technical and security means.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and the results obtained.
Contents
1. Predictive maintenance of transformation centers.
-Review criteria. Frequency.
-Transform center elements (supports, cells, transformers, grounding, auxiliary systems, etc.).
-Hot spots.
-Tools and technical aids (observation measurement, etc.).
-Documentary support. Review point table.
-Security teams.
2. Preventive maintenance of transformation centers.
-Replacing elements (dryers, terminals, auto-valves, etc.).
-Frequency.
-Procedures. Documentary support.
-Tools and auxiliary technical means.
-Security teams.
3. Corrective maintenance of transformation centers.
-Typical Averies in transformation centers.
-Location of faults procedure.
-Diagnostic techniques. Equipment and tools.
-Replacing or repairing items. Checks.
-Security teams.
4. Discharge and reset of voltage in transformation centers.
-Discharge procedure. Authorizations.
-Alternate service. Maneuvers to be performed.
-Supply company rules.
-Stress absence check. Tools and equipment methods.
-Senalization work zone. Fixed and portable ground.
-Stress Reset. Previous checks and measures.
-Authorizations. Documentary support.
-Location of faults procedure.
-Security rules and equipment.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations in high voltage.
Code: UF0994
Duration: 50 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3 as regards security and risk prevention.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Adopt the prevention and safety measures necessary for the protection of the health and safety of workers in the face of electrical risk.
CE3.1 Disconnect the part of the installation in which the job is to be performed, verifying the absence of tension in all the active elements of the electrical installation.
CE3.2 Perform maneuvers, measurements, tests, and verifications, using protective equipment to perform established operations.
CE3.3 Determine the feasibility of the operations to be carried out before starting the work in the vicinity of elements in tension, taking the necessary safety measures to minimize the number of elements in the voltage.
CE3.4 Analyze sites at risk of fire or explosion to comply with established regulations.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Electrical risks.
-Types of electrical accidents.
-Direct contacts:
-Direct contact with two active drivers for a line.
-Direct contact with an active line and mass or ground conductor.
-Download by induction.
-Direct contact protection:
-Removing the active parts.
-Interposition of obstacles.
-Recovering the active parts.
-Indirect contacts:
-Puesta a land of the masses.
-Double isolation.
-differential switch.
-Take action in case of accident.
-Security rules:
-Jobs without tension.
-Tension jobs.
-Security material.
Methodological guidelines
Distance training:
| Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
50 | 20 |
|---|---|---|
|
50 | 20 | |
|
Unit 2-UF0998 | 50 | 20 |
| 50 | 20 |
Sequence:
To access the formative unit 2, the training unit 1 must have been exceeded.
Access criteria for students
They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
NON-LABOR PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE FOR THE ASSEMBLY AND MAINTENANCE OF HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL NETWORKS OF THE SECOND AND THIRD CATEGORIES AND CENTERS OF TRANSFORMATION.
Code: MP0205
Duration: 80 hours.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Mount high voltage overhead and overhead power grids.
CE1.1 In the installation of a high voltage line, using the appropriate procedure, tools and protection and security means, collaborate in performing the following operations:
-The armed, hoisted, and aplomb of supports.
-The laying and mooring (stapling or retention) of the cables in the insulators.
-The laying and fixing of cables in tubes, archets and on trays.
-The identification, grouping, and marking of the cables.
-The junction between drivers.
-The tensioning of the cable by getting the specified arrow.
-The mounting of the protection and maneuvering elements (sectionators and fuses, among others).
CE1.2 In the commissioning of an air and underground high voltage electrical network:
-Relate the steps to be followed with the documents or technical means, auxiliaries and permits, among others, and materials used in each of them.
-Indicate the characteristic measures and parameters to be controlled, describing the measurement devices to be used and the measurement procedure.
C2: Maintain and repair high voltage overhead and underground power grids.
CE2.1 In the diagnosis and location of breakdowns in high voltage overhead power lines:
-Interpret the symptoms of the fault by relating it to the elements of the installation.
-hypothesize the possible causes of the breakdown by describing the relationship between the effects described and the causes of the breakdown.
-Perform an intervention plan for the cause or cause of the breakdown.
-Indicate the tests, measures and checks to be performed, specifying the procedures and technical and security means to be used.
-Collaborate the diagnostic procedure for the protection and maneuver elements.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and the results obtained.
CE2.2 In an installation of a high voltage line, using the appropriate procedure, tools, equipment and protective and security means, participate in the performance of the following operations:
-Replacing wiggle or protection elements.
-Fuse reposition.
-Replacing insulators.
-Participate in connecting and disconnecting the line to another network, substation, or transformation center.
C3: Mount weathering and prefabricated transformation centers.
CE3.1 In the installation of a center of transformation of weathering and prefabricated, using the procedure, the tools and means of protection and safety adequate, collaborate in the realization of the following operations:
-Mounting the elements of the transformation center and, where appropriate, the cells.
-Conexion of the conductors to the transformer and to the other elements (embedded and connected of sectionators, protection elements, cells among themselves, among others).
-Assembly and connection of grounding networks.
-Mount of low voltage frames.
CE3.2 In the commissioning of an open and prefabricated transformation centre:
-Relate the steps to follow with the technical, auxiliary, and permission documents, among others.
-Indicate the performance of the characteristic measures and the parameters to be controlled, using the measurement and security procedure to be used.
-List the processing center hook procedures with the distribution network and the link to the network at low voltage.
-Indicate the connection, disconnect, and voltage regulation maneuvers, using the appropriate security procedure and equipment.
C4: Maintain and repair weathering and prefabricated processing centers.
CE4.1 In the diagnosis and location of breakdowns in an open and prefabricated transformation center:
-Interpret the symptoms of the fault by relating it to the elements of the installation.
-hypothesize the possible causes of the breakdown by describing the relationship between the effects described and the causes of the breakdown.
-Perform an intervention plan for the cause or cause of the breakdown.
-Perform the procedure for diagnosing protection and maneuver elements.
-Develop the tests, measurements, and checks to be performed, using the necessary procedures, technical and security means.
-Compose a report of the activities developed and the results obtained.
CE4.2 In the repair of an open and prefabricated transformation center, using the appropriate procedure, tools and means of protection and safety, participate in the realization of the following operations:
-Replacing wiggle, protection, or measure elements.
-Fuse reposition.
-Realization of the connection maneuvers, disconnect from the automatic switch, using the appropriate procedure and safety equipment.
-Performing the typical maneuvers of the transformation center (jobs in the line, connection and disconnection of cells and elements, among others).
C5: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the job center.
CE5.1 Behave responsibly in both human relationships and the jobs to be performed.
CE5.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.
CE5.3 Diligently undertake the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to bring them into line with the work rate of the company.
CE5.4 Integrate into the production processes of the job center.
CE5.5 Use the established communication channels.
CE5.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.
Contents
1. Mounting of high voltage power grids.
-Features of the elements of the networks. Check.
-Realization of ditches and pipes.
-Installing supports.
-Tend and cable marking.
-Empalmes. Measurement of continuity and isolation.
-Arrows. Regulation and measurement.
-Assembly of protection and maneuver elements.
-grounding measurements.
-Puesta in service. Book of Orders.
-Supply company rules.
-Installation documentation.
-Connection procedures.
2. Repair of high voltage power grids.
-Typical Averies in high-voltage power grids.
-Causes of breakdowns: internal, external.
-Effects caused by breakdowns.
-Connection and disconnect: Maniworks and procedures.
-Replacing and repositioning items. Procedures.
-Supply company rules.
-Making performance reports and results.
3. Assembly of transformation centers.
-Assembly of elements: Cells, dryers, fuses among others.
-Mount of support hardware.
-Low voltage tables. Mounting procedures.
-Element-ionization: linear-transformer, lightning, transformer-low-voltage frame.
-grounding installations.
-Measurement of grounding isolation levels.
-Puesta in service. Book of Orders.
-Installation documentation.
-Connection and disconnect. Procedures.
-Tension Regulation.
4. Repair of transformation centers.
-Averies typical of a transformation center.
-Localization of breakdowns. External, internal.
-Take Action Procedures.
-Replacement procedures for protection, maneuver, and measurement elements.
-Maniworks of dryers and switches.
-Fixed and portable land bridges. Procedures.
-Connection and disconnect. Rules of the supplying company.
-Making performance reports and results.
5. Integration and communication in the workplace.
-Responsible behavior in the job center.
-Respect to the procedures and rules of the work center.
-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.
-Recognition of the organization's production process.
-Using the communication channels set in the job center.
-Adequation to the company's work rate.
-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.
IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS
|
Modules | Required Accreditation | Professional experience required in the scope of the competency | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
If you have accreditation | If you do not have accreditation | ||
|
MF1177_2: Power network assembly and maintenance High voltage overhead. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, Technical Engineer, Architect Technical or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Higher Technical of the professional family of electricity and electronics. • Certificates of professionalism of Level 3 of the professional area of electrical installations of the professional family electricity and electronics. | 2 years | 4 years |
|
MF1178_2: Network assembly and maintenance High-voltage underground electrical power. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, Engineer Technical, Technical Architect or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles.
• Certificates of professionalism level 3 in the professional area of electrical installations of the professional family of electricity and electronics. | 2 years | 4 years |
|
MF1179_2: Assembly and Maintenance transformation centers. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles.
• Certificates of professionalism level 3 in the professional area of electrical installations of the professional family of electricity and electronics. | 2 years |
4 years |
V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
| Forming Space | Surface m2 15 pupils | Surface m2 25 pupils |
|---|---|---|
|
Classroom. | 45 | |
| 140 | 140 |
| M1 | M2 | M3 | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|
X |
X | X | X |
|
|
Workshop for electrical network mount and maintenance operations Second and third category high voltage and transformation centers. | X | X | X |
| Equipment | |
|---|---|
|
Classroom. | -Audio-visual equipment. -network-installed PCs, projection canon, and internet. -Specialty-specific software. -Pizars to write with marker. - Flip-chart. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for trainer. -Messes and chairs for students |
| Workshop for the mount and maintenance operations of second and third-category high-voltage power grids and transformation centers. | -Manual tools for electrical jobs. -Manual tools for mechanical jobs. -Plumas, cablestrants, brake machine. -Pilot cable, pulleys, tractel, pertiga, grillete and claw tensioner, hydraulics among others. -presses, matrices, tools for wedge-to-pressure drifts. -Maces and sinks, blades, pallets, paces, pointers, among others. -Machines for machining work. -Cable bobbins, cats, rollers, among others.
-Elements for cable labeling. -Overturns of prebuilt transform centers. -Actionators for Cabin Manipulation. -Fuse Extractors. -Teodolite. -Isolation Meter. -Telurometer. -Dynamometer. -Thermometer. -Voltiamperimetric Pinza. -Termovision Equipment. -Voltage Absence Testers. -Subteam verification and location of underground cables. -Test equipment for relay taring. -Individual and individual protective equipment and elements collectives (gloves, goggles, boots, portable lands, sidewalks and carpets -Computer tools for documentation. -Portable terminal for maintenance |
It should not be interpreted that the various identified learning spaces should necessarily be differentiated by closure.
The facilities and equipment must comply with the relevant industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and respond to the universal accessibility and safety measures of the participants.
The number of units to be provided with the tools, machines and tools specified in the training spaces will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, in their case, to attend to the top number.
In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.
ANNEX V
I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
Denomination: Assembly and maintenance of local data network telephony and infrastructure systems.
Code: ELES0209
Professional Family: Electricity & Electronics
Professional Area: Telecommunication Facilities
Professional qualification level: 2
Professional reference qualification:
ELE189_2 Assembly and maintenance of local data network infrastructure and telephony systems. (R.D. 1228/2006, of 27 October)
Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:
UC0599_2: Mount and maintain telephony systems with low-capacity centralites.
UC0600_2: Mount and maintain local data network infrastructures.
General competition:
Install and maintain low-capacity telephone exchanges with their associated facility, and local data network infrastructures, wired, wireless and VSAT according to the technical documentation, quality criteria, under security conditions and in compliance with the current rules.
Professional Environment:
Professional scope:
Develops its professional activity in micro, small and medium-sized enterprises, mostly private, in the areas of low-capacity telephone exchange facilities and data network infrastructures, either by own or foreign account, the activity being regulated by the Regulation of the Common Infrastructure of Telecommunications.
Productive Sectors:
This professional is located in the telecommunications sector, in the assembly and maintenance activities of telephone systems and local data networks.
Occupations or related jobs:
7533.1067 Communications Technician.
7533.1058 Equipment and communication systems installer.
Telephony installer (consumer area).
Phone Equipment Installer.
Installation and maintenance technician of local networks.
Phone and Telematic Equipment Installer.
Telephone and telegraphic equipment installers and repairers.
Local network and telematics technician.
Duration of the associated training: 420 hours.
Relationship of training modules and training units:
MF0599_2: Assembly and maintenance of telephone systems with low capacity centralites. (180 hours)
• UF1118 Assembly of telephone systems with low capacity switchboards. (80 hours)
• UF1119 Maintenance of telephone systems with low capacity switchboards. (70 hours)
• UF1120 (transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations in telephony. (30 hours)
MF0600_2: Mounting and maintaining local data network infrastructures. (190 hours)
• UF1121 Local data network infrastructure assembly. (80 hours)
• UF1122 Maintenance of local data network infrastructures. (80 hours)
• UF1120 (transversal) Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations in telephony. (30 hours)
MP0232: Non-work professional practice module for the assembly and maintenance of telephone systems and infrastructures of local data networks. (80 hours)
Linking with professional trainings
The training provided in the UF1120 training unit of the MF0599_2 and MF0600_2 training modules of this certificate of professionalism guarantees the level of knowledge needed to obtain the training for the performance of the basic level of occupational risk prevention functions, in accordance with Annex IV of the Prevention Services Regulation, approved by Royal Decree 39/1997 of 17 January.
II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
Competition Unit 1
Denomination: Mount and maintain telephony systems with low-capacity centralites.
Level: 2
Code: UC0599_2
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Mounting pipes and laying the wiring from the switchboard to the user takes, in quality and safety conditions, complying with the current regulations.
CR1.1 Material collection conforms to project specifications and is distributed according to the assembly plan.
CR1.2 Installation repose is in line with project plans and specifications.
CR1.3 Cabling and wiring elements are mounted according to the manufacturer's instructions and ensuring mechanical fastening and aesthetic quality.
CR1.4 Cabling is tended without modifying the characteristics of the cables and is labeled following the project specifications and/or established procedure.
CR1.5 The delivery (insert regletters) are mounted and connected according to the technical documentation, ensuring the reliability of the connections.
CR1.6 The distribution and continuity of the pairs in the user takes is verified by performing the testing of the wiring and according to the technical documentation.
CR1.7 Measurement instruments, tools and apparatus are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
RP2: Install centralites, multiline systems, and installation elements in quality and safety conditions, complying with current regulations.
CR2.1 The features of the switchboard and elements of the installation are verified to match project specifications or service needs.
CR2.2 The space allocated to the location of the switchboard is checked to match the one indicated in the project or documentation, meets the appropriate environmental conditions (temperature and ventilation, among others) and allows assembly and maintenance.
CR2.3 The switchboard, extensions, and uninterrupted power systems (S.A. I ' s) are installed by consulting the manufacturer's manual, ensuring mechanical attachment and according to the client's instructions.
CR2.4 The lines, extensions and accessories, among others, of the switchboard are connected without modifying the characteristics of the cables, respecting the maximum permitted lengths indicated in the manufacturer's manual and ensuring the reliability of the connections.
CR2.5 In the power supply installation, it is verified that it is independent of all other circuits, has the appropriate section and has the required protection and grounding.
CR2.6 User sockets are mounted, fixed, and connected while respecting the labeling of the cables and according to the manufacturer's technical documentation and instructions.
CR2.7 The switchboard is configured according to the project and/or client's needs by following the manufacturer's manual and works according to the specified schedule.
CR2.8 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the report of the mount.
RP3: Maintain and repair telephony systems by following established procedures under appropriate quality, security and response time.
CR3.1 The dysfunction or failure, the cause that produces it, and the affected elements are determined by functional checking and telephone installation parameters (centralite, wiring, lines, extensions, and terminals). telephone, among others).
CR3.2 The type of breakdown and cost of the repair is accurately collected in the budget.
CR3.3 The replacement of the deteriorated element is performed using the appropriate mount and dismount sequence and checking that the replaced element is identical or the same characteristics as the broken down.
CR3.4 The extensions and/or modifications of the system elements are made according to the manufacturer's technical and manual documentation.
CR3.5 The configuration of the switchboard is modified according to the manufacturer's manual and/or client's needs.
CR3.6 Measurement instruments, tools and apparatus are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR3.7 The developed work, the replaced elements, and the modifications introduced are collected in the repair report.
Professional Context
Production media
Manual tools for electrical work (pelacables, impact tool, grimping tongs, marking tools, and passable guide, among others). Manual tools for mechanical work (pliers and screwdrivers, among others). Measuring and checking instruments (polymeter and wiring checker, among others). Machines for basic machining work. PC and centralite configuration computing applications. Safety and security equipment and elements.
Products and results
Centralites and accessories installed. Cabling of telephony systems. Telephony systems installed.
Information used or generated
Project documentation. Work orders. Parts of breakdowns. Manuals of the teams. Product catalogues. Rules and Regulations (REBT). Regulations on Common Infrastructure for Access to Telecommunications Services in the Interior of Buildings. (ICT). Safety standards. Budget. Report for the realization of the invoice. Assembly report. Parts of the job.
Competition Unit 2
Denomination: Mount and maintain local data network infrastructures.
Level: 2
Code: UC0600_2
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Mounting pipes and laying the means of transmission (vertical, horizontal and access between buildings) in conditions of quality and safety, complying with the current regulations.
CR1.1 Material collection conforms to project specifications and is distributed according to the assembly plan.
CR1.2 The location of the building access (campus network), communications rooms (communications cabinets) and equipment rooms are checked to meet the project specifications and the mounting conditions and maintenance.
CR1.3 Installation repose is in line with plans, project specifications, and/or regulations.
CR1.4 The channelings and fixing elements of the transmission means (between buildings, vertical and horizontal) are mounted according to the manufacturer's instructions and ensuring mechanical fastening and aesthetic quality.
CR1.5 Transmission media is tended and tagged without modifying the characteristics of the media.
CR1.6 The typical parameters, distribution, and continuity of the cables are verified to comply with the technical documentation.
CR1.7 The technical means, tools, and measuring devices are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR1.8 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the repair report.
RP2: Install equipment, connection panels, and auxiliary elements at locations, in quality and safety conditions, complying with current regulations.
CR2.1 The features of the installation's equipment, panels, and auxiliary elements are checked to match the project specifications.
CR2.2 The location of the spaces: access to the building, communications rooms (communications cabinets) and equipment rooms is checked to meet the specifications of the project and/or regulations, with the environmental conditions adequate (temperature and ventilation, among others) allowing assembly and maintenance.
CR2.3 The power supply installation verifies that:
-It is independent of all other circuits and the appropriate section.
-It has the required protections and grounding.
CR2.4 The "racks" are mounted by consulting the manufacturer's instructions and contain the necessary elements for the assembly of the equipment (organization of the wiring and possibilities of expansion, among others) and the equipment labeled (hub, switch and router, among others) are arranged inside according to the technical documentation.
CR2.5 The equipment and parching panels on the rack are connected:
-Using the approved transmission media and the categories specified in the technical documentation.
-Without modifying the characteristics of the same and getting good electrical contact.
CR2.6 User takes:
-They are connected by respecting the labeling of the cables and according to the technical documentation.
-They are mounted and fixed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
-They are labeled using easily identifiable elements.
CR2.7 The measuring instruments, tools and apparatus are used according to the requirements of each intervention and have the calibration certificate in force when required by the regulations.
CR2.8 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the report of the mount.
RP3: Install antennas, equipment, and elements for wireless and VSAT networks in accordance with the procedures set out in quality, safety and compliance with current regulations.
CR3.1 The location of the access points and antennas for wireless networks is checked to meet the requirements of the project and the manufacturer's indications.
CR3.2 The antennas, outer unit, interior unit in VSAT network terminals are verified to meet project and/or regulatory specifications.
CR3.3 Signal capture elements (parables, masts, turrets, fastening systems, signal adaptation, and active elements) in VSAT network terminals, are mounted in compliance with project and/or regulatory specifications specifies.
CR3.4 The grounding of antennas and equipment is performed in compliance with current regulations.
CR3.5 Antennas are oriented by getting the signal received from the optimal level and quality (PIRE, G/T ratio, and secondary lobes level, among others).
CR3.6 The wiring between antennas and equipment is performed using approved transmission means and the categories specified in the technical documentation without modifying the characteristics of the same and achieving good contact electrical.
CR3.7 Measurement instruments, tools and apparatus are used according to the requirements of each intervention.
CR3.8 The work developed and the modifications introduced are collected in the installation report.
RP4: Maintain data network installations in accordance with established procedures, under appropriate quality, security and response time.
CR4.1 The dysfunction or failure, the cause that produces it, and the affected elements are determined by functional checking and network parameters.
CR4.2 The type of breakdown and cost of the repair are accurately collected in the budget.
CR4.3 The replacement of the deteriorated element of the installation is performed using the appropriate mount and dismount sequence and the replaced element is identical or the same characteristics as the broken down.
CR4.4 The signal parameters in the intervened element are measured and verified that they are within the margins specified in the technical documentation.
CR4.5 The technical means, tools and apparatus of measurement are used according to the requirements of each intervention and have the calibration certificate in force when required by the regulations.
CR4.6 The developed work, the replaced elements, and the modifications introduced are collected in the repair report.
Professional Context
Production media
Manual tools for electrical work (pelacables, impact tool, grimping tongs, marking tools, and passable guide, among others). Manual tools for mechanical work (pliers, screwdrivers, tennasses and fibre cutters, among others). Measuring and checking instruments (network certifier, wiring checker, optical reflectometer, spectrum analyzer and field meter, among others). Machines for basic machining work. Safety and security equipment and elements.
Products and results
Data Network Infrastructure Facilities.
Information used or generated
Project technical documentation. Work orders. Parts of breakdown description. Manuals of the different teams. Rules and regulations. Regulations on Common Infrastructure for Access to Telecommunications Services in the Interior of Buildings (ICT), Electrotechnical Low-Tension Regulation (REBT), EEI/Aunt Standards, CENELEC Standards, ISO Standards and Safety Standards, among others. Budget. Assembly report. Labelling scheme. Parts of work. Report for the realization of the invoice.
III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
FORMATIVE MODULE 1
Denomination: Assembly and maintenance of telephone systems with low-capacity switchboards.
Code: MF0599_2
Professional qualification level: 2
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC0599_2: Mount and maintain telephony systems with low-capacity centralites.
Duration: 180 hours.
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Montage of telephone systems with low-capacity switchboards.
Code: UF1118
Duration: 80 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP2.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze telephony systems with low-capacity PBX centralites, identifying their elements and the most relevant features of them.
CE1.1 Describe the technical characteristics of telephony systems by linking them to their functional capabilities and capabilities.
CE1.2 List the elements that make up the telephony system describing their function and general characteristics.
CE1.3 In a low-capacity PBX centralized telephony system, properly characterized:
-Identify the type of installation (analog or digital), the equipment and elements that configure it, relating the actual components to the symbols that appear in the schemas.
-Escorch the installation in functional blocks, describing the function and characteristics of each of the elements that compose it.
-Identify the link lines, extension lines, and connections to the other associated elements by linking them to the schemas.
-Identify the variation of the parameters characteristic of the installation in the case of simulated breakdowns, explaining the relationship between the effects produced at the reception and the causes that cause them.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
C2: Analyze low-capacity PBX-type telephone switchboards, identifying the parts that make up the PBX type and the most relevant features.
CE2.1 Classify the centralites based on the technology used indicating the differences between them.
CE2.2 Describe the type services integrated into a PBX switchboard: connection with computers, voice/data integration, traffic and network training measures, among others, relating to their characteristic applications.
CE2.3 Describe the type services associated with a PBX: voice messaging, search for people, and telephone ltitin, among others, relating them to their characteristic applications.
C3: Perform the wiring and cabling assembly from the switchboard to the user takes in quality and safety conditions in accordance with the current regulations.
CE3.1 In the pipe assembly from the switchboard to the user takes:
-Identify the spaces by which the installation will run from the technical documentation.
-Detect the possible mounting difficulties in the areas through which the pipes run, interpreting the symbology of the architectural plans of the building and indicating the possible solutions to be adopted.
-Select the elements and materials (pipes, anchors, pipes, cables, barbs, among others) to be used in the telephone system assembly, choosing the items on the catalog or in the warehouse.
-Select necessary tools and equipment (grimping tongs, impact tool, wiring checker, general tool and machine tools) for mounting on a set of tools miscellaneous or on catalog.
-Mounting the pipes and wiring elements taking into account the manufacturer's specifications and ensuring mechanical restraint and aesthetic quality.
CE3.2 In cable laying from the switchboard to user takes:
-Tender the cabling without modifying the cable characteristics.
-Label the cables by following the project specifications and/or the established procedures.
-Tender the wiring in the pipes between the regletters and user takes by applying the appropriate technique by avoiding the cross between the cables.
-Check the distribution and continuity of cables and connections according to the technical documentation.
C4: Perform the assembly of telephone systems with low-capacity PBX centralites, from the technical documentation.
CE4.1 In a mounting of a low-capacity PBX-centric telephony system with the technical documentation:
-Identify space for the switchboard and accessory equipment by checking that it matches the one indicated in the project or technical documentation.
-Check that the space allocated to the switchboard meets the appropriate environmental conditions (temperature and ventilation among others) and allows for installation and maintenance.
-Select the items and materials (centralità and S.A. I ' s, among others) to be used in the mount, choosing the items on catalog or in the storeroom.
-Select necessary tools and equipment (crimping tongs, impact tool, wiring checker, general tool, and machine tools) for mounting on a set of tools miscellaneous or on catalog.
CE4.2 In a mount of a low-capacity PBX switchboard system:
-Use the measurement tools and instruments and the appropriate protection equipment and media for the activity to be performed.
-Mount the switchboard in its position, ensuring its mechanical fixation and following the manufacturer's instructions.
-Identify digital and analog lines of both input and internal in an unmistakable way.
-Conexion link lines, extensions, user takes and elements associated with the switchboard by getting good electrical contact and no deterioration of the connectors.
-Schedule the switchboard according to the specifications requested, following the instructions in the manufacturer's manual and using the appropriate means.
-Perform the functional tests of the installation by contrasting the requested conditions with the actual capabilities, proceeding in an orderly manner.
-Develop a report of mounting of the developed activities, incidents and results obtained.
Contents
1. Internal telephony network.
-Transmission media:
-Types (simple, balanced cables, twisted pair).
-Features (bandwidth, attenuation, etc.).
-Electrical parameters and equivalent circuit.
-Senalization in internal telephony networks.
-Equipment in the internal telephony network:
-Terminals (phones).
-Automatic counters.
-Facsimile (fax).
-Dataphones.
-Internal telephony network topology:
-Star, tree, polygonal.
-Installation types (analog, digital).
-Link lines, extensions.
-Basic Instrumentation and Instrumentation:
-Plug-in tools for connectors, roll guns, crimpers, stapling, etc.
-Measurement instrumentation (polymeter, protocol analyzers, tellurometer, internal network testers).
2. Private switchgear (PBX).
-Multiline systems KTS and central PBX.
-Operation of PBX switchboards.
-Structure of PBX switchboards (power, control, switching, etc.).
-Hardware in PBX centralites (processor, extensions, links, etc.).
-PBX centralites types based on:
-Switch system.
-Control system.
-Program.
-Signage system.
-Type of services.
-Network Type
-Integrated Services in PBX Centralites:
-Automatic Call Distribution (ACD).
-Management functions (alarm service, calls made, amount of calls, warnings, etc.).
-Connecting to computers.
-Network training.
-Traffic measures.
-Integration voz/data.
-Central associated services:
-Vocal messaging systems.
-Operator aid.
-Telephone Listin.
-Managing the pricing.
-Search for people.
-Wireless connections.
-Video Conference.
-Characteristics of the premises intended for the installation of switchboards.
3. Mounting of the driver's wiring and laying systems.
-Interpretation of the architectural plan and identification of the telephone installation:
-Architectural symbology.
-Phone symbology.
-Cabling driving systems:
-Types of cable-driving systems.
-Installation techniques for cable management systems.
-Telephony installations:
-Identification of the types of fixings (supports, structures, tornities, collars, staples, clamps, chemical fixings).
-Fixations mount techniques.
-Selection of equipment and application of safety standards used in the preparation, machining and fixing of driver driving systems.
-Fixing distribution boxes, regletters, rosettes, and switchboards.
-Driver types:
-Pair Cables: Bifilar, multipar, of twisted pairs.
-Constitution and color codes for pairs cables.
-Coaxial cables.
-Driver-laying techniques.
-Identification and tagging of drivers.
-Use of equipment and application of safety standards in the laying and connection of drivers.
4. Assembly of telephone systems with PBX switchboards.
-Conjunction of rosettes to the regletters of the distribution boxes.
-Conjunction of distribution and switchboard boxes.
-Link and centralite line-up.
-Checking the grounding.
-Checking the connection lines.
-PBX centralites programming:
-Prstations and functions for external calls.
-Extension programming.
-You can service and check the programming.
-Interconnection and cabling documentation.
-Final test report and verifications.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Maintenance of telephone systems with low-capacity switchboards.
Code: UF1119
Duration: 70 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Perform preventive maintenance on telephony systems with low-capacity PBX centralites.
CE1.1 Describe the general techniques and specific means used to perform maintenance in telephony facilities.
CE1.2 In a low-capacity PBX-type telephone switchboard installation:
-Identify the type of central and the elements that configure it, relating the elements of the installation to the symbols that appear in the schemas.
-Escorch the functional blocks of the switchboard, describing the function and characteristics of each of the blocks that compose it.
-Identify the link lines, extension lines, and connections to the other associated elements by linking them to the schemas.
-Check environmental conditions for ventilation and temperature.
-Review the SAI's batteries.
-Check the power and land line.
-Review the operation of the switchboard.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results, structuring it appropriately.
C2: Make the extension and modification of a telephone system with PBX switchboards according to the manufacturer's technical and manual documentation.
CE2.1 Perform the collection of material and tools according to the manufacturer's technical and manual documentation.
CE2.2 Make modifications and/or extensions of the telephony system elements according to the documentation.
CE2.3 Perform the new switchboard configuration according to the client's needs.
CE2.4 Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
C3: Repair failures in telephony systems with low-capacity PBX centralites according to the installation's technical documentation and the switchboard manufacturer's manual.
CE3.1 Relate the typology and typical features of the breakdowns in the centralites with the block, elements or dysfunction responsible for the breakdown.
CE3.2 Describe the diagnostic, localization, measurement and specific means used in the location of properly characterized breakdowns in centralites and telephony systems with low-capacity PBX centralites.
CE3.3 In an assumed, properly characterized, real or simulated breakdown in a low-capacity PBX switchboard system:
-Identify the symptoms of the fault, characterizing it for the effects it produces on the installation.
-hypothesize the possible cause or causes of the breakdown by relating it to the symptoms present in the installation.
-Perform an intervention plan for the cause or cause of the breakdown.
-Select the appropriate tools, tools, and measuring instruments for the necessary interventions, to be performed in the repair of the fault.
-Replace the element or component responsible for the fault, making the necessary interventions for that replacement.
-Perform the necessary tests and adjustments as specified in the installation documentation.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results, structuring it appropriately for correct documentation of both the process and the results obtained.
Contents
1. Maintenance operations of telephony facilities.
-Maintenance plans in telephony facilities:
-Predictive.
-Corrective.
-Periodic control and maintenance operations:
-State of equipment operability, cabling, and connections.
-Planning the work phases in maintenance management.
-Tools, equipment and measuring instruments and auxiliary technical means.
-Documentation for maintenance:
-Inventory. Identification of equipment.
-Planes, schemas, and sketches.
-Instructions manual.
-Computer applications.
-Other documents.
-Diagnostic and troubleshooting strategies:
-Typology and diagnostics.
-Localization of the fault causing element.
-Specifying the measures to be taken for fault correction.
2. Means and techniques for analyzing the parameters of telephony facilities.
-Handling basic instrumentation in fault detection:
-Polimeter.
-Telurometer.
-Internal network testers.
-Analysis and measurement of installation parameters:
-AC/DC tensions.
-Line resistance.
-Telephone network accessibility.
-Availability of basic services.
-Transmission quality.
-Internal network resistance (phase-neutral).
-Loop resistance (phase-earth).
-Ground resistance.
-Certification and category of cabling.
3. Extension and modification of the PBX switchboard system.
-Identifying the needs for the expansion of the internal telephone network.
-Installing the cable management systems.
-Fixing distribution boxes, rosettes, and equipment.
-Conexion of new terminals to central PBX.
-Updating the programming of the switchboard, adding the new parameters.
-Updating the documentation on the cabling system and programming, taking into account the modifications made.
4. Typical breakdowns in telephony facilities.
-Missing power.
-False in extensions.
-Terminals (phones, fax, dataphones, pc).
-The cards in the PBX switchboard are missing.
-Unconfiguration of the programming.
-Firmware update.
-Cortes on transmission lines.
-Effects on connections.
5. Location of faults in telephony facilities.
-Connection checking:
-Alimentations.
-Land Bridges.
-Equipment and equipment connections.
-Cortocircuits.
-Tensions check:
-Power.
-External link lines.
-Extensions lines.
-Equipment Check:
-Terminals (telephones, fax, dataphones, among others).
-Central PBX.
-Rosettes.
-Connectors.
-Checking changes in the environmental conditions of the switchboard local.
-Resolution of the various breakdowns and parameter verification.
6. Preparation of the repair report.
-Description of the process and media used.
-Schemas and plans.
-Maintenance and warranty contract.
-Facility operating parameters.
-Tuning and tuning.
-Organization of the budget.
-Budget types.
-Search for devices and rates from different manufacturers.
-Estimate of repair times.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations in telephony.
Code: UF1120
Duration: 30 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3 as regards security and risk prevention.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Adopt the prevention and safety measures necessary for the protection of the health and safety of workers in the face of electrical risk.
CE3.1 Disconnect the part of the installation in which the job is to be performed, verifying the absence of tension in all the active elements of the electrical installation.
CE3.2 Perform maneuvers, measurements, tests, and verifications, using protective equipment to perform established operations.
CE3.3 Determine the feasibility of the operations to be carried out before starting the work in the vicinity of elements in tension, taking the necessary safety measures to minimize the number of elements in the voltage.
CE3.4 Analyze sites at risk of fire or explosion to comply with established regulations.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Electrical risks.
-Types of electrical accidents.
-Direct contacts:
-Direct contact with two active drivers for a line.
-Direct contact with an active line and mass or ground conductor.
-Download by induction.
-Direct contact protection:
-Removing the active parts.
-Interposition of obstacles.
-Recovering the active parts.
-Indirect contacts:
-Puesta a land of the masses.
-Double isolation.
-differential switch.
-Take action in case of accident.
-Security rules:
-Jobs without tension.
-Tension jobs.
-Security material.
Methodological guidelines
Distance training:
| Total duration in hours of the training units | N. 80 | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 | 80 |
| 30 | ||||
| 70 | 30 | |||||||||||
|
Formative Unit 3-UF1120 | 30 | 20 |
Sequence:
To access the formative unit 2, the training unit 1 must have been exceeded.
Access criteria for students
They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
FORMATIVE MODULE 2
Naming: Mounting and maintaining local data network infrastructures.
Code: MF0600_2
Professional qualification level: 2
Associated with the Competition Unit:
UC0600_2: Mount and maintain local data network infrastructures.
Duration: 190 hours
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Local network infrastructure mount of data.
Code: UF1121
Duration: 80 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP2.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze the local area data network infrastructure installations, identifying the teams and elements that make up the site and the most relevant features of them.
CE1.1 Describe the topologies of the local area data networks based on the interconnection configuration of the computers (ring, star, and bus, among others).
CE1.2 Enunciate the characteristics of the transmission media (cable, fiber), according to the speed of transmission and scope of application in the installation.
CE1.3 Enunciate the characteristics of the transmission and reception elements of the different types of wireless networks by comparing their capabilities to the wired networks.
CE1.4 Describe the optimal layout of the distribution, accessories and wiring equipment in the racks by optimizing the available space and facilitating access to the equipment.
CE1.5 Classify distribution teams (hub and switch, among others) used in local area data network infrastructures by relating each of them to their characteristic applications.
CE1.6 Compare typical configurations of cabling systems (structured, unstructured) used in local data network infrastructures indicating the advantages and disadvantages of each of them.
C2: Perform the assembly of pipes and means of transmission (vertical, horizontal and access between buildings) in conditions of quality and safety, complying with the current regulations.
CE2.1 On the mount of pipes and media:
-Identify the spaces by which the installation will run from the technical documentation.
-Detect the possible difficulties of mounting in the areas through which the channels and means of transmission run, interpreting the symbology of the architectural plans of the building and indicating the possible solutions that can be adopted.
-Check that the location of access to the building (campus network), communications rooms and equipment meet the project specifications and the mounting and maintenance conditions.
-Select the elements and materials (pipes, anchors, pipes, cables, barbs, among others) to be used in the assembly, choosing the items over catalog or in the warehouse.
-Select necessary tools and equipment (crimping tongs, impact tool, wiring checker, general tool, and machine tools) for mounting on a set of tools miscellaneous or on catalog.
CE2.2 In the distribution of transmission media from the communications and equipment rooms to user takes:
-Mounting the pipes and fixing elements of the transmission means taking into account the manufacturer's specifications and ensuring mechanical restraint and aesthetic quality.
-Tender the cabling without modifying the cable characteristics.
-Label the cables by following the project specifications and/or the established procedures.
-Perform wiring between antennas and equipment using the approved transmission media and the categories specified in the technical documentation.
-Tender the wiring in the pipes between the regletters and user takes by applying the appropriate technique by avoiding the cross between the cables.
-Check the distribution and continuity of cables and connections according to the technical documentation.
CE2.3 Develop a report of the work developed in the installation with the appropriate structure.
C3: Perform the assembly of antennas, equipment and elements for wireless and VSAT networks in accordance with established procedures and in conditions of quality, safety and in accordance with current regulations.
CE3.1 In the assembly of antennas, equipment, and elements for wireless and VSAT networks:
-Check that the location of the access points and the antennas for wireless and VSAT networks comply with the project specifications, manufacturer's indications, and current regulations.
-Mounting signal capture elements (parables, masts, turrets, fastening systems, signal adaptation, and active elements) in VSAT network terminals complying with project and/or regulatory specifications specifies.
-Perform the grounding of antennas and equipment while respecting the regulations.
-Perform the orientation of the antennas by making the received signal level and optimal quality.
CE3.2 Develop a report of the work done in the installation by structuring it appropriately.
C4: Perform local network installations of data with star topology.
CE4.1 On mounting a wired and/or wireless local network installation:
-Use the appropriate tools, measurement instruments, and protective equipment for the activity to be performed.
-Repose the installation according to plans and taking into account possible solutions to architectural contingencies.
-Mounting and connecting user takes at the position indicated on the planes safely and getting good electrical contact.
-Mount the communications racks or cabinets and their accessory elements by optimizing the available space.
-Place the equipment in the racks or location according to the technical documentation.
-Conexion the distribution equipment and parching panels by achieving good electrical contact and no deterioration of the connectors.
-Group the wiring with elements that allow easy manipulation and identify it in an unmistakable way according to the intended procedure.
-Mount wireless devices in their locations, managing to optimize the broadcast and reception.
-Perform the measurements of the installation parameters by contrasting the values obtained with those specified in the technical and/or normative documentation.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
Contents
1. Local area data networks.
-Network types (LAN, MAN, WAN, among others).
-Network topology (bus, ring, star, among others).
-Network elements:
-Servers, interconnect devices, transmission media.
-Other physical elements (rack, gutters, connectors, and rosettes, whips).
-Network adapters (Ethernet and wifi).
-Operating systems (windows, unix, Os X, among others).
-Network protocols:
-TCP/IP. Structure. IP classes. IP addresses. Ipv4. 6.
-Netware. Ipx/Spx.
-Network configuration.
-Tools used in local networking facilities.
-Installing/configuring network equipment:
-Installation procedures.
-Configuring network adapters on free operating systems and owners.
-Basic configuration of wired and wireless network interconnect devices.
-Basic security in wired and wireless networks.
2. Mounting of the driver's wiring and laying systems.
-Interpretation of the architectural plan and identification of the network installation:
-Architectural symbology.
-Identifying spaces.
-Types of cabling driving systems:
-Assembly techniques for cable management systems.
-Fixing elements in the network facilities (supports, structures, tornilings, collars, staples, clamps, chemical fixings).
-Fixations mount techniques.
-Application of safety standards used in the preparation, machining and fixing of driver driving systems.
-Fixing cabinets, devices, bases among others.
-Driver types:
-Coaxial (Thick or thick, Thin or thin).
-Praised pair (UTP or non-staid, STP or staid, FTP or uniform).
-Optical fiber. (monomode, multimode)
-Driver-laying techniques (structured cabling).
-Identification and tagging of drivers.
-Use of equipment and application of safety standards in the laying and connection of drivers.
3. Assembly of wireless and VSAT networks.
-Classification of wireless networks:
-By scope.
-According to the service.
-Principles of satellite communications.
-The satellite signal:
-Bottom and top-down link.
-Footprint or satellite footprint.
-Noise.
-Bandwidth.
-The location of the fetch systems.
-Catch and accessories systems:
-Parabolic.
-Electronic systems.
-Masts and turrets.
-Fixing and fixing systems.
-Orientation of fetch systems.
-Puesta land from the fetch systems.
-Internal drive.
-HUB.s stations.
-Vsat configurations:
-Star (bidirectional, one-way).
-Malla.
4. Installing local data networks with star topology.
-Repose of local network installations with star topology.
-Mounting and fixing user takes on network installations with star topology.
-Mounting and fixing racks and communications cabinets in network installations with star topology.
-Colocation of interconnection devices (hub's, switch, routers, among others).
-Cracking and preparing drivers and whiplash.
-Identification of cabling.
-Team Conexion.
-Measurement of parameters:
-Wireless network coverage.
-Interferences.
-Checking the cabling.
-Protocol analysis.
-Processes and media used:
-Schemas and plans.
-Maintenance and warranty contract.
-Facility operating parameters.
-Tuning and tuning.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Naming: Maintenance of data local network infrastructures.
Code: UF1122
Duration: 80 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3 and RP4.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Maintain pipes and means of transmission in local network infrastructure installations of wired data.
CE1.1 Describe the general techniques and specific means used to perform the maintenance of pipes and means of transmission in installations of local networks of wired data.
CE1.2 In a wired local data network infrastructure installation:
-Identify the space where the installation will run from the plans and technical documentation.
-Check the status of pipes, anchors, pipes, and fastening elements.
-Verify the state of the wiring labeling in the user-takes and regletters.
-Check the status of connections between computers, antennas, and user takes.
-Develop a report of the work developed in the installation and the status of the channels and means of transmission.
C2: Maintain connection panels and equipment in local data network, wired, and/or wireless infrastructure facilities.
CE2.1 Describe the general techniques and specific means used to perform the maintenance of equipment and connection panels in local network infrastructure installations of wired data.
CE2.2 In a local network infrastructure installation of data, wired and/or wireless:
-Check the operation of wireless devices with the appropriate hardware and software tools.
-Check the operation of distribution and patching equipment with the right tools.
-Develop a report of the work developed in the installation and state of the connection panels and equipment.
C3: Maintain connection panels and equipment in VSAT data network infrastructure installations.
CE3.1 Describe the general techniques and specific means used to perform the maintenance of equipment and connection panels in local VSAT data network infrastructure facilities.
CE3.2 In a VSAT data network infrastructure installation:
-Verify the status of signal capture elements (parabolic antennas, masts, turrets) in VSAT networks.
-Check the grounding of antennas and equipment in compliance with current regulations.
-Verify the correct orientation of the antennas for optimal signal quality by following the manufacturer's instructions.
-Develop a report of the work developed in the installation and state of the VSAT network connection panels and equipment.
C4: Repair breakdowns in local data network, wired, and/or wireless infrastructure installations.
CE4.1 Explain the typology and most significant features of local network breakdowns.
CE4.2 Describe the general techniques and specific means used in locating breakdowns in local networks.
CE4.3 In a convenient, properly characterized scenario of a failure in a local network installation:
-Identify the symptoms of the fault, characterizing it for the effects it produces on the installation.
-hypothesize the possible cause or causes of the breakdown by relating it to the symptoms present in the installation.
-Perform an intervention plan for the cause or cause of the breakdown.
-Select the appropriate tools, tools, and measuring instruments for the necessary interventions, to be performed in the repair of the fault.
-Replace the element or component responsible for the fault, making the necessary interventions for that replacement.
-Perform the necessary tests and adjustments as specified in the installation documentation.
-Develop a report of the developed activities and results, structuring it appropriately for correct documentation of both the process and the results obtained.
Contents
1. Maintenance operations of local network facilities.
-Maintenance plans in local network infrastructure facilities:
-Predictive.
-Corrective.
-Periodic control and maintenance operations:
-State of equipment operability, cabling, and connections.
-Planning the work phases in maintenance management.
-Tools, equipment and measuring instruments and auxiliary technical means.
-Documentation for maintenance:
-Inventory. Identification of equipment.
-Planes, schemas, and sketches.
-Instructions manual.
-Computer applications.
-Other documents.
-Diagnostic and troubleshooting strategies:
-Typology and diagnostics.
-Localization of the fault causing element.
-Specifying the measures to be taken for fault correction.
2. Means and techniques for analyzing the parameters of local network facilities.
-Handling basic instrumentation in fault detection:
-Protocol Analizers.
-Telurometer.
-Internal network testers.
-Wifi network Analyzer.
-Cable Analyzer.
-Cabling certificates.
-Analysis of installation parameters:
-Land measure.
-Wireless network coverage.
-Interferences.
-Checking the cabling.
-Protocol analysis.
-Data transfer rate.
-Environmental values of the premises.
-Measurement of the installation parameters.
3. Frequent breakdowns in local network facilities.
-Cabling false:
-Driver Courts.
-False contacts in shots.
-Connections on connections:
-False contacts on the terminals.
-Failed on computers:
-Modems.
-Enters.
-Hub's.
-Switch.
-Repeaters.
-Access points.
-Network adapters.
-Antennas.
-Vent devices.
-Changes in antenna orientation.
-Changes in the configuration of the computers.
-Power failures.
-Loss of coverage.
-Changes in environmental conditions.
4. Location of breakdowns in local network facilities.
-Connection checking:
-Alimentations.
-Land Bridges.
-Equipment connections.
-Connections between teams.
-Equipment Check:
-Modems.
-Enters.
-Hub's.
-Switch.
-Repeaters.
-Access points.
-Network adapters.
-Forced ventilation devices.
-Thermostats.
-Checking changes in local environmental conditions.
-Resolution of the various breakdowns and parameter verification.
5. Preparation of the repair report.
-Description of the process and media used:
-Facility operating parameters.
-Tuning and tuning.
-Schemas and plans.
-Maintenance and warranty contract.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the assembly and maintenance of electrical installations in telephony.
Code: UF1120
Duration: 30 hours.
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP4 as regards security and risk prevention.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Adopt the prevention and safety measures necessary for the protection of the health and safety of workers in the face of electrical risk.
CE3.1 Disconnect the part of the installation in which the job is to be performed, verifying the absence of tension in all the active elements of the electrical installation.
CE3.2 Perform maneuvers, measurements, tests, and verifications, using protective equipment to perform established operations.
CE3.3 Determine the feasibility of the operations to be carried out before starting the work in the vicinity of elements in tension, taking the necessary safety measures to minimize the number of elements in the voltage.
CE3.4 Analyze sites at risk of fire or explosion to comply with established regulations.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Electrical risks.
-Types of electrical accidents.
-Direct contacts:
-Direct contact with two active drivers for a line.
-Direct contact with an active line and mass or ground conductor.
-Download by induction.
-Direct contact protection:
-Removing the active parts.
-Interposition of obstacles.
-Recovering the active parts.
-Indirect contacts:
-Puesta a land of the masses.
-Double isolation.
-differential switch.
-Take action in case of accident.
-Security rules:
-Jobs without tension.
-Tension jobs.
-Security material.
Methodological guidelines
Distance training:
| Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
| 30 |
|---|---|---|
|
80 | 30 | |
|
Unit 2-UF1122 | 80 | 30 |
| 30 | 20 |
Sequence:
To access the formative unit 2, the training unit 1 must have been exceeded.
Access criteria for students
They will be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree that regulates the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
NON-LABOR PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE FOR THE ASSEMBLY AND MAINTENANCE OF LOCAL DATA NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE AND TELEPHONY SYSTEMS.
Code: MP0232
Duration: 80 hours.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Cabling, mount, and install devices and accessories in wired and/or wireless local network installations and telephony:
CE1.1 Use the appropriate tools, measuring instruments, and protective equipment for the activity to be performed.
CE1.2 Identify and point out the location locations of the installation elements according to the documentation collected in the project.
CE1.3 Mounting elements, wireless devices, racks, cabinets, boxes, PBX switchboards and tubes, ensuring proper mechanical fixing and aesthetic quality.
CE1.4 Placing the equipment in the racks or location according to the technical documentation.
CE1.5 Tender the wiring in the pipes without any of its characteristics, avoiding the cross and labeling it in the appropriate place in an unmistakable way according to the established procedure.
CE1.6 Collaborate on the connection of user takes according to the position indicated on the planes safely and getting good electrical contact.
CE1.7 Help connect the distribution teams and patch panels by making good electrical contact and no deterioration of the connectors.
CE1.8 Group the wiring with elements that allow easy manipulation and identify it in an unmistakable way according to the intended procedure.
CE1.9 Assist in performing the measurements of the installation parameters by contrasting the values obtained with those specified in the technical and/or normative documentation.
C2: Participate in the diagnosis and repair of breakdowns in local network facilities and in telephony facilities with low-capacity PBX centralites.
CE2.1 Help identify the symptoms of the breakdown from the symptoms present in the installation.
CE2.2 Select the appropriate tools, tools, and measuring instruments for the necessary interventions, to be performed in the repair of the fault.
CE2.3 Replace the element or component responsible for the failure, making the necessary interventions for that replacement.
CE2.4 Contribute to the necessary tests and adjustments as specified in the installation documentation.
C3: Develop the installation or repair documentation for a wired or wireless local network installation.
CE3.1 Describe the different methods of documenting the installation of a local wired or wireless data network and its possible breakdowns.
CE3.2 In the sketch of a building or local record the location of elements and devices as well as possible extensions made to a local data network installation.
CE3.3 Attach the documentation (suppliers, features, etc.) to the elements of the installation that facilitate their maintenance and repair.
C4: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the job center.
CE4.1 Behave responsibly in both human relationships and the jobs to be performed.
CE4.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.
CE4.3 Diligently undertake the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to bring them into line with the work rate of the company.
CE4.4 Integrate into the production processes of the job center.
CE4.5 Use the established communication channels.
CE4.6 To respect at all times the measures of risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.
Contents
1. Assembly of the elements of the premises of local wired and/or wireless and telephone data networks.
-Identifying placement places in the plane.
-Measurement and preparation of driving systems for drivers, supports, boxes among others.
-Assembly of elements and devices that consist of multiple parts.
-Assembly of elements, cabinets, racks, wireless devices, antennas, boxes, tubes, bases, centralites among others, ensuring their mechanical fixation.
-Placing and fixing devices and devices at their location.
-Identification and tagging of drivers.
-Cabling wiring with the equipment and elements according to the identification of the equipment.
-Measurement of the various parameters specified in the documentation and reporting.
-Verifying the correct operation of the installation elements.
2. Repair and replacement of local data network installations and in telephony facilities with low-capacity PBX centralites.
-Interpretation of the breakdown part.
-Checking the failure history.
-Visual and functional checking of the incident.
-Substitution of the broken or damaged element.
-Check the correct operation.
-Add to the failure history.
3. Development of facilities for local data network facilities and in telephony facilities with low capacity PBX switchboards.
-Choose the procedure to follow to document the installation or repair performed.
-Relate the modifications set to the building or local plane.
-Prepare documentation for extensions made to installations.
-List of suppliers and characteristics of the material used.
4. Integration and communication in the workplace.
-Behavior at all times responsibly in the job center.
-Attitude of respect to the procedures and rules of the workplace.
-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.
-Recognition of the organization's production process.
-Using the communication channels set in the job center.
-Adequation to the company's work rate.
-Tracking the regulations for risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection.
IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS
| Required Accreditation | Professional experience required in the scope of the competency | ||
|---|---|---|---|
|
If you have accreditation | If you do not have accreditation | ||
|
MF0599_2: Telephone system assembly and maintenance with low capacity centralites. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, Technical Engineer, Technical architect or corresponding degree degree or other equivalent titles. • Senior technician in the professional family of electricity and electronics. • Certificates of Level 3 professionalism of the professional area of telecommunications facilities of the professional electricity and electronics family. | 2 years | 4 years |
|
MF0600_2: Assembly and Local data network infrastructure maintenance. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diploma, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree of degree or other titles equivalent. • Higher Technician of the professional family of electricity and electronics. • Certificates of professionalism level 3 of the professional area of facilities Telecom for the professional family of electricity and electronics. | 2 years | 4 years |
V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
| Forming Space | Surface m2 15 pupils | Surface m2 25 pupils |
|---|---|---|
|
Classroom | 45 | |
|
Local data network infrastructure and telephony systems. | 80 | 135 |
| M1 | M2 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|
| X | |||
| X | X | X Local data network infrastructure and telephony systems. | X | X |
| Equipment | |
|---|---|
|
Classroom. | -Audio-visual equipment. -network-installed PCs, projection canon, and internet. -Specialty-specific software. -Pizars to write with marker. - Flip-chart. -Classroom material. -Table and chair for trainer. -Messes and chairs for students |
| The assembly and maintenance workshop for local data network telephony and infrastructure systems. | -Polimeter. -Telurometer. -Internal Network Checkers. -Analizers protocol. -Wifi Network Analyzer. -Cable Analyzer. -Cabling certificates. -Tools. -Racks and telecommunications cabinets. -Unit ventilation devices. -Canalizations, fixings, and multiple drivers. -Multiple Regleteers. - Bases and rosettes. -Centralites PBX. -Centralites KTS. -Phone terminals (specific and non-specific). - Counters. -Fax. -Dataphones. -Connection Terminals. (RJ11, RJ45, among others). -Patch panel. -Thermal and differential. -Enters. -Hub's. -Switch. -Modems. -Access points. -Repeaters. -SAI's. -Catch devices (antennas). -PC's. |
It should not be interpreted that the various identified learning spaces should necessarily be differentiated by closure.
The facilities and equipment must comply with the relevant industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and respond to the universal accessibility and safety measures of the participants.
The number of units to be provided with the tools, machines and tools specified in the training spaces will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, in their case, to attend to the top number.
In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.
ANNEX VI
I. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
Denomination: Managing and monitoring the installation and maintenance of electromedical systems.
Code: ELEQ0208
Professional Family: Electricity & Electronics
Professional Area: Electronic Equipment
Professional qualification level: 3
Professional reference qualification:
ELE381_3: Managing and monitoring the installation and maintenance of electromedical systems. (Royal Decree 328/2008 of 29 February 2008).
Relationship of competency units that configure the certificate of professionalism:
UC1271_3: Plan and manage the installation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
UC1272_3: Monitor and perform the installation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
UC1273_3: Plan and manage the maintenance of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
UC1274_3: Monitor and maintain electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
General Competition:
Plan, manage and monitor the installation and maintenance of non-implantable active medical devices-PSANI-in electromedicine systems and their associated facilities, under quality criteria, under conditions of security and complying with current regulations.
Professional Environment:
Professional scope:
Develops its professional activity in healthcare facilities, public or private, in the services of electromedicine, and in manufacturers, distributors or providers of electromedical services, in the departments of technical assistance or customer service, whether self-employed or self-employed.
Productive Sectors:
It is located in the "Repair of electronic and optical equipment" sector, specifically in the activities related to the installation and maintenance of non-implantable active medical devices.
Occupations or related jobs:
Head of equipment installers for electromedical systems.
Coordinator and supervisor of maintenance of electromedical systems.
Electromedical application specialist.
Electromedical Systems Product Specialist.
Technical Advisor for Electromedical Systems.
Necessary requirements, for professional exercise:
Personnel handling material or radioactive equipment in an installation must be provided, as indicated in Art. 55 of RD 1836/99, of an operator's license granted by the Nuclear Safety Board.
Duration in hours of the associated training: 700 hours.
Relationship of training modules and training units:
MF1271_3: Planning and management of the installation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities. (250 hours)
• UF0398: (Transversal) Electromedical equipment for diagnosis and therapy. (80 hours).
• UF0543: Planning of the installation of electromedical systems. (60 hours).
• UF0544: Management of the installation of electromedical systems. (50 hours).
• UF0401: (Transversal) Risk prevention and environmental management in electromedical facilities. (60 hours)
MF1272_3: Monitoring and performing the installation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities. (270 hours)
• UF0398: (Transversal) Electromedical equipment for diagnosis and therapy. (80 hours)
• UF0545: Monitoring and execution of the installation of electromedical systems. (70 hours)
• UF0546: Functional testing and commissioning of electromedicine systems. (60 hours)
• UF0401: (Transversal) Risk prevention and environmental management in electromedical facilities. (60 hours)
MF1273_3: Planning and management of maintenance of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities. (250 hours)
• UF0398: (Transversal) Electromedical equipment for diagnosis and therapy. (80 hours)
• UF0547: Planning for the maintenance of electromedical systems. (60 hours)
• UF0548: Management of maintenance of electromedical systems. (50 hours)
• UF0401: (Transversal) Risk prevention and environmental management in electromedical facilities. (60 hours)
MF1274_3: Monitoring and performing the maintenance of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities. (270 hours)
• UF0398: (Transversal) Electromedical equipment for diagnosis and therapy. (80 hours)
• UF0549: Diagnosis of electromedical system breakdowns. (60 hours)
• UF0550: Monitoring and execution of maintenance of electromedical systems. (70 hours)
• UF0401: (Transversal) Risk prevention and environmental management in electromedical facilities. (60 hours)
MP0119: Non-working professional practice module for the management and supervision of the installation and maintenance of electromedical systems. (80 hours)
Linking with professional trainings
The training provided in the training unit UF0401 of the training modules MF1271_3, MF1272_3, MF1273_3 and MF1274_3 of this certificate of professionalism, guarantees the level of knowledge necessary for obtaining the enabling the performance of the basic level work risk prevention functions, in accordance with Annex IV of the Prevention Services Regulation, approved by Royal Decree 39/1997 of 17 January.
II. PROFESSIONAL PROFILE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
Competition Unit 1
Denomination: Plan and manage the installation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
Level: 3
Code: UC1271_3
Professional realizations and realization criteria:
RP1: Determine the technical characteristics of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities from the needs of the health center and previously established criteria, complying with the regulations of application.
CR1.1 Legislation, regulations, ITC's and enforcement regulations are met and are available.
CR1.2 The needs of the healthcare facility (service provider, center structure, patient flow, care burden, communication network features, among others) are available and considered.
CR1.3 The technical specifications of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities take into account, among others:
-The technical, mobility and ergonomics characteristics, operating modes of equipment, installations and accessories.
-The supply needs (electrical, data network, among others).
-Patient protection alarms, their limits and characteristics (visual, sound, among others).
-The preventive maintenance needs of equipment, facilities, and accessories.
-The technology assessment reports.
-Amortization criteria.
-The team or system risk classification.
CR1.4 Technical service needs, response times, and spare parts supply are precisely determined.
CR1.5 The requirements for technical documentation and compliance with quality standards are considered and determined.
CR1.6 The training needs of users and service personnel are considered.
CR1.7 Possible modifications of the infrastructures, facilities, and accessories are accurately identified.
RP2: Select the equipment, elements and materials of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities, based on technical specifications and current regulations and their application regulations according to the needs of the health centre.
CR2.1 Legislation, regulations, ITC's and enforcement regulations are available and are available.
CR2.2 Electromedical equipment (diagnostic, therapy, among others), elements and accessories (probes, transducers, among others) and support materials (communication networks, batteries, generators, among others) are selected from the specification of the technical specifications and standards.
CR2.3 The model and range of equipment, elements, and materials in the installation are selected for compatibility and connectivity according to specific communications protocols.
CR2.4 The parameters for selecting the elements of the installation respond to the technical specifications and features of the assembly.
CR2.5 The choice of equipment, elements and materials (reusable and fungible) of the installation is carried out by combining the guarantees of quality and safety of the product, training of users, conditions of maintenance, service technical, after-sales service, supply and usage costs, among others.
CR2.6 Installation equipment, elements and materials are uniquely identified with all brand references, model, manufacturer, among others, and are collected in the appropriate format.
RP3: Determine the costs of equipment and installations of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities, based on the report of the equipment and elements of the selected system.
CR3.1 Information regarding the characteristics of the equipment, installation, and accessories is collected and interpreted.
CR3.2 The pre-installation or work needs required for the implementation of equipment, installations and accessories are studied and collected in the appropriate format.
CR3.3 Preinstallation cost is calculated by taking into account equipment, materials, labor, inventory, among others.
CR3.4 The cost of equipment and materials (reusable and fungible) is determined from the list, complying with the applicable regulations.
CR3.5 The cost of using and operating the selected equipment and materials is considered for the viability of the system.
CR3.6 The measurements obtained are specified in the corresponding document with the required precision and are located with the precise unit of measurement.
CR3.7 The information obtained is reflected in the corresponding document and allows for the elaboration of the budget.
RP4: Develop installation programs for the facilities and equipment of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities, based on the technical documentation.
CR4.1 The mount program takes into account:
-Delivery times for equipment and materials.
-The needs of the healthcare facility.
-The milestones (phases) set out in the technical documentation for the execution of the work and possible contingencies arising from works of similar characteristics.
-Subcontracting activities.
-The optimal allocation of human and material resources for each of the phases established in the project.
-The coordination between the different work teams.
-The mount and quality advance control procedures to be obtained.
CR4.2 The mount program specifies the results to be obtained at each phase of the work.
CR4.3 The quality levels to be obtained are indicated in the mount program.
CR4.4 The work safety plan is contemplated in the development of the assembly program.
RP5: Plan the testing of safety, operation and commissioning of electromedical facilities and systems, taking into account established operating, quality and safety conditions.
CR5.1 Legislation, regulations, ITC's and enforcement regulations are available and are available.
CR5.2 Operating and commissioning tests (test protocol, equipment calibration, among others) are defined to check the state of the electromedicine system and the values of the regulatory parameters.
CR5.3 System security conditions (electrical, alarms, radiation protection, among others) are in accordance with current regulations.
CR5.4 The security measures and tests to be performed are defined according to the current regulations and regulations (test protocol, measurement of signal levels, among others).
CR5.5 The technical means (measuring equipment, calibration, tuning and verification, as well as the tools) used in each intervention are precisely defined.
CR5.6 The conditions defined in the technical documentation are taken into account for the commissioning of the installation (manual of service instructions, recommendations of manufacturers, among others).
CR5.7 The security, performance, and service tests of the equipment, installation, and accessories to be performed are collected in the appropriate format.
CR5.8 The alerts, prevention or removal measures for equipment, installation or accessories, received from the manufacturer, distributor or competent health authorities, are adopted for compliance.
RP6: Develop the documentation for the planning and management of the installation of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities.
CR6.1 Legislation, regulations, ITC's and enforcement regulations are available and are available.
CR6.2 The equipment, installation, and accessories assembly protocol is complete according to the manufacturer's technical specifications.
CR6.3 The equipment, installation, and accessories delivery and warranty act is determined and crafted.
CR6.4 The authorizations required for the commissioning of the equipment, installation, and accessories were collected.
CR6.5 Preventive maintenance protocols for equipment, installations, and accessories are determined.
CR6.6 Work orders for mount activities are determined.
CR6.7 The facilities, accessories, and equipment book (history of technical incidents) are set.
CR6.8 The inventory of equipment, installations, and accessories is elaborated and updated.
CR6.9 The documentation for the management of the spare parts store is made and updated.
RP7: Plan the set of instructions and training measures regarding the operation of the system and security measures to be taken by the users and technicians of the electrocical system.
CR7.1 Legislation, regulations, ITC's and enforcement regulations are met and are available.
CR7.2 Information regarding training courses, user manuals, service manuals, and security measures is collected.
CR7.3 The training plan is established by collecting the purpose, timing, personnel, and users to which it is addressed.
CR7.4 The technical, operational, and functional characteristics (among others) of the electrocedic system are clearly transmitted to users and technicians.
Professional Context
Production media
Computer Tools. IT applications for project management. Office-based applications. CAD applications.
Products and results
Installation project specification specifications. Documentation of installation of electromedical systems. Programs for the supply of electromedical systems. Procedures for safety, testing and commissioning. Reports. List of materials, media and equipment. Cost analysis.
Information used or generated
Mount planes. Electrical and electronic schemes. Drawings of installations carried out. You wake up. Modifications to the general plans. User manuals. Technical service manuals. Assembly manuals. Studies that legally affect the putting into service of the electromedical systems (director plan, among others). Work orders. Assembly programs. Delivery and warranty minutes. Albaranes. Specifications for technical specifications. Team book. Installation, disassembly and installation protocols. Reports. Safety plan. Applicable Community, State and Autonomous Community legislation on health, ionising radiation, health products, safety and risk prevention.
Competition Unit 2
Denomination: Monitor and perform the installation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
Level: 3
Code: UC1272_3
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Repose and launch the work from the installation program of the electromedicine system and the general plan of the installation.
CR1.1 The installation infrastructure (civil work, electrical installation, gas sockets, vacuum sockets, data networks, among others) is verified to be suitable for the installation to be mounted, whether it is new or remodeling.
CR1.2 The repose of the work is performed by contrasting the planes and the location and ensures the viability of the site.
CR1.3 The planned installation is verified to be compliant with the application regulations and rules.
CR1.4 The elements of the installations (electrical, medical gases, vacuum, communications, among others) of the electromedical systems are verified that they meet the requirements indicated in the regulations and assure the level of regulatory protection of the patient.
CR1.5 The technical and administrative information of the work is managed to check and control the installation of the installations, so that there are no unwanted delays or interferences between the work of the different equipment.
CR1.6 Equipment, tools, protective equipment and auxiliary means, among others, are determined, taking into account the phases of assembly and characteristics of the system (environment, radiation protection, location, among others), ensuring the required security conditions.
CR1.7 The assignment of the material and human means to the various phases of the installation assembly is performed according to the assembly plan.
CR1.8 The impediments or disconformities in the execution of the work are reported to the responsible and the property.
RP2: Track and monitor the installation program of the installation of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities, resolving the contingencies and meeting the programmed objectives.
CR2.1 Legislation, regulations, ITC's and enforcement regulations are available and are available.
CR2.2 The job plan is made by specifying, among others:
-The material resources to be used.
-Run times.
-The required human resources.
-The jobs to be performed.
-The security measures and means.
CR2.3 The job plan is verified to meet the set, while respecting the expected run times.
CR2.4 The coordination between the different teams or the health center is performed for the correct execution of the work.
CR2.5 The work performed is verified to be in accordance with the set-up program established by performing the appropriate checks and measurements.
CR2.6 Contingencies arising in the execution of the system mount are reported to the responsible, following the established procedure.
CR2.7 The assembly of the electrocedic system is monitored to ensure that:
-The installation complies with what is specified in the mounting technical documentation and with the current regulations.
-The equipment and materials used are those designed, verifying that they are in perfect condition and comply with the current regulations (CE marking, among others).
-The location of the items and equipment is met with what is specified in the mounting technical documentation.
-The report of the assembly collects the data necessary to ensure the traceability of the actions.
RP3: Perform and monitor interventions for the installation of the installation of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities, with the conditions of quality and safety established, according to the technical documentation and current regulations.
CR3.1 The locations and locations of equipment and items are verified to be those indicated in the technical documentation.
CR3.2 The equipment of the electromedical systems (surgical table, respirator, monitor, among others) is located and fixed in the place indicated in the technical documentation respecting the conditions of assembly indicated by the manufacturer checking the labeling and expiration of the devices to be mounted.
CR3.3 Teams are connected by securing their mechanical attachment, electrical supply and connectivity, among others.
CR3.4 Equipment accessories (probes, sensors, transducers, monitoring cables, among others) are connected according to the technical documentation and complying with the current regulations.
CR3.5 The wiring of power networks, data, transmission means are unmerited from their mechanical and electrical properties.
CR3.6 The "racks" are mounted by consulting the manufacturer's instructions and contain the necessary elements for the assembly of the equipment which, properly labelled, are arranged inside according to the technical documentation.
CR3.7 The equipment and auxiliary elements in the rack are connected without modifying the characteristics of the same and achieving good electrical contact.
CR3.8 Tools are selected and used according to the type of intervention.
RP4: Apply quality plans in the execution of the installation of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities.
CR4.1 The corresponding control parameters are collected in the test and test protocols.
CR4.2 The mount execution check controls are adjusted in time and shape to the overall execution plan.
CR4.3 Test and measurement equipment (electrical safety analyzer, patient simulator, infusion pump analyzer, ECG simulator, among others) is verified to be calibrated (when required by the regulations) and adjusted to ensure the reliability of the results obtained.
CR4.4 The characteristics of the materials used are verified to meet the quality and safety requirements specified in the technical documentation.
RP5: Perform and monitor the testing of safety, operation and commissioning of electromedicine systems and associated facilities, adjusting equipment and elements, and ensuring operating conditions established, under conditions of quality and safety, according to the technical documentation and regulations in force.
CR5.1 Legislation, regulations, ITC's and enforcement regulations are available and are available.
CR5.2 The measuring instruments, tools and apparatus are used according to the requirements of each intervention and have the calibration certificate in force.
CR5.3 Mechanical structures, installations (electrical, medical gases, telecommunications, among others) and equipment associated with the installation (electrical, electronic, electronic, telecommunications, among others) is verified agree to the project and to the manufacturer's specifications.
CR5.4 The status of the installation and the levels of the regulatory parameters is verified by performing the test tests.
CR5.5 Installation security conditions, patients, and users conform to the current regulations.
CR5.6 The commissioning of the system is performed taking into account the conditions defined in the technical documentation (manual of service instructions, recommendations of manufacturers, among others).
CR5.7 The measurements and verifications performed, as well as the equipment and tools used are collected in the test report.
CR5.8 Teams are configured and updated by loading the specific applications.
RP6: Adopt and enforce the protection, security and risk prevention measures required in the assembly operations of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities, ensuring the safety of the people, media and their environment.
CR6.1 The teams and security means employed in each intervention verify that they are those indicated in the specific protocols of technical action.
CR6.2 The security conditions listed in the technical documentation are analyzed in order to develop and complete them if necessary.
CR6.3 Individual protective equipment and materials (protective gloves, protective goggles, lead aprons, among others) and collectives (signalling material, sterile dosimeters, tension detectors, between other) are used and comply with the current security regulations.
CR6.4 Mount operations are monitored according to established security procedures, otherwise appropriate measures are taken.
CR6.5 The quarantine in the work area and equipment is controlled according to established protocols (preventive medicine service, occupational risk prevention service).
CR6.6 Performance procedures in the event of a work accident are verified to be known to all members of the work team.
RP7: Apply waste management programs in the installation of electromedical systems according to environmental regulations.
CR7.1 Waste management is considered among others:
-segregation for certain types of waste (radioactive, oils, x-ray tubes, biological, among others).
-The "secure" storage areas for the generated waste.
-Personal protection means according to the type of waste to be handled.
CR7.2 The "traceability" of waste is foreseen in the waste management program.
CR7.3 The "outsourcing" of waste collection is done through authorized companies.
CR7.4 The replaced equipment is verified to be withdrawn according to the waste management and environmental regulations program.
CR7.5 The activities performed and the incidents produced are recorded in the corresponding document.
RP8: Exercise in the operation of the system and instruct in the security measures to be adopted, to the health center staff, both the electromedicine service and the end users.
CR8.1 In training and monitoring users and technicians, it is taken into account, among others:
-The functionality and connectivity of the equipment and the handling of the controls.
-The alarms and signals of the indicators that allow to deduce a dysfunction of the equipment.
-System security.
-Change of consumables and control of disposable and sterilization processes.
-The most common team, installation, and accessories failures or technical errors and their ways to correct them.
CR8.2 In training and monitoring technicians, it is taken into account, among others:
-The preventive maintenance protocols of the equipment, facilities and accessories to be performed by the technicians of the electromedicine technical service of the health center.
-The required controls, settings, and calibrations.
-Other aspects agreed.
CR8.3 Security measures that affect the patient, user, or health center are demonstrated in a practical way (real or simulated).
Professional Context
Production media
Manual tools for mechanical jobs. Hand tools for electronic electronic works. Machines for mechanical work. Measuring instruments (electric security checker, defibrillator checker, infusion pump checker, patient simulator, respirator checker, network certifier, polymeter, oscilloscope, wiring checker, among others). Computer tools. Equipment and protective elements.
Products and results
Electromedical systems (equipment, installations and accessories) installed and put into operation. Installations of electromedical systems performed.
Information used or generated
Mount planes. Electrical and electronic schemes. Drawings of installations carried out. You wake up. Modifications to the general plans. User manuals. Technical service manuals. Assembly manuals. Waste management plan. Studies that legally affect the putting into service of the electromedical systems (director plan, among others). Work orders. Assembly programs. Delivery and warranty minutes. Albaranes. Specifications for technical specifications. Team book. Installation, disassembly and installation protocols. Safety plan. Applicable Community, State and Autonomous Community legislation on health, ionising radiation, health products, safety and risk prevention.
Competition Unit 3
Identification: Plan and manage the maintenance of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
Level: 3
Code: UC1273_3
Professional realizations and realization criteria
RP1: Develop and manage programs for the supply of media and materials for the maintenance of electromedical systems, in function of the objectives and the contingency situations, optimizing the resources available.
CR1.1 The provisioning program is made by taking into account, among others:
-The existence of approved products and suppliers.
-The "compatibility" between materials from different manufacturers.
-The "history" of breakdowns.
-The existing inventory.
-The existence of replacement equipment for critical functions in service delivery.
-Future installations of installations.
-Unpredictable and strategic factors.
CR1.2 The reservation of equipment and items with suppliers is contemplated in the provisioning program.
CR1.3 Maintenance needs are contemplated and answered with the provisioning program.
CR1.4 Material sourcing management is performed according to maintenance needs and is coordinated by ensuring compliance with delivery times and quantity and quality of on-site supplies intended.
RP2: Develop programs for the maintenance of electromedicine systems, based on the objectives and contingency situations, optimizing the available resources.
CR2.1 Preventive maintenance programs are elaborated by taking into account, among others:
-Manufacturer manuals.
-Stop and put in service procedures.
-Human resources and equipment used.
-The historical or technical incident record.
-The documentation to be completed.
-Take action procedures and maintenance ranges.
-The impact on health activity.
-The sterilization protocols and protective measures.
CR2.2 Corrective maintenance programs are elaborated by taking into account, among others:
-Priority levels and system criticality in the care load.
-Manufacturer manuals (cutting, block diagrams).
-The stop and service of the equipment.
-The Take Action, Scaling, and Remote Support procedures.
-The "interchangeability" of the elements and accessories.
-Human media and equipment used.
-The contingency plans.
-The sterilization protocols and protective measures.
-The documentation to be completed (incident history, among others).
CR2.3 The proposals for maintenance improvements are made from the analysis of the system maintenance processes as a whole (proactivity).
CR2.4 The scheduling of preventive maintenance and corrective actions are communicated to users according to established protocols.
RP3: Develop the documentation for the planning and maintenance management of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities.
CR3.1 Legislation, regulations, ITC's and enforcement regulations are met and are available.
CR3.2 The equipment maintenance, installation, and accessories protocol is complete according to the manufacturer's technical specifications.
CR3.3 The equipment, installation, and accessories delivery and warranty act is determined and crafted.
CR3.4 The authorizations required for the commissioning of the equipment, installation and accessories were collected.
CR3.5 Preventive maintenance protocols for equipment, installations, and accessories are recognized and determined.
CR3.6 Work orders for maintenance activities are determined and elaborated.
CR3.7 The equipment book (history of technical incidents) of installations, accessories, and equipment is set.
CR3.8 The inventory of equipment, installations, and accessories is elaborated and updated.
CR3.9 The documentation for the management of the spare parts store is made and updated.
RP4: Develop the testing of safety, operation and commissioning of electromedical facilities and systems, taking into account the intended purpose, quality and safety established.
CR4.1 Legislation, regulations, ITC's and enforcement regulations are met and are available.
CR4.2 Operating and commissioning tests (test protocol, equipment calibration, among others) are defined, allowing to check the state of the electromedicine system and the values of the parameters regulatory.
CR4.3 System security conditions (electrical, alarms, among others) are in accordance with current regulations.
CR4.4 The security measures and tests to be performed are defined according to the current regulations and regulations (test protocol, measurement of signal levels, among others).
CR4.5 The technical means (measuring equipment, calibration, adjustment and verification, as well as the tools) used in each intervention are precisely defined.
CR4.6 The conditions defined in the technical documentation are taken into account for the commissioning of the installation (manual of service instructions, recommendations of manufacturers, among others).
CR4.7 The security, performance, and service tests of the equipment, installation, and accessories to be performed are collected in the appropriate format.
CR4.8 On equipment that generates ionising radiations is taken into account, among others:
-The dosimetry levels.
-Health certifications.
-Specific regulation, instructions, and recommendations on ionizing radiation.
-The official quality control protocol and acceptance tests.
-The means of radiation protection.
RP5: Plan and impart the set of instructions and training measures related to the operation and maintenance of the system and security measures to be taken by the users and technicians of the system electrocedic.
CR5.1 Legislation, regulations, ITC's and enforcement regulations are available and are available.
CR5.2 Information regarding training courses, user manuals, technical service manuals, and security measures is collected.
CR5.3 The training job plan is set
CR5.4 In training users and technicians it is taken into account, among others:
-The technical, operational, and functional characteristics.
-The alarms and signals of the indicators that allow to deduce a dysfunction of the equipment.
-System security.
-The functionality and connectivity of the equipment and the handling of the controls.
-Change of consumables and control of disposable and sterilization processes.
-The most common team, installation, and accessories failures or technical errors and their ways to correct them.
CR5.5 In training technicians is taken into account, among others:
-The most common team, installation, and accessories failures or technical errors and their ways to correct them.
-The preventive maintenance protocols of the equipment, facilities and accessories to be performed by the technicians of the electromedicine technical service of the health center.
-The required controls, settings, and calibrations.
-Other aspects agreed.
CR5.6 Security measures that affect the patient, the user, or the health center itself are monitored in a real or simulated way.
Professional Context
Production media
Computer Tools. IT applications for project management. Office-based applications. CAD applications.
Products and Result
Project specifications. Documentation for the maintenance of electromedical systems. Programs for the supply of electromedical systems. Procedures for safety, testing and commissioning. Reports. Lists of materials, media and equipment. Team book. History of breakdowns. Training for users.
Information used or generated
Mount planes. Electrical and electronic schemes. Drawings of installations carried out. You wake up. Modifications to the general plans. User manuals. Technical service manuals. Assembly manuals. Team book. History of breakdowns. Reports. Studies that legally affect the implementation of the electromedical systems (director plan, among others). Provisioning programs. Maintenance programs. Maintenance work orders. Delivery and warranty minutes. Albaranes delivers. Specifications for technical specifications. Installation, disassembly and installation protocols. Safety plan. Applicable Community, State and Autonomous Community legislation on health, medical devices, ionising radiation, safety and risk prevention.
Competition Unit 4
Identification: Monitor and perform maintenance of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
Level: 3
Code: UC1274_3
Professional realizations and realization criteria:
RP1: Organize and control interventions for the maintenance of electromedicine systems and associated facilities, based on programmed objectives and contingency situations, optimizing resources available.
CR1.1 Preventive and corrective maintenance operations are performed in accordance with the manufacturer's standard procedure and specifications.
CR1.2 The starting hypothesis for a malfunction or dysfunction is collected in the work order.
CR1.3 The modifications made to preventive or corrective maintenance operations are recorded in the installation's documentation and drawings and schemes to enable the installation to be updated.
CR1.4 The interventions made are in accordance with the organization's style manual.
CR1.5 Equipment, materials, and technical documentation for preventive and corrective maintenance of the facility are located allowing easy localization.
CR1.6 The materials and equipment used in the maintenance of installations are checked to ensure the approval and good condition of the equipment, rejecting those that do not meet the required requirements.
CR1.7 The measurement teams that indicate the regulations are verified to have the calibration certificate in place.
CR1.8 The breakdown and incident repair report for electromedicine systems is performed in the established format.
RP2: Perform the diagnosis of the breakdown or dysfunction of equipment and facilities of the electromedical systems, based on the detected symptoms, technical information and system history.
CR2.1 Legislation, regulations, ITC's and enforcement regulations are available and are available.
CR2.2 The strategy to be followed by a malfunction or breakdown in a team or in the system is determined by assessing the possibilities of internal or external logistical support and the costs of the system.
CR2.3 Functional tests are performed to check for symptoms in the breakdown part and confirm equipment or system dysfunction or breakdown.
CR2.4 The equipment or part of the affected system is located and diagnosed from the action plan and baseline scenario.
CR2.5 The diagnosis and location of the dysfunction or failure is performed with the appropriate tools and devices, applying the convenient procedure with time estimates.
CR2.6 The activities performed and the incidents produced are recorded in the corresponding format and are communicated according to the established protocol
CR2.7 The typology of the dysfunction or breakdown and the cost of the intervention are collected in the budget.
RP3: Monitor and perform interventions for the maintenance of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities, depending on the programmed objectives and the contingency situations optimizing the resources available.
CR3.1 Legislation, regulations, ITC's and enforcement regulations are met and are available.
CR3.2 The assembly, disassembly and replacement operations of the damaged elements are performed using the appropriate technical documentation, standard procedures and tools and tools, ensuring the integrity of the materials and equipment and the quality of the interventions.
CR3.3 The deteriorated element is replaced using the manufacturer's recommended assembly and disassembly sequence, ensuring that the element, component or part of the equipment, installation or replacement is identical or the The same characteristics as the broken down and does not alter any standard of mandatory compliance.
CR3.4 The replaced components and devices are adjusted with the required accuracy, following procedures and with the appropriate equipment.
CR3.5 Functional tests, final adjustments, and reliability tests are performed systematically, following the appropriate procedures.
CR3.6 The installation or equipment is redeployed in compliance with the personal safety standards, equipment and materials and following established protocols.
CR3.7 The installation breakdown repair report is performed in the established format, collecting information to ensure traceability, among others.
RP4: Monitor and test the safety, operation and commissioning of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities, adjusting equipment and elements and ensuring the intended purpose.
CR4.1 Legislation, regulations, ITC's and enforcement regulations are known and met.
CR4.2 Installation testing and verification tests are performed to check the status of the installation and the levels of the regulatory parameters.
CR4.3 The safety conditions (electromagnetic, mechanical, pneumatic, among others) of the installation are in accordance with the current regulations.
CR4.4 The measures and tests required by the current regulations and regulations (electrical safety test, measures with patient simulation, invasive blood pressure simulator test, among others) are performed.
CR4.5 Tools, technical means, measurement and verification equipment (calibrators, electrical safety analyzer, patient parameter simulator, among others) are used according to the type of intervention.
CR4.6 Measurement and verification instruments are used to apply manufacturer-defined safety and use recommendations.
CR4.7 The measurement teams that indicate the regulations are verified to have the calibration certificate in place.
CR4.8 The conditions defined in the technical documentation (instruction manual, manufacturer recommendations, among others) are taken into account for commissioning of the installation.
CR4.9 The test report is performed in the established format and collects the measures and verifications, equipment and tools used to ensure traceability, among others.
RP5: Adopt and enforce the protection, security and risk prevention measures required in the maintenance operations of the electromedicine systems and associated facilities, ensuring the safety of the people, media and their environment.
CR5.1 The equipment and means of safety employed in each intervention are verified to be those indicated in the specific protocols for technical action.
CR5.2 The security conditions listed in the technical documentation are analyzed in order to develop and complete them if necessary.
CR5.3 Individual protective equipment and materials (protective gloves, protective goggles, lead aprons, among others) and collectives (signalling material, dosimeters, sterile dressing room, tension detectors, between other) are used and comply with the current security regulations.
CR5.4 Maintenance operations are monitored according to established security procedures, otherwise appropriate measures are taken.
CR5.5 The quarantine in the work area and equipment is controlled according to established protocols (preventive medicine service, occupational risk prevention service).
CR5.6 The performance procedures in a workplace accident are verified to be known to all members of the work team.
CR5.7 The communication procedures in case of adverse incident are applied according to established protocol.
RP6: Apply quality plans in the maintenance of electromedicine systems and associated facilities.
CR6.1 The system control parameters and their elements are collected in the preventive maintenance plan.
CR6.2 Check controls are adjusted in time and shape to the overall maintenance plan.
CR6.3 Equipment (measure, test, among others) is verified to be calibrated (when required by the regulations) and adjusted to ensure the reliability of the results obtained.
CR6.4 The characteristics of the replacement materials in preventive and corrective maintenance tasks are verified to meet the quality requirements specified in the technical documentation.
CR6.5 The measures for maintenance plan enhancements are obtained from the analysis and application of the maintenance plan (proactivity).
RP7: Apply waste management programs in the maintenance of electromedical systems according to environmental regulations.
CR7.1 Waste management takes into account, among others:
-segregation for certain types of waste (radioactive, oils, X-ray tubes, biological, among others).
-The "secure" storage areas for the generated waste.
-Personal protection means according to the type of waste to be handled.
CR7.2 The "traceability" of waste is foreseen in the waste management program.
CR7.3 The "outsourcing" of waste collection is done through authorized companies.
CR7.4 Replaced equipment, parts, spare parts, accessories, or fungibles are verified to be withdrawn according to the waste management and environmental regulations program.
CR7.5 The activities performed and the incidents produced are recorded in the corresponding document.
Professional Context
Production media
Manual tools for mechanical jobs. Hand tools for electronic electronic works. Machines for mechanical work. Measuring instruments (electric security checker, defibrillator checker, infusion pump checker, patient simulator, respirator checker, network certifier, polymeter, oscilloscope, wiring checker, among others). Computer tools. Equipment and protective elements.
Products and results
Maintenance (predictive, preventive and corrective) of electromedical systems (equipment, installations and accessories). Commissioning of electromedical systems.
Information used or generated:
Mount planes. Electrical and electronic schemes. Drawings of installations carried out. Modifications to the general plans. User manuals. Technical service manuals. Assembly manuals. You wake up. Team book. History of breakdowns. Studies that legally affect the implementation of the electromedical systems (director plan, among others). Provisioning programs. Maintenance programs. Waste management plan. Maintenance work orders. Delivery and warranty minutes. Albaranes delivers. Specifications for technical specifications. Installation, disassembly and installation protocols. Safety plan. Applicable Community, State and Autonomous Community legislation on health, ionising radiation, health products, safety and risk prevention.
III. TRAINING OF THE CERTIFICATE OF PROFESSIONALISM
FORMATIVE MODULE 1
Denomination: Planning and management of the installation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
Code: MF1271_3
Professional qualification level: 3
Associated with the competition unit:
UC1271_3: Plan and manage the installation of Electromedicine systems and their Associated Facilities
Duration: 250 hours
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Electromedical equipment for diagnosis and therapy
Code: UF0398
Duration: 80 hours.
Competition referent: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, and RP3 as regards the elements and equipment involved in electromedicine systems.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze the electromedicine systems and their associated facilities, identifying the equipment and elements that make up them and the most relevant features of them.
CE1.1 Describe the different types of electromedical systems and equipment according to their function (diagnosis and therapy).
CE1.2 Classifying diagnostic equipment and systems (Image, laboratory, monitoring and recording, among others) according to their intended purpose and relating each of them to their applications characteristics.
CE1.3 Classifying therapy equipment and systems (radiation, ventilation and anesthesia, hemodialysis, rehabilitation, among others) according to their intended purpose and relating each to their applications characteristics.
CE1.4 Relating electromedicine systems and equipment to human body devices and systems.
CE1.5 Enunciate the most relevant features of equipment and systems based on their technology and relate them to their application.
CE1.6 Describe the facilities associated with the electromedical systems according to the functional needs of the equipment and its technology.
CE1.7 Describe the characteristics of the specific physical spaces and infrastructures depending on the system to be located.
CE1.8 In an electromedical system type (operating room/critical care, ionising radiation/diagnostic imaging or laboratory/hemodialysis) characterized by its technical documentation:
-Identify the different subsystems that make up the host system, relating them to the schemas and describing their function.
-Identify the computers and elements that configure the system, relating them to the symbols that appear in the schemas and describing their function.
-Identify computers and system elements by verifying that their characteristics match those indicated in the technical documentation.
C2: Explain the operation of different electromedical systems from the technical documentation in order to train potential users.
CE2.1 In the operation of an electromedicine system of a operating room/critical care type, explain to a user and from the technical documentation:
-The functionality of equipment and installations (electrical, gas, air, lighting, among others) and the handling of controls.
-The required calibrations and adjustments of the system.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
CE2.2 In the operation of an electromedicine system of ionising radiations/diagnostic image type, explain to a user and from the technical documentation:
-The functionality of equipment and installations (X-rays, among others) and the handling of controls.
-The required calibrations and adjustments of the system.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
CE2.3 In the operation of a laboratory/hemodialysis type equipment, explain to a user and from the technical documentation:
-The functionality of the equipment and facilities (mechanical, hydraulic, among others) and the handling of the controls.
-The required calibrations and adjustments of the system.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
Contents
1. Generalities and operation of equipment common to all electromedical systems.
-Power supply network:
-Basic components study.
-Site in a hospital or healthcare facility.
-Planes.
-Controls.
-Isolations.
-Power supplies:
-Linear.
-Switches.
-Uninterruptible power systems (SAI ' s).
-Transductors.
-Signal generators.
-Measurement teams:
-Polimeters.
-Oscyloscopes.
-Signal Analizers.
-Data network:
-Cabling, basic, and general.
-Connectivity.
-Digitalization.
-Pumps, compressors and vacuometers.
2. Technical characteristics and functions of diagnostic equipment.
-Ionizing radiations:
-Effects on the human organism.
-Regulations.
-Radiological protection.
-Application in a hospital or healthcare facility.
-Diagnostic by image:
-X-ray equipment.
-Computed Axial Tomography.
-Ecography.
-Gammacamaras.
-Pet.
-Magnetic resonance imaging.
-Digital endoscopy systems.
-Scanning the image:
-PACS.
-RIS.
-HIS.
-Communication standards.
-DICOM.
-HL-7.
-Other.
-Lab teams:
-Parsers and self-probes.
-Microscopes.
-Sequenciators.
-Coagulators.
-Spectrophotometers.
-haematological counters.
-Monitoring and logging teams:
-Electrocardiograph.
-Multiparametric holter monitor system.
-Telemetry system.
-Monitoring Central.
-Cardiotochograph or fetal monitor.
-Functional test teams:
-Ergometer or stress test system.
-Lung scan system.
-Teams that generate a specific function of the body:
-Patient Simulator.
-Electrical and optical pulsioximetry simulator.
3. Technical characteristics and functions of therapy equipment.
-Radiation therapy equipment:
-cobalt pump.
-Linear electron accelerator.
-Surgical area and critical care equipment:
-Volumetric respirator.
-Anesthesia equipment:
-Medicinal Gases (Effects on the Human Body).
-Security and control measures.
-Infusion pump.
-Infusion pump.
-Electroscalpels.
-Defibrillators.
-Marcasteps.
-Monitoring systems.
-Hemodialysis equipment:
-Hemodialysis monitors:
-Description and schema.
-Instrumentation and measurement methods.
-Rehabilitation teams:
-Electrotherapy.
-Ultrasounds.
-Microwaves and infrared.
4. Physiology and biomedical measurements of the human body.
-The human body, physiological system:
-digestive tract.
-Respiratory apparatus.
-circulatory apparatus.
-Nervous apparatus.
-Player device.
-Excrete apparatus.
-Bones and muscles.
-The senses.
-Other.
-Hemodynamics, basic physiology:
-Basic hemodynamic parameters.
-Biological sensors.
-Monitoring sensors.
-Pulsioximetry.
-Shared system.
-Greater Circulation.
-Lower circulation.
-Tracking and control equipment.
-Brain monitoring:
-Overview:
-Direct diagnostics.
-Indirect diagnostics
-Non-invasive methods:
-Electroencephalogram (EEG).
-Transcranial Doppler (DTC).
-Evoked power (PE).
-Near infrared spectrometry (NIRS).
-Invasive methods:
-Laser doppler Fluxuretry (FDL).
-Cerebral Perfusion Pressure (PPC).
-O2 cerebral venous saturation in jugular.
-tissue PO2.
-Respiratory system:
-Driving system.
-Exchange.
-Respiratory mechanics and pulmonary ventilation.
-Volumes and capabilities.
-Control of the breath.
-Respiratory physiology.
-Physical activity and respiratory adaptations.
-Major lung diseases and physical activity.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Planning for the installation of electromedical systems
Code: UF0543
Duration: 60 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP4 and RP5 as referred to the installation schedule.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Organize the provisioning for the installation of different systems of electromedicine, from projects or technical memories of installation.
CE1.1 Select the parts of the technical documentation that are useful for planning provisioning.
CE1.2 Identify the tasks to be performed in the assembly of electromedical systems.
CE1.3 Interpret the list of equipment, media, auxiliary elements, despite, among others, to perform the provisioning, according to the different phases of the work.
CE1.4 Explain the configuration and organization typical of an electromedicine service store.
CE1.5 Explain the procedures of the supply control (warehouse control, form and delivery times, destinations, among others) indicating the most common correction measures (discounts, refunds, expiry, etc.) penalties, among others).
CE1.6 Contrasting the means and equipment necessary for the assembly of an electromedical system with those of a warehouse inventory, to produce sheets of delivery of material, media and equipment.
CE1.7 Develop material, media, and equipment delivery sheets, optimizing delivery times according to the system assembly plan and availability (existence or not in storage, delivery dates of suppliers, among others).
CE1.8 Describe the conditions (location, organization, special storage characteristics, among others) that the warehouse must meet to ensure the availability and security of the resources stored.
CE1.9 Develop the list of required materials and media that are needed according to each of the system-mounting phases.
C2: Analyze the information needed to organize the installation of different systems of electromedicine, from type projects or technical installation memories.
CE2.1 Identify the parts of which a project or technical memory consists of and select those that are useful for planning the mount.
CE2.2 Identify the various phases of the work-mount plan from the technical documentation.
CE2.3 Explain the activities to be performed in the electromedical system assembly processes.
CE2.4 Identify the materials, tools, equipment, and security means necessary for the assembly of each of the phases of the work.
C3: Develop an installation program for an electromedical system, based on the information of a type project or technical memory and current regulations.
CE3.1 Perform installation planning diagrams (PERT, GANTT, among others), used in the installation programming of an installation.
CE3.2 Perform a workload chart and the corresponding time allocation.
CE3.3 In a practical case, based on the technical documentation of an electromedicine system:
-Set the phases of the mount process.
-Uncompose each of the phases in the various activities that compose it.
-Determine the equipment, tools, and auxiliary media, among others, needed to run the process.
-Determine the human resources and execution times for each activity.
-Determine activities that are likely to be "externalized".
-Identify and describe process control points (performed tasks and dates).
-Represent activity sequencing using GANTT diagrams, PERT networks, among others.
-Prepare the documentation for the assembly plan according to industry rules.
CE3.4 Indicate the individual and collective protection media to be used in each of the mount activities.
CE3.5 In a practical case of managing the assembly of an electromedicine system, from the project or the technical memory:
-Repose the installation by considering the aspects necessary for the installation of the installation.
-Distribute activities between different work teams.
-Manage the distribution of material and equipment media.
-Indicate the control points of the process, taking into account time and results.
-Verify compliance with the guidelines to be followed to ensure quality in the installation process.
-Verify compliance with security regulations.
Contents
1. Projects of facilities for electromedical systems.
-Concept and types of projects.
-Composition of a project.
-Memory.
-Planes.
-Budget.
-Condition specifications.
-Planes and diagrams:
-Situation plane.
-Planes of detail and set.
-Symbolic plane.
-Schemas and diagrams, flowcharts, and timetables.
-Software and hardware for assisted design and visualization and interpretation of digitized planes.
-Basic operations with graphic files.
-Safety and Health Study
2. Techniques for planning the installation of electromedical systems.
-Project network diagram:
-Pdm, Adm, Other.
-Activity relationship:
-Activity duration estimate.
-Resources assigned to the activities.
-Limitations and cost calculations.
-GANTT diagrams:
-Constructive method.
-GANTT for activity tracking.
-GANTT for workload control.
-PERT Techniques:
-Determination of activities.
-Minimum execution time.
-Temporary relationship between activities.
-Identification of activities.
-Critical paths.
-Source Method:
-Sequencing of activities.
-Scheduled dates.
-Imposed dates.
-Demoras.
3. Provisioning planning for the installation of electromedical systems.
-Organization of a type warehouse: computer tools.
-Provisioning Logistics.
-Material delivery sheets: purchase specifications.
-Storage and expiration conditions.
4. Planning and assembly of electromedical system installations.
-Initialization:
-Study of the installation project
-Basic points of the Public Sector Contracts Act (Law 30/2007 of 30 October).
-Planning of work and choice of subcontractors and suppliers.
-Technical and work team security coordination:
-Managing documentation.
-Coordination of work equipment.
-Security and health coordination.
-Preventive resources.
-Receiving components in the job center:
-Waste storage and chemicals.
-Receiving and warehousing.
-Quality inspection of components and parts of the installation.
-Material technical receive control.
-Preparing mounts, scheduling, and programming.
-Mount procedures.
-Selection of equipment and accessories required for mounting:
-Transport and logistics equipment.
-Storage Utiles.
-Civil work equipment.
-Sized use.
-Special assembly and mechanical control tools.
-Special electrical/electronic assembly and control tools.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Managing the installation of electromedical systems
Code: UF0544
Duration: 50 hours
Competition referent: This training unit corresponds to RP5 and RP7 in terms of installation management.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Develop the protocols for functional and safety testing of an electromedicine system characterized by its technical documentation, based on current regulations and quality standards.
CE1.1 Define functional and commissioning test protocols to be performed at the installation indicating the points to be controlled and levels of the regulatory parameters.
CE1.2 Define measurement procedures and equipment to be used in functional, commissioning, and parameter measurement tests.
CE1.3 Develop installation security tests, equipment, and items according to the project or technical memory.
C2: Develop the documentation and determine the costs of equipment and installations of the electromedical systems from the project or the technical memory.
CE2.1 Collect information regarding the characteristics of the equipment, installation, and accessories.
CE2.2 Elaborate the budget of an electromedical system taking into account, among others:
-The cost of preinstallation from materials, labor, inventory.
-The unmount cost of previous equipment.
-The cost of acquiring equipment and accessories.
-The cost of using and maintaining equipment and accessories.
CE2.3 Explain inventory techniques and tools to perform the registration of equipment and accessories as well as their configurations and changes.
CE2.4 Explain the documentation regarding the result of the required tests.
CE2.5 Define the document that collects the history of equipment, facilities, and accessories (technical incident book) of an electromedical system.
CE2.6 Explain the delivery and warranty record for equipment, installation, and accessories.
CE5.7 Develop basic usage instructions for users of the installation.
CE2.8 Develop training plans for the operation of the systems taking into account, among others:
-User manuals.
-Service manuals.
-The technical, functional, and operational characteristics.
-The sequencing and times.
-The staff to whom you are headed
-The availability of resources.
Contents
1. Development of test and security protocols.
-Running the installations.
-Regulatory parameters.
-Control points.
-Measurement tools and equipment.
-Tuning equipment and items.
2. Basic control principles for radiological installations.
-Quality control and monitoring of radiation levels.
-Classification and signaling of zones.
-Classification of exposed workers.
-Armor calculations.
-Operation Journal.
-Radiological protection rules.
-Annual report to the nuclear safety council.
-Advice and training.
-Quality assurance programs.
3. Documentation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
-Quality Plan:
-Quality assurance.
-Phases and Procedures.
-Inspection Points.
-Resources.
-Documentation.
-Environmental management
-Regulations on sanitary products.
-Legislation and regulations, applicable to radioactive (radiological) installations.
-CE marking.
-Team book.
-Checklist.
-Identification of the equipment.
-Inventory.
-Start-up Act.
-Instructions manual.
4. Installation costs.
-Installation cost types:
-Acquisition Cost
-Preinstallation cost.
-Disassembly cost.
-Cost of use and maintenance.
-Budget.
FORMATIVE UNIT 4
Denomination: Risk prevention and environmental management in electromedical facilities
Code: UF0401
Duration: 60 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to the RP5 in terms of safety and risk prevention for technicians and users of electromedicine systems, as well as environmental management.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Analyze risk factors and associated risks in the assembly and maintenance of electromedical systems and equipment.
CE3.1 Identify the radiation protection requirements derived from diagnostic imaging equipment.
CE3.2 Identify protection requirements against fluid and medicinal gas installations derived from operating room/critical care equipment.
CE3.3 Identify the noise and vibration protection requirements derived from laboratory/hemodialysis equipment.
CE3.4 Describe the protocols of action for possible biological risks related to the maintenance of electromedicine equipment and associated facilities.
CE3.5 Describe the different types of waste generated.
CE3.6 Identify the current regulations regarding waste management in healthcare facilities.
CE3.7 Identify the requirements of the containers used according to the type of waste to be handled and the specific personal protection.
CE3.8 Identify transport vehicles to collection points according to the type of waste.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Management of occupational and environmental prevention in the installation of electromedical systems.
-Managing work risk prevention in a hospital/company
-Human and material resources for the development of preventive activities.
-Organization of emergencies.
-Classification of individual protective equipment (PPE ' s).
-Waste management and handling:
-Biological wastes.
-Radioactive waste.
-inert waste.
Methodological guidelines
Distance training:
| Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
80 | 50 | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|
| 80 | 80 | 80 | |
|
Unit 2-UF0543 | 60 | 20 | ||
| 60 | 40 |
Sequence:
To access the training units 2 and 3 must have passed the training unit 1.
To access the formative unit 3 must have been passed the formative unit 2.
The formative unit 4 can be imparted independently.
Access criteria for students
They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
FORMATIVE MODULE 2
Denomination: Monitoring and performing the installation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
Code: MF1272_3
Professional qualification level: 3
Associated with the competition unit:
UC1272_3: Monitor and perform the installation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities
Duration: 270 hours
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Electromedical equipment for diagnosis and therapy.
Code: UF0398
Duration: 80 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, RP4, and RP8 as referred to the elements and equipment involved in electromedicine systems.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze the electromedicine systems and their associated facilities, identifying the equipment and elements that make up them and the most relevant features of them.
CE1.1 Describe the different types of electromedical systems and equipment according to their function (diagnosis and therapy).
CE1.2 Classifying diagnostic equipment and systems (Image, laboratory, monitoring and recording, among others) according to their intended purpose and relating each of them to their applications characteristics.
CE1.3 Classifying therapy equipment and systems (radiation, ventilation and anesthesia, hemodialysis, rehabilitation, among others) according to their intended purpose and relating each to their applications characteristics.
CE1.4 Relating electromedicine systems and equipment to human body devices and systems.
CE1.5 Enunciate the most relevant features of equipment and systems based on their technology and relate them to their application.
CE1.6 Describe the facilities associated with the electromedical systems according to the functional needs of the equipment and its technology.
CE1.7 Describe the characteristics of the specific physical spaces and infrastructures depending on the system to be located.
CE1.8 In an electromedical system type (operating room/critical care, ionising radiation/diagnostic imaging or laboratory/hemodialysis) characterized by its technical documentation:
-Identify the different subsystems that make up the host system, relating them to the schemas and describing their function.
-Identify the computers and elements that configure the system, relating them to the symbols that appear in the schemas and describing their function.
-Identify computers and system elements by verifying that their characteristics match those indicated in the technical documentation.
C2: Explain the operation of different electromedical systems from the technical documentation in order to train potential users.
CE2.1 In the operation of an electromedicine system of a operating room/critical care type, explain to a user and from the technical documentation:
-The functionality of equipment and installations (electrical, gas, air, lighting, among others) and the handling of controls.
-The required calibrations and adjustments of the system.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
CE2.2 In the operation of an electromedicine system of ionising radiations/diagnostic image type, explain to a user and from the technical documentation:
-The functionality of equipment and installations (X-rays, among others) and the handling of controls.
-The required calibrations and adjustments of the system.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
CE2.3 In the operation of a laboratory/hemodialysis type equipment, explain to a user and from the technical documentation:
-The functionality of the equipment and facilities (mechanical, hydraulic, among others) and the handling of the controls.
-The required calibrations and adjustments of the system.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
Contents
1. Generalities and operation of equipment common to all electromedical systems.
-Power supply network:
-Basic components study.
-Site in a hospital or healthcare facility.
-Planes.
-Controls.
-Isolations.
-Power supplies:
-Linear.
-Switches.
-Uninterruptible power systems (SAI ' s).
-Transductors.
-Signal generators.
-Measurement teams:
-Polimeters.
-Oscyloscopes.
-Signal Analizers.
-Data network:
-Cabling, basic, and general.
-Connectivity.
-Digitalization.
-Pumps, compressors and vacuometers.
2. Technical characteristics and functions of diagnostic equipment.
-Ionizing radiations:
-Effects on the human organism.
-Regulations.
-Radiological protection.
-Application in a hospital or healthcare facility.
-Diagnostic by image:
-X-ray equipment.
-Computed Axial Tomography.
-Ecography.
-Gammacamaras.
-Pet.
-Magnetic resonance imaging.
-Digital endoscopy systems.
-Scanning the image:
-PACS.
-RIS.
-HIS.
-Communication standards.
-DICOM.
-HL-7.
-Other.
-Lab teams:
-Parsers and self-probes.
-Microscopes.
-Sequenciators.
-Coagulators.
-Spectrophotometers.
-haematological counters.
-Monitoring and logging teams:
-Electrocardiograph.
-Multiparametric holter monitor system.
-Telemetry system.
-Monitoring Central.
-Cardiotochograph or fetal monitor.
-Functional test teams:
-Ergometer or stress test system.
-Lung scan system.
-Teams that generate a specific function of the body:
-Patient Simulator.
-Electrical and optical pulsioximetry simulator.
3. Technical characteristics and functions of therapy equipment.
-Radiation therapy equipment:
-cobalt pump.
-Linear electron accelerator.
-Surgical area and critical care equipment:
-Volumetric respirator.
-Anesthesia equipment:
-Medicinal Gases (Effects on the Human Body)
-Security and control measures.
-Infusion pump.
-Infusion pump.
-Electroscalpels.
-Defibrillators.
-Marcasteps.
-Monitoring systems.
-Hemodialysis equipment:
-Hemodialysis monitors:
-Description and schema.
-Instrumentation and measurement methods.
-Rehabilitation teams:
-Electrotherapy.
-Ultrasounds.
-Microwaves and infrared.
4. Physiology and biomedical measurements of the human body.
-The human body, physiological system:
-digestive tract.
-Respiratory apparatus.
-circulatory apparatus.
-Nervous apparatus.
-Player device.
-Excrete apparatus.
-Bones and muscles.
-The senses.
-Other.
-Hemodynamics, basic physiology:
-Basic hemodynamic parameters.
-Biological sensors.
-Monitoring sensors.
-Pulsioximetry.
-Shared system.
-Greater Circulation.
-Lower circulation.
-Tracking and control equipment.
-Brain monitoring:
-Overview:
-Direct diagnostics.
-Indirect diagnostics
-Non-invasive methods:
-Electroencephalogram (EEG).
-Transcranial Doppler (DTC).
-Evoked power (PE).
-Near infrared spectrometry (NIRS).
-Invasive methods:
-Laser doppler Fluxuretry (FDL).
-Cerebral Perfusion Pressure (PPC).
-O2 cerebral venous saturation in jugular.
-tissue PO2.
-Respiratory system:
-Driving system.
-Exchange.
-Respiratory mechanics and pulmonary ventilation.
-Volumes and capabilities.
-Control of the breath.
-Respiratory physiology.
-Physical activity and respiratory adaptations.
-Major lung diseases and physical activity.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Naming: Tracking and running the installation of electromedicine systems
Code: UF0545
Duration: 70 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP4 in terms of tracking and running the installation of the electromedical systems installation.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Repose installations of an electromedicine system and its associated facilities, contrasting the assembly plans and location.
CE1.1 Interpreting the schemas and drawings of an installation, detecting the needs of the assembly (specific tool, presence of other installations, among others) and indicating the solutions that can be adopted applying the rules in force.
CE1.2 Identify any contingencies that may arise (mismatch of measures between the plane and the work, presence of other unanticipated facilities, among others) in the installation of the installation.
CE1.3 Explain the solutions adopted to resolve any contingencies that may arise in the installation. Develop sketches or schemes that respond to solutions adopted to resolve contingencies.
CE1.4 Develop a report that picks up the contingencies found in the installation deployment.
CE1.5 In the assembly of an electromedical system type (chiroprac/critical care, ionising radiation/diagnostic image or laboratory/hemodialysis) characterized by its plans and technical documentation:
-Contrasting the system's plans and location, identifying the usual contingencies that arise in real works, to ensure the viability of the assembly.
-Repose the installation considering all the necessary aspects (flow of channels, communications systems, accessories, among others) for the implementation of the same.
-Verify compliance with application regulations and regulations.
-Verify that the equipment, machines, tools, and protective equipment, among others, are those indicated for each of the system-mounting phases.
-Verify that the material for the installation is indicated in the list of materials and without any of its physical properties (mechanical, electrical, among others).
-Verify compliance with protection, security, and risk prevention measures required in mount operations.
C2: Install type electromedicine systems and their associated facilities, applying the current regulations and acting under personal safety standards and the materials used.
CE2.1 From the technical documentation of assembly of an electromedicine system, establish the sequence of assembly activities, indicating the elements, materials, operations to be carried out, technical means, required auxiliary and security.
CE2.2 In the assembly of an electromedical system type identify, from schemas and plans:
-The spaces in which the system is located and the elements that make it up (pipes, wiring, equipment, elements, accessories, among others) interpreting the plans.
-Possible mounting difficulties in the locations of equipment and elements by interpreting the plans, sketches and schemes, proposing possible solutions to solve these contingencies.
CE2.3 In the assembly of an electromedical system type select, from the mount plan:
-The elements and materials to be used (pipes, anchors, cable, and equipment, among others) on catalogs and in the warehouse.
-The tools and equipment required (general and specific tool, computer tool wiring testers, among others) for mounting on a variety of tools or catalogs.
-The documents needed for the assembly (drawings, sketches, schemas, cutting, among others) from the technical documentation.
CE2.4 In the assembly of an electromedical system type, from the assembly plan:
-Use the appropriate tools, measurement instruments, and protective equipment for the activity to be performed.
-Repose the installation according to the plans and taking into account possible solutions to contingencies.
-Mounting pipes and pipes by applying the right techniques in each case and getting the right aesthetics.
-Render the wiring in the pipes without any of its characteristics, avoiding the cross and labeling it in the appropriate place in an unmistakable way according to the established procedure.
-Mount the "racks" or cabinets and their accessory elements by optimizing the available space.
-Assemble and place the equipment at the location ("racks", supports, among others) according to the technical documentation.
-Connect the equipment and elements to a good connection and without deterioration.
-Perform the measurements of the installation parameters by contrasting the values obtained with those specified in the technical and regulatory documentation.
-Adjust and calibrate the equipment and elements of the installation according to the manufacturer's instructions and according to the pattern.
-Verify adjustments and calibrations according to the current technical and regulatory documentation.
CE2.5 Develop a report of the developed activities and results obtained.
C3: Monitor the installation of type electromedicine systems and their associated facilities to ensure quality, compliance with scheduled objectives and enforcement regulations.
CE3.1 Explain the contents of a quality plan by relating it to the assembly process and to the quality standards.
CE3.2 In monitoring the installation of a type electromedicine system, identify:
-Application regulations.
-The phases of the mount plan.
-The runtimes of each phase.
-The required human resources.
-The material resources to be used by indicating the evidence prior to checking.
-The coordination needs between different work teams.
CE3.3 In the monitoring of an assembly program of an electromedical system type verify:
-Compliance with application regulations.
-The marking and tracing of the installation complies with the requirements of the technical documentation.
-The pipes and pipes used are the right ones and are in perfect condition.
-The tables, drivers, protections and electrical connections comply with the technical conditions established and with the applicable instructions of the regulations in force.
-The location of the components and their connection by forming the different system installations comply with what is specified in the mounting technical documentation.
-Equipment, appliances, and items are installed so that they are accessible for maintenance operations.
CE3.4 Develop a report describing the contingencies and solutions adopted in the installation of electromedical systems.
CE3.5 Perform and monitor testing and verification tests, measures, and commissioning of the installation to check their status and regulatory parameter levels according to the regulations in effect.
CE3.6 Develop a report by collecting the measurements and verifications performed, as well as the equipment and tools used.
C4: Manage waste from the installation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities, taking into account the rules of application.
CE4.1 Plan the waste management program for the installation of an electromedicine type system, collecting:
-The manufacturers ' instructions
-Segregation for certain types of waste
-The containers needed based on the type of waste
-The storage zones based on the type of waste
-Personal protection means according to the type of waste to be handled.
CE4.2 Indicate the type of transport to use depending on the type of waste generated.
CE4.3 Describe the traceability of waste from its generation to its collection at the points indicated.
CE4.4 Document the waste management process of the facility according to the requirements given.
Contents
1. Repose of the work or installation of electromedical systems.
-Interpretation of plans: Project, assembly and civil work.
-Identifying location spaces.
-Characteristics of the physical spaces.
-Measurements and quantities.
-Activities to be performed.
-Provision of materials.
-Despièce, auxiliary materials.
2. Installation of elements and equipment of electromedical systems.
-Facilities and conditioning equipment.
-Classification of installations.
-Acommitted and control and general protection frames:
-Protections.
-Types and features.
-Cutting and protection elements.
-Sizing interruptors and electrical protections.
-Canalizations and Conductions:
-Types of pipe and accessory joins.
-Supports and anchors.
-Driver types.
-Drivers section.
-Maniwork and protection.
-Different command elements.
-Subject items.
-Join procedures:
-Clavids.
-Autogene and electric welding.
-Assembly of equipment.
-Assembly of electrical circuits and equipment of electromedical facilities:
-Phases.
-Assembly and connection of protection, command, regulation and signalling elements.
-Assembly, connection and commissioning of circulators, pumps and special equipment for electromedical systems.
-Assembly, settlement, alignment, and attachment techniques and operations.
-Auxiliary or support energy systems.
-Electrotechnical Regulation for Low Tension and other implementing regulations.
3. Supervision of the installation of electromedical systems.
-Measurement instruments for mounting monitoring.
-Verifying adjustments and calibrations.
-Mount plan phases.
-Run times.
-Human resource allocation.
-Distribution of material resources.
-Verification of control points.
-Security regulations.
-Activity report, contingencies, and results.
4. Waste management in the installation of electromedical systems.
-Environmental management plan.
-Types of waste in the installation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
-Collection, transport and storage of waste: traceability.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Functional testing and commissioning of electromedicine systems
Code: UF0546
Duration: 60 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP5 and RP7 as regards the implementation of electromedical systems.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Perform the functional, safety and commissioning tests to be carried out after the assembly of the type of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities, based on the technical documentation and following established protocols.
CE1.1 Explain the functional, security, and start-up testing protocols to be performed at the installation indicating the points to be controlled and the levels of the regulatory parameters.
CE1.2 Explain the measurement procedures and equipment to be used for functional, commissioning, and parameter measurement tests.
CE1.3 In a system of Electromedicine of the operating room/critical care type, perform the functional, safety and commissioning tests of the installation, equipment and elements taking into account, among others:
-The current regulations.
-Measurement instruments, tools and apparatus.
-Service instructions manual.
-Manufacturer manual.
-The acting protocols.
-The procedures to follow.
-Facilities and personal security measures.
CE1.4 In an Electromedicine system of ionising radiations/diagnostic image type, perform the functional tests, safety and commissioning of the installation, equipment and elements taking into account, between other:
-The current regulations.
-Measurement instruments, tools and apparatus.
-Service instructions manual.
-Manufacturer manual.
-The acting protocols.
-The procedures to follow.
-Facilities and personal security measures.
CE1.5 In a system of laboratory electromedicine/hemodialysis type, perform the functional, safety and commissioning tests of the installation, equipment and elements taking into account, among others:
-The current regulations.
-Measurement instruments, tools and apparatus.
-Service instructions manual.
-Manufacturer manual.
-The acting protocols.
-The procedures to follow.
-Facilities and personal security measures.
C2: Explain the operation and safety measures in the commissioning of electromedical systems from the technical documentation to instruct technicians and users.
CE2.1 In the operation of the electromedicine systems of an operating room/critical care team, based on the technical documentation, explain:
-The functionality of equipment and installations (electrical, gas, air, lighting, among others) and the handling of controls and relating to the systems and apparatus of the human body.
-The required calibrations and adjustments.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
-Security measures that affect people.
CE2.2 In the operation of the electromedicine systems of an ionising radiation/diagnostic imaging equipment type from the technical documentation, explain:
-The functionality of equipment and installations (electrical, gas, air, lighting, among others) and the handling of controls and relating to the systems and apparatus of the human body.
-The required calibrations and adjustments.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
-Security measures that affect people.
CE2.3 In the operation of a laboratory electromedicine/hemodialysis system type from the technical documentation, explain:
-The functionality of equipment and installations (electrical, gas, air, lighting, among others) and the handling of controls and relating to the systems and apparatus of the human body.
-The required calibrations and adjustments.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
-Security measures that affect people.
Contents
1. Functionality characteristics of the electromedical systems.
-Regulatory tests (tightness, leakage, pressure, among others).
-Security measures in the isolation and connection of machines and equipment.
-Measurement of variables (electrical, pressure, temperature, among others).
-Programmable equipment control programs.
-Regulation according to specifications.
-Modifying, tuning, and checking the installation parameters.
-On-premises operating parameters:
-Adjustments and calibrations.
-Puesta to dot.
-Alarms.
-Start Protocols:
-Prevention rules.
-Technical Manuals.
-Manufacturer's Manuals.
2. Tuning and verifying installed equipment.
-Test techniques for the protection and insulation of pipes and fittings.
-tightness and pressure tests:
-Mechanical resistance tests.
-Cleaning and disinfection of circuits and facilities.
-Industrial Senalization:
-Senalization of hydraulic and electrical pipelines.
-Color code.
-Measurement instruments and procedures:
-Electrical measuring equipment.
-pneumatic and hydraulic measuring equipment.
-Electronic measurement equipment.
-Control instruments and equipment.
-Parameter measures:
-Procedures.
-Adjustment, regulation and control parameters in electromedicine installations:
-Control and throttling systems.
-Temperature measures, pressure, among others.
-Calibrations.
-Harmful factors and their treatment:
-Dilatations.
-Vibrations.
-Vertids.
-Alarms.
-Certification of the installation.
FORMATIVE UNIT 4
Denomination: Risk prevention and environmental management in electromedical facilities.
Code: UF0401
Duration: 60 hours
Competition referent: This training unit corresponds to the RP5, RP6 and RP7 in terms of safety and risk prevention for technicians and users of electromedicine systems, as well as in management environmental.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Analyze risk factors and associated risks in the assembly and maintenance of electromedical systems and equipment.
CE3.1 Identify the radiation protection requirements derived from diagnostic imaging equipment.
CE3.2 Identify protection requirements against fluid and medicinal gas installations derived from operating room/critical care equipment.
CE3.3 Identify the noise and vibration protection requirements derived from laboratory/hemodialysis equipment.
CE3.4 Describe the protocols of action for possible biological risks related to the maintenance of electromedicine equipment and associated facilities.
CE3.5 Describe the different types of waste generated.
CE3.6 Identify the current regulations regarding waste management in healthcare facilities.
CE3.7 Identify the requirements of the containers used according to the type of waste to be handled and the specific personal protection.
CE3.8 Identify transport vehicles to collection points according to the type of waste.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Management of occupational and environmental prevention in the installation of electromedical systems.
-Managing work risk prevention in a hospital/company
-Human and material resources for the development of preventive activities.
-Organization of emergencies.
-Classification of individual protective equipment (PPE ' s).
-Waste management and handling:
-Biological wastes.
-Radioactive waste.
-inert waste.
Methodological guidelines
Distance training:
| Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
80 | 50 | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|
| 80 | 80 | 80 | |
|
Unit 2-UF0545 | 70 | 20 | ||
| 60 | 40 |
Sequence:
To access the training units 2 and 3 must have passed the training unit 1.
To access the formative unit 3 must have been passed the formative unit 2.
The formative unit 4 can be imparted independently.
Access criteria for students
They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
FORMATIVE MODULE 3
Denomination: Planning and management of the maintenance of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
Code: MF1273_3
Professional qualification level: 3
Associated with the competition unit:
UC1273_3: Plan and manage the maintenance of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
Duration: 250 hours.
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Electromedical equipment for diagnosis and therapy.
Code: UF0398
Duration: 80 hours
Competition referent: This training unit corresponds to RP1 and RP2 as regards the elements and equipment involved in electromedicine systems.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze the electromedicine systems and their associated facilities, identifying the equipment and elements that make up them and the most relevant features of them.
CE1.1 Describe the different types of electromedical systems and equipment according to their function (diagnosis and therapy).
CE1.2 Classifying diagnostic equipment and systems (Image, laboratory, monitoring and recording, among others) according to their intended purpose and relating each of them to their applications characteristics.
CE1.3 Classifying therapy equipment and systems (radiation, ventilation and anesthesia, hemodialysis, rehabilitation, among others) according to their intended purpose and relating each to their applications characteristics.
CE1.4 Relating electromedicine systems and equipment to human body devices and systems.
CE1.5 Enunciate the most relevant features of equipment and systems based on their technology and relate them to their application.
CE1.6 Describe the facilities associated with the electromedical systems according to the functional needs of the equipment and its technology.
CE1.7 Describe the characteristics of the specific physical spaces and infrastructures depending on the system to be located.
CE1.8 In an electromedical system type (operating room/critical care, ionising radiation/diagnostic imaging or laboratory/hemodialysis) characterized by its technical documentation:
-Identify the different subsystems that make up the host system, relating them to the schemas and describing their function.
-Identify the computers and elements that configure the system, relating them to the symbols that appear in the schemas and describing their function.
-Identify computers and system elements by verifying that their characteristics match those indicated in the technical documentation.
C2: Explain the operation of different electromedical systems from the technical documentation in order to train potential users.
CE2.1 In the operation of an electromedicine system of a operating room/critical care type, explain to a user and from the technical documentation:
-The functionality of equipment and installations (electrical, gas, air, lighting, among others) and the handling of controls.
-The required calibrations and adjustments of the system.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
CE2.2 In the operation of an electromedicine system of ionising radiations/diagnostic image type, explain to a user and from the technical documentation:
-The functionality of equipment and installations (X-rays, among others) and the handling of controls.
-The required calibrations and adjustments of the system.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
CE2.3 In the operation of a laboratory/hemodialysis type equipment, explain to a user and from the technical documentation:
-The functionality of the equipment and facilities (mechanical, hydraulic, among others) and the handling of the controls.
-The required calibrations and adjustments of the system.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
Contents
1. Generalities and operation of equipment common to all electromedical systems.
-Power supply network:
-Basic components study.
-Site in a hospital or healthcare facility.
-Planes.
-Controls.
-Isolations.
-Power supplies:
-Linear.
-Switches.
-Uninterruptible power systems (SAI ' s).
-Transductors.
-Signal generators.
-Measurement teams:
-Polimeters.
-Oscyloscopes.
-Signal Analizers.
-Data network:
-Cabling, basic, and general.
-Connectivity.
-Digitalization.
-Pumps, compressors and vacuometers
2. Technical characteristics and functions of diagnostic equipment.
-Ionizing radiations:
-Effects on the human organism.
-Regulations.
-Radiological protection.
-Application in a hospital or healthcare facility.
-Diagnostic by image:
-X-ray equipment.
-Computed Axial Tomography.
-Ecography.
-Gammacamaras.
-Pet.
-Magnetic resonance imaging.
-Digital endoscopy systems.
-Scanning the image:
-PACS.
-RIS.
-HIS.
-Communication standards.
-DICOM.
-HL-7.
-Other.
-Lab teams:
-Parsers and self-probes.
-Microscopes.
-Sequenciators.
-Coagulators.
-Spectrophotometers.
-haematological counters.
-Monitoring and logging teams:
-Electrocardiograph.
-Multiparametric holter monitor system.
-Telemetry system.
-Monitoring Central.
-Cardiotochograph or fetal monitor.
-Functional test teams:
-Ergometer or stress test system.
-Lung scan system.
-Teams that generate a specific function of the body:
-Patient Simulator.
-Electrical and optical pulsioximetry simulator.
3. Technical characteristics and functions of therapy equipment.
-Radiation therapy equipment:
-cobalt pump.
-Linear electron accelerator.
-Surgical area and critical care equipment:
-Volumetric respirator.
-Anesthesia equipment:
-Medicinal Gases (Effects on the Human Body).
-Security and control measures.
-Infusion pump.
-Infusion pump.
-Electroscalpels.
-Defibrillators.
-Marcasteps.
-Monitoring systems.
-Hemodialysis equipment:
-Hemodialysis monitors:
-Description and schema.
-Instrumentation and measurement methods.
-Rehabilitation teams:
-Electrotherapy.
-Ultrasounds.
-Microwaves and infrared.
4. Physiology and biomedical measurements of the human body.
-The human body, physiological system:
-digestive tract.
-Respiratory apparatus.
-circulatory apparatus.
-Nervous apparatus.
-Player device.
-Excrete apparatus.
-Bones and muscles.
-The senses.
-Other.
-Hemodynamics, basic physiology:
-Basic hemodynamic parameters.
-Biological sensors.
-Monitoring sensors.
-Pulsioximetry.
-Shared system.
-Greater Circulation.
-Lower circulation.
-Tracking and control equipment.
-Brain monitoring:
-Overview:
-Direct diagnostics.
-Indirect diagnostics
-Non-invasive methods:
-Electroencephalogram (EEG).
-Transcranial Doppler (DTC).
-Evoked power (PE).
-Near infrared spectrometry (NIRS).
-Invasive methods:
-Laser doppler Fluxuretry (FDL).
-Cerebral Perfusion Pressure (PPC).
-O2 cerebral venous saturation in jugular.
-tissue PO2.
-Respiratory system:
-Driving system.
-Exchange.
-Respiratory mechanics and pulmonary ventilation.
-Volumes and capabilities.
-Control of the breath.
-Respiratory physiology.
-Physical activity and respiratory adaptations.
-Major lung diseases and physical activity.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Planning for the maintenance of electromedical systems.
Code: UF0547
Duration: 60 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP2 and RP4 in terms of maintenance planning for electromedical systems.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Plan the maintenance of different electromedicine systems and their associated facilities, defining the human and material resources required, the interventions to be performed and their sequencing.
CE1.1 Identify the types of maintenance to be performed on electromedicine systems.
CE1.2 Explain the programming techniques and requirements to be met in your applications for maintenance.
CE1.3 Develop, in a practical case, the preventive maintenance program of an electromedical system type and its associated facilities, taking into account, among others:
-The maintenance tab model.
-The manufacturers ' instructions.
-Stop and commissioning procedures, depending on the care burden.
-Communication procedures.
-The inspection points.
-The interventions to be performed.
-The required human and material resources.
-The security media.
-The sequencing of the interventions.
-The failure history.
-The electrocedic equipment inventory.
-Application regulations.
CE1.4 Elaborate, in a practical case, corrective maintenance procedures in an electromedical system type and its associated facilities, taking into account, among others:
-The manufacturers ' instructions
-Stop and put in service procedures.
-Performance, communication, scaling, and remote support procedures.
-The priority levels and the criticality of the system in the care load.
-The interventions to be performed.
-The required human and material resources.
-The interchangeability of elements.
-The adjustments to be made.
-The security media.
-The failure history.
-Application regulations.
CE1.5 Analyze the workload to plan the distribution of material and human times and resources.
CE1.6 Develop proposals for maintenance improvement from analysis of system maintenance processes as a whole (proactivity).
C2: Identify and develop the protocols for functional testing, safety and commissioning of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities, based on technical documentation.
CE2.1 Select information about functional, security, and service testing protocols.
CE2.2 Explain the protocols of the functional and commissioning tests to be performed on the installation, indicating the points to be controlled and the levels of the regulatory parameters.
CE2.3 Explain the measurement procedures and equipment to be used for functional, commissioning, and parameter measurement tests.
CE2.4 Describe installation security tests, equipment, and items according to current regulations.
CE2.5 Develop a report by collecting the functional, security, and commissioning test protocols.
C3: Develop maintenance management programs for different electromedicine systems and their associated facilities, starting with the maintenance plan.
CE3.1 Identify safety regulations in relation to electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
CE3.2 Indicate process control points.
CE3.3 In a maintenance plan management scenario:
-Assign activities to different work teams by optimizing material times and resources.
-Manage the distribution of material and equipment media.
-Verify compliance with the guidelines to be followed to ensure quality.
CE3.4 Develop a report of the activities performed.
Contents
1. Planning and development of maintenance programs in the electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
-Principles and generalities.
-Composition.
-Analysis of electromedical systems for inclusion in preventive maintenance program.
-Planning for preventive maintenance.
-Cost Study:
-Comprehensive maintenance.
-Corrective maintenance.
-Preventive maintenance.
-Legal-technical maintenance.
-Implication in the half-life of electromedical systems.
2. Maintenance techniques in electromedical systems.
-Introduction.
-Generalities.
-Managing maintenance in the enterprise.
-Corrective, preventive, and predictive maintenance.
-The function of the maintenance.
-Subcontracting maintenance.
-Typology of breakdowns.
-Tools, equipment and measuring instruments and auxiliary technical means.
-Fungibles.
3. Structure of the public and private health system (general health law/law 14/1986 of 25 April).
-Introduction.
-General public health system organization.
-The health services of the Autonomous Communities.
-Health areas.
-General health coordination.
-Financing.
-The staff.
-Public health benefits and drawbacks.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Management of Electromedical Systems Maintenance
Code: UF0548
Duration: 50 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP3 and RP5 in terms of maintenance management of electromedical systems.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Organize the supply of media and materials for the maintenance of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities, based on the technical documentation of the installation.
CE1.1 Identify application regulations in the maintenance of electromedical systems.
CE1.2 Select the parts of the technical documentation that are useful for planning maintenance.
CE1.3 Explain the procedures for the control of supply (warehouse control, form and delivery times, destinations, among others) indicating the most common correction measures (penalties, refunds, etc.) other).
CE1.4 Identify the activities to be performed in the maintenance of electromedical systems.
CE1.5 Interpret the characteristics of the equipment, media, auxiliary elements, despite, among others, to plan the provisioning, according to the needs of the maintenance.
CE1.6 Develop the provisioning plan by taking into account the sequencing and needs of maintenance activities.
C2: Develop the documentation for the maintenance of different types of electromedical systems and their associated facilities, based on current technical documentation and regulations.
CE2.1 Collect information regarding the characteristics of the equipment, installation, and accessories.
CE2.2 Explain inventory techniques and tools to perform the registration of equipment and accessories, as well as their configurations and changes.
CE2.3 Explain the documentation regarding the result of the tests required by regulation.
CE2.4 Define the document that collects the history of equipment, installations, and accessories (history of technical incidents and inventory records) of an electromedical system.
CE2.5 Explain the delivery and warranty record for equipment, installation, and accessories.
CE2.6 Develop installation basic usage instructions for users of the installation.
C3: Develop training plans for the maintenance and operation of different types of electromedical systems, based on the technical documentation.
CE3.1 Develop the training plan for the maintenance of an electromedical system of an operating room/critical care type taking into account, among others:
-The maintenance plan.
-User manuals.
-Service manuals.
-The technical, functional and operational characteristics (electrical, medicinal gases, lighting, among others).
-The sequencing and times.
-The staff to whom you are addressing.
-The availability of resources.
-The associated risks.
-Application regulations.
CE3.2 Develop the training plan for the maintenance of an electromedicine system of ionising radiation/diagnostic image type taking into account, among others:
-The maintenance plan.
-User manuals.
-Service manuals.
-The technical, functional, and operational characteristics (X-rays, among others).
-The sequencing and times.
-The staff to whom you are addressing.
-The availability of resources.
-The associated risks.
-Application regulations.
CE3.3 Develop the training plan for the maintenance of a laboratory electromedicine/hemodialysis system type taking into account, among others:
-The maintenance plan.
-User manuals.
-Service manuals.
-The technical, functional and operational characteristics (mechanical, hydraulic, among others).
-The sequencing and times.
-The staff to whom you are addressing.
-The availability of resources.
-The associated risks.
-Application regulations.
Contents
1. Organization of an electromedical service.
-Introduction.
-Generalities.
-Organization within the enterprise.
-Organization within the hospital scope.
-Managing the technical service.
-Applications.
-Management of the technical staff.
-Costs and benefits.
-External technical service, subcontracting:
-Advantages.
-Inconvenient.
2. Management of the maintenance of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
-Managing computer-assisted maintenance (GMAO).
-Analysis of management information:
-Economic management of maintenance.
-Comprehensive maintenance cost.
-Economic reports.
-Maintenance indicators.
-Productivity of maintenance.
-Feature and encoding assets:
-Store and maintenance material.
-Supplies.
-Organization and management of the electromedicine warehouse.
-Spare technical specifications.
-Structures and standardization of information:
-Activity report, monthly and yearly.
-Schedule system.
-Supplier approval.
-Managing warranties.
-Managing spare parts and stocks.
-Documentation management:
-Technical documentation.
-User documentation.
-Quality documentation.
-Job risk prevention documentation.
-Environment documentation.
3. Quality in the maintenance of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
-Quality Management Systems:
-Healthcare products directives.
-Quality management system for the PSANI manufacturer.
-Quality management system for the hospital center.
-Regulations on electromedical systems:
-Software standards.
-Standard on the management and maintenance of electromedical systems.
-Risk management rule.
-Life cycle of electromedicine systems:
-After-sales phase.
-After-sales quality controls:
-Installation
-Commissioning
-Validations
-Corrective Maintenance
-Preventive maintenance
-Low of Electromedicine Systems Inventory
-Withdrawal of electromedical systems
FORMATIVE UNIT 4
Denomination: Risk prevention and environmental management in electromedical facilities
Code: UF0401
Duration: 60 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to the RP5 in terms of safety and risk prevention for technicians and users of electromedicine systems, as well as environmental management.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Analyze risk factors and associated risks in the assembly and maintenance of electromedical systems and equipment.
CE3.1 Identify the radiation protection requirements derived from diagnostic imaging equipment.
CE3.2 Identify protection requirements against fluid and medicinal gas installations derived from operating room/critical care equipment.
CE3.3 Identify the noise and vibration protection requirements derived from laboratory/hemodialysis equipment.
CE3.4 Describe the protocols of action for possible biological risks related to the maintenance of electromedicine equipment and associated facilities.
CE3.5 Describe the different types of waste generated.
CE3.6 Identify the current regulations regarding waste management in healthcare facilities.
CE3.7 Identify the requirements of the containers used according to the type of waste to be handled and the specific personal protection.
CE3.8 Identify transport vehicles to collection points according to the type of waste.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Management of occupational and environmental prevention in the installation of electromedical systems.
-Managing occupational risk prevention in a hospital/company.
-Human and material resources for the development of preventive activities.
-Organization of emergencies.
-Classification of individual protective equipment (PPE ' s).
-Waste management and handling:
-Biological wastes.
-Radioactive waste.
-inert waste.
Methodological guidelines
Distance training:
| Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
80 | 50 | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|
| 80 | 80 | 80 | |
|
Unit 2-UF0547 | 60 | 20 | ||
| 50 | ||||
| 60 | 40 |
Sequence
To access the training units 2 and 3 must have passed the training unit 1.
To access the formative unit 3 must have been passed the formative unit 2.
The formative unit 4 can be imparted independently.
Access criteria for students
They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
FORMATIVE MODULE 4
Denomination: Monitoring and performing the maintenance of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
Code: MF1274_3
Professional qualification level: 3
Associated with the competition unit:
UC1274_2: Monitor and maintain electromedicine systems and their associated installations
Duration: 270 hours
FORMATIVE UNIT 1
Denomination: Electromedical equipment for diagnosis and therapy.
Code: UF0398
Duration: 80 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP2, RP3, and RP4 as regards the elements and equipment involved in electromedicine systems.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze the electromedicine systems and their associated facilities, identifying the equipment and elements that make up them and the most relevant features of them.
CE1.1 Describe the different types of electromedical systems and equipment according to their function (diagnosis and therapy).
CE1.2 Classify the diagnostic equipment and systems (Image, laboratory, monitoring and registration, among others) according to their intended purpose and relating each of them with their characteristic applications.
CE1.3 Classifying therapy equipment and systems (radiation, ventilation and anesthesia, hemodialysis, rehabilitation, among others) according to their intended purpose and relating each of them to their characteristic applications.
CE1.4 Relating electromedicine systems and equipment to human body devices and systems.
CE1.5 Enunciate the most relevant features of equipment and systems based on their technology and relate them to their application.
CE1.6 Describe the facilities associated with the electromedical systems according to the functional needs of the equipment and its technology.
CE1.7 Describe the characteristics of the specific physical spaces and infrastructures depending on the system to be located.
CE1.8 In an electromedical system type (operating room/critical care, ionising radiation/diagnostic imaging or laboratory/hemodialysis) characterized by its technical documentation:
-Identify the different subsystems that make up the host system, relating them to the schemas and describing their function.
-Identify the computers and elements that configure the system, relating them to the symbols that appear in the schemas and describing their function.
-Identify computers and system elements by verifying that their characteristics match those indicated in the technical documentation.
C2: Explain the operation of different electromedical systems from the technical documentation in order to train potential users.
CE2.1 In the operation of an electromedicine system of a operating room/critical care type, explain to a user and from the technical documentation:
-The functionality of equipment and installations (electrical, gas, air, lighting, among others) and the handling of controls.
-The required calibrations and adjustments of the system.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
CE2.2 In the operation of an electromedicine system of ionising radiations/diagnostic image type, explain to a user and from the technical documentation:
-The functionality of equipment and installations (X-rays, among others) and the handling of controls.
-The required calibrations and adjustments of the system.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
CE2.3 In the operation of a laboratory/hemodialysis type equipment, explain to a user and from the technical documentation:
-The functionality of the equipment and facilities (mechanical, hydraulic, among others) and the handling of the controls.
-The required calibrations and adjustments of the system.
-System security alarms and tokens.
-The most common technical failures or errors and ways to correct them.
Contents
1. Generalities and operation of equipment common to all electromedical systems.
-Power supply network:
-Basic components study.
-Site in a hospital or healthcare facility.
-Planes.
-Controls.
-Isolations.
-Power supplies:
-Linear.
-Switches.
-Uninterruptible power systems (SAI ' s).
-Transductors.
-Signal generators.
-Measurement teams:
-Polimeters.
-Oscyloscopes.
-Signal Analizers.
-Data network:
-Cabling, basic, and general.
-Connectivity.
-Digitalization.
-Pumps, compressors and vacuometers
2. Technical characteristics and functions of diagnostic equipment.
-Ionizing radiations:
-Effects on the human organism.
-Regulations.
-Radiological protection.
-Application in a hospital or healthcare facility.
-Diagnostic by image:
-X-ray equipment.
-Computed Axial Tomography.
-Ecography.
-Gammacamaras.
-Pet.
-Magnetic resonance imaging.
-Digital endoscopy systems.
-Scanning the image:
-PACS.
-RIS.
-HIS.
-Communication standards.
-DICOM.
-HL-7.
-Other.
-Lab teams:
-Parsers and self-probes.
-Microscopes.
-Sequenciators.
-Coagulators.
-Spectrophotometers.
-haematological counters.
-Monitoring and logging teams:
-Electrocardiograph.
-Multiparametric holter monitor system.
-Telemetry system.
-Monitoring Central.
-Cardiotochograph or fetal monitor.
-Functional test teams:
-Ergometer or stress test system.
-Lung scan system.
-Teams that generate a specific function of the body:
-Patient Simulator.
-Electrical and optical pulsioximetry simulator.
3. Technical characteristics and functions of therapy equipment.
-Radiation therapy equipment:
-cobalt pump.
-Linear electron accelerator.
-Surgical area and critical care equipment:
-Volumetric respirator.
-Anesthesia equipment:
-Medicinal Gases (Effects on the Human Body).
-Security and control measures.
-Infusion pump.
-Infusion pump.
-Electroscalpels.
-Defibrillators.
-Marcasteps.
-Monitoring systems.
-Hemodialysis equipment:
-Hemodialysis monitors:
-Description and schema.
-Instrumentation and measurement methods.
-Rehabilitation teams:
-Electrotherapy.
-Ultrasounds.
-Microwaves and infrared.
4. Physiology and biomedical measurements of the human body.
-The human body, physiological system:
-digestive tract.
-Respiratory apparatus.
-circulatory apparatus.
-Nervous apparatus.
-Player device.
-Excrete apparatus.
-Bones and muscles.
-The senses.
-Other.
-Hemodynamics, basic physiology:
-Basic hemodynamic parameters.
-Biological sensors.
-Monitoring sensors.
-Pulsioximetry.
-Shared system.
-Greater Circulation.
-Lower circulation.
-Tracking and control equipment.
-Brain monitoring:
-Overview:
-Direct diagnostics.
-Indirect diagnostics
-Non-invasive methods:
-Electroencephalogram (EEG).
-Transcranial Doppler (DTC).
-Evoked power (PE).
-Near infrared spectrometry (NIRS).
-Invasive methods:
-Laser doppler Fluxuretry (FDL).
-Cerebral Perfusion Pressure (PPC).
-O2 cerebral venous saturation in jugular.
-tissue PO2.
-Respiratory system:
-Driving system.
-Exchange.
-Respiratory mechanics and pulmonary ventilation.
-Volumes and capabilities.
-Control of the breath.
-Respiratory physiology.
-Physical activity and respiratory adaptations.
-Major lung diseases and physical activity.
FORMATIVE UNIT 2
Denomination: Diagnosis of electromedical system breakdowns
Code: UF0549
Duration: 60 hours
Competition referent: This training unit corresponds to RP2 and RP3 in terms of the diagnosis of faults in electromedical systems.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Diagnose dysfunctions or breakdowns in the equipment and facilities of different electromedical systems, locating and identifying them and determining the causes that produce it and applying the required procedures in security conditions.
CE1.1 Explain the typology and characteristics of the symptoms of the dysfunctions or breakdowns that occur in the equipment and facilities of the electromedicine systems:
-Diagnostic electromedicine systems.
-Therapy electromedicine systems.
CE1.2 In an assumed theoretical diagnosis of dysfunctions or breakdowns in an electromedicine system of an operating room/critical care type, based on the technical documentation:
-Interpret the technical documentation, identifying the different equipment and facilities (electrical, medicinal gases, lighting, among others).
-Identify the symptoms of dysfunction or breakdown, characterizing it for the effects it produces and measures performed and relating it to the devices and systems of the human body.
-Assay hypotheses of the cause or causes that may cause dysfunction or breakdown, relating to the symptoms presented by the electromedical equipment or system.
-Define the intervention procedure to determine the cause or causes that cause the dysfunction or breakdown.
-Locate the element responsible for the dysfunction or failure at the appropriate time.
-Develop a report of the activities developed and the results obtained.
CE1.3 In an assumed theoretical diagnosis of dysfunctions or breakdowns of a team of ionising radiation/diagnostic imaging, from the technical documentation:
-Describe the necessary protection media.
-Interpret the technical documentation, identifying the different equipment and facilities (X-rays, data network, among others)
-Identify the symptoms of dysfunction or breakdown, characterizing it for the effects it produces and measures performed and relating it to the devices and systems of the human body.
-Assay hypotheses of the cause or causes that may cause dysfunction or breakdown, relating to the symptoms presented by the equipment or system.
-Define the intervention procedure to determine the cause or causes that cause the breakdown.
-Locate the element responsible for the failure at the appropriate time.
-Develop a report of the activities developed and the results obtained.
CE1.4 In a supposed theoretical diagnosis of a dysfunction or breakdown in a hemodialysis/laboratory team, based on the technical documentation:
-Interpret the technical documentation, identifying the different equipment and facilities (mechanics, hydraulics, sensors, instrumentation, among others)
-Identify the symptoms of dysfunction or breakdown, characterizing it for the effects it produces and measures performed and relating it to the devices and systems of the human body.
-Assay hypotheses of the cause or causes that may cause dysfunction or breakdown, relating to the symptoms presented by the equipment or system.
-Define the intervention procedure to determine the cause or causes that cause the breakdown.
-Locate the element responsible for the failure at the appropriate time.
-Develop a report of the activities developed and the results obtained.
CE1.5 In a practical case of diagnosis of a dysfunction or breakdown in an electromedical equipment type, from the technical documentation:
-Interpret the technical documentation, identifying the different equipment and facilities.
-Identify the symptoms of the dysfunction or breakdown, characterizing it by the effects it produces and measures taken.
-Assay hypotheses of the cause or causes that may cause dysfunction or breakdown, relating to the symptoms presented by the equipment or system.
-Define the intervention procedure to determine the cause or causes that cause the breakdown.
-Locate the element responsible for the failure at the appropriate time.
-Develop a report of the activities developed and the results obtained.
Contents
1. Typology of dysfunctions or breakdowns in electromedical systems.
-Type-Averies in Electromedicine Systems:
-Electrical.
-Electronic.
-Ionizing radiations.
-Tyres.
-Hydraulic
2. Techniques for diagnosis of breakdowns in electromedical systems.
-Operating parameters.
-Diagnostic and troubleshooting techniques:
-Typology and diagnostics.
-Localization of the fault causing element.
-Methods and techniques used in locating faults in isolated installations and connected to a data network.
-Identification and description of critical breakdowns in electromedical systems.
3. Intervention plan.
-Corrective maintenance planning and organization techniques.
-Specific intervention plan.
-Replacing the element.
-Criteria and review points.
-Personal and team security rules.
-Tools, equipment and measuring instruments and auxiliary technical means.
FORMATIVE UNIT 3
Denomination: Tracking and running the maintenance of electromedical systems.
Code: UF0550
Duration: 70 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP1, RP3, RP4, and RP6 in terms of tracking and running maintenance and commissioning in electromedicine systems.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Monitor and perform preventive maintenance on equipment and installations of different electromedical systems, to ensure the operation and conservation of these systems, according to the objectives programmed in the maintenance plan and application regulations.
CE1.1 In a practical case of monitoring a preventive maintenance program of an electromedical system type verify:
-Compliance with the application and quality plan.
-Performing the interventions according to the maintenance plan.
-The replaced equipment and elements comply with the current regulations and with the technical conditions established.
CE1.2 Perform verification and verification tests to check the status of the installation and the levels of the regulatory parameters.
CE1.3 Develop a report by collecting:
-The measures and verifications performed, as well as the equipment, instruments and tools used.
-Contingencies and solutions adopted.
C2: Oversee and repair previously diagnosed breakdowns or dysfunctions in the equipment and facilities of different electromedical systems, using the procedures, means and tools under security conditions and with the required quality.
CE2.1 In a practical case of repair of a dysfunction or breakdown in an electromedicine system of an operating room/critical care type, based on the technical documentation:
-Identify the various affected installations and equipment (electrical, medicinal gases, air, lighting, among others) in the system, relating them to the technical documentation schemes.
-Verify the diagnosed symptoms of dysfunction or failure on the installation.
-Select the appropriate tools and equipment for the necessary interventions, which must be performed in the repair of the fault.
-Perform corrective interventions on the affected equipment or installation.
-Make the necessary adjustments of the intervened equipment and facilities.
-Verify the reset of the functional conditions.
-Develop a report of the activities developed and the results obtained.
CE2.2 In a practical case of diagnosing a dysfunction or failure of an ionising radiation/diagnostic imaging equipment, from the technical documentation:
-Identify the various affected installations and equipment (X-rays, data network, among others) in the system, relating them to the technical documentation schemes.
-Verify the diagnosed symptoms of dysfunction or failure on the installation.
-Select the appropriate tools, tools, and measuring instruments for the necessary interventions, to be performed in the repair of the fault.
-Select the protection media required for the intervention.
-Perform corrective interventions on the affected equipment or installation.
-Make the necessary adjustments of the intervened equipment and facilities.
-Verify the reset of the functional conditions.
-Develop a report of the activities developed and the results obtained.
CE2.3 In a practical case of diagnosis of a dysfunction or breakdown in a laboratory/hemodialysis team, from the technical documentation:
-Identify the various affected installations and equipment (mechanics, hydraulics, sensors, instrumentation, among others) in the system, relating them to the technical documentation schemes.
-Verify the diagnosed symptoms of dysfunction or failure on the installation.
-Select the appropriate tools and equipment for the necessary interventions, which must be performed in the repair of the fault.
-Perform corrective interventions on the affected equipment or installation.
-Make the necessary adjustments of the intervened equipment and facilities.
-Verify the reset of the functional conditions.
-Develop a report of the activities developed and the results obtained.
C3: Perform the functional, safety and commissioning tests to be performed after the maintenance of the type electromedical systems and their associated facilities, based on the technical documentation and following established protocols.
CE3.1 Define the protocols for the functional and commissioning tests to be performed on the installation by indicating the points to be controlled and the levels of the regulatory parameters.
CE3.2 Define the measurement procedures and equipment to be used for functional, commissioning, and parameter measurement tests.
CE3.3 Develop the installation security tests, equipment and elements according to the current regulations.
CE3.4 In a practical case of an operating room electromedicine/critical care system, perform the functional, safety and commissioning tests of the installation, equipment and elements taking into account, among others:
-The current regulations.
-Measurement instruments, tools and apparatus.
-Service instructions manual.
-Manufacturer's manual.
-The acting protocols.
-The procedures to follow.
-Facilities and personal security measures.
CE3.5 In a practical case of an electromedicine system of ionising radiation/diagnostic imaging, perform the functional, safety and commissioning tests of the installation, equipment and elements taking into account, among others:
-The current regulations.
-Measurement instruments, tools and apparatus.
-Service instructions manual.
-Manufacturer's manual.
-The acting protocols.
-The procedures to follow.
-Facilities and personal security measures.
CE3.6 In a practical case of an electromedicine system of laboratory/hemodialysis type, perform the functional, safety and commissioning tests of the installation, equipment and elements taking into account, among others:
-The current regulations.
-Measurement instruments, tools and apparatus.
-Service instructions manual.
-Manufacturer's manual.
-The acting protocols.
-The procedures to follow.
-Facilities and personal security measures.
Contents
1. Maintenance of equipment for electromedical systems.
-Preventive maintenance:
-Scheduled operations.
-Quality in interventions.
-Criteria and review points.
-System inspection and evaluation.
-Corrective maintenance:
-Replacing items.
-Adjustments and tuning.
-Quality in interventions.
-Personal and team security rules.
2. Functional and start-up testing.
-Action protocols.
-Measurement teams.
-Parameter measures.
-Tools.
-Security tests.
-tightness and pressure tests.
-Mechanical resistance tests.
-Cleaning and disinfection of circuits and facilities.
3. Documentation for maintenance.
-Maintenance plan.
-Test report.
-A breakdown repair report.
-Team book. History of breakdowns.
-Checklist.
-Inventory. Identification of equipment.
-Start-up Act.
-Planes, schemas, and sketches.
-Instructions manual.
-Computer applications.
-Certification of the installation.
-Other documents.
FORMATIVE UNIT 4
Denomination: Risk prevention and environmental management in electromedical facilities.
Code: UF0401
Duration: 60 hours
Competition Reference: This training unit corresponds to RP4, RP5 and RP7 as regards safety and risk prevention for technicians and users of electromedicine systems as well as in management environmental.
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Analyze prevention and safety measures regarding the actions of the handling of installations and equipment, contained in the safety plans of companies in the sector.
CE1.1 Specify the aspects of prevention and safety regulations related to the risks arising from the handling of installations and equipment.
CE1.2 Identify and evaluate risk factors and associated risks.
CE1.3 Identify environmental protection requirements derived from actions with polluting products.
CE1.4 Describe the requirements of the work areas and the procedures for their preparation, determining the specific occupational risks and their corrective actions.
CE1.5 Analyze first aid requirements in different accident scenarios.
CE1.6 Define the rights and duties of the employee and the company in terms of prevention and safety.
C2: Apply the security plan by analyzing the company's prevention, safety, and environmental protection measures.
CE2.1 Apply preventive and corrective measures to the identified risks, including selection, conservation and correct use of individual and collective protective equipment.
CE2.2 Apply the action protocols to possible emergencies, such as:
-Identify people in charge of specific tasks.
-Report the disfunctions and the observed dangerous cases.
-Proceed to the evacuation of buildings according to established procedures, in case of emergency.
CE2.3 Adopt the basic sanitary measures, first aid techniques and the transfer of accidents in different accident scenarios.
C3: Analyze risk factors and associated risks in the assembly and maintenance of electromedical systems and equipment.
CE3.1 Identify the radiation protection requirements derived from diagnostic imaging equipment.
CE3.2 Identify protection requirements against fluid and medicinal gas installations derived from operating room/critical care equipment.
CE3.3 Identify the noise and vibration protection requirements derived from laboratory/hemodialysis equipment.
CE3.4 Describe the protocols of action for possible biological risks related to the maintenance of electromedicine equipment and associated facilities.
CE3.5 Describe the different types of waste generated.
CE3.6 Identify the current regulations regarding waste management in healthcare facilities.
CE3.7 Identify the requirements of the containers used according to the type of waste to be handled and the specific personal protection.
CE3.8 Identify transport vehicles to collection points according to the type of waste.
Contents
1. Basic concepts about safety and health at work.
-Work and health.
-Professional risks.
-Risk factors.
-Consequences and damages derived from the job:
-Work accident.
-Professional illness.
-Other pathologies derived from work.
-Economic and operational impacts.
-Basic regulatory framework for occupational risk prevention:
-The labor risk prevention law.
-The prevention services regulation.
-Scope and legal bases.
-Health and safety directives at work.
-Public agencies related to health and safety at work:
-National agencies.
-Autonomous bodies.
2. General risks and their prevention.
-Risks in handling tools and equipment.
-Risks in handling systems and installations.
-Risks in the storage and transport of loads.
-Risks associated with the working environment:
-Exposure to physical, chemical or biological agents.
-Fire.
-Risks derived from workload:
-Physical fatigue.
-Mental fatigue.
-Job dissatisfaction.
-Protecting workers ' health and safety:
-Collective protection.
-Individual protection.
3. Acting in emergencies and evacuation.
-Accident types.
-Primary evaluation of the crashed.
-First aid.
-Socorism.
-Emergency situations.
-Emergency and evacuation plans.
-Support information for emergency action.
4. Management of occupational and environmental prevention in the installation of electromedical systems.
-Managing occupational risk prevention in a hospital/company.
-Human and material resources for the development of preventive activities.
-Organization of emergencies.
-Classification of individual protective equipment (PPE ' s).
-Waste management and handling:
-Biological wastes.
-Radioactive waste.
-inert waste.
Methodological guidelines
Distance training:
| Total duration in hours of the training units | N.
80 | 50 | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|
| 80 | 80 | 80 | |
|
Unit 2-UF0549 | 60 | 20 | ||
| 70 | ||||
| 60 | 40 |
Sequence:
To access the training units 2 and 3 must have passed the training unit 1.
The formative unit 4 can be imparted independently.
Access criteria for students
They shall be those established in Article 4 of the Royal Decree governing the certificate of professionalism of the professional family to which this Annex accompanies.
NON-WORKING PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE MODULE FOR THE MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISION OF THE INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ELECTROMEDICAL SYSTEMS.
Code: MP0119
Duration: 80 hours
Assessment Capabilities and Criteria
C1: Plan and manage the installation of an electromedicine system and its associated facilities.
CE1.1 Determine the technical characteristics of the electromedical system.
CE1.2 Participate in the selection of equipment, elements, and materials from technical specifications.
CE1.3 Participate in determining the costs of equipment and facilities from the report of equipment and items.
CE1.4 Collaborate in the installation of the installation assembly program.
CE1.5 Participate in the planning of the security, operation, and commissioning tests.
CE1.6 Participate in the contents of a quality plan relating to the assembly process and the quality standards.
CE1.7 Collaborate in the preparation of the documentation for the planning and management of the installation assembly.
C2: Monitor the installation of an electromedicine system and its associated facilities.
CE2.1 Participate in the repose and launch of the electromedicine system installation.
CE2.2 Collaborate on the monitoring and monitoring of the assembly program, resolving contingencies and meeting scheduled objectives.
CE2.3 Collaborate on supervision and conduct interventions for the assembly of electromedical systems under established safety and quality conditions.
CE2.4 Participate in the application of quality plans in the execution of the installation.
CE2.5 Collaborate on monitoring and testing for the safety, operation and implementation of electromedical systems.
CE2.6 Monitor compliance with risk prevention measures.
CE2.7 Manage the environmental protection program.
CE2.8 Participate in the operation instruction and system security measures to users and technicians.
C3: Planning the maintenance of an electromedicine system and its associated facilities.
CE3.1 Participate in the development and management of media and material supply programs for the maintenance of the electromedical system.
CE3.2 Collaborate in the elaboration of the installation maintenance programs.
CE3.3 Participate in the planning of the security, operation, and commissioning tests.
CE3.4 Collaborate in the elaboration of the documentation for planning and managing the maintenance of the installation.
CE3.5 Participate in operating system and system security instruction to users and technicians.
C4: Monitor the maintenance of an electromedicine system and its associated facilities.
CE4.1 Participate in the organization and control of installation maintenance interventions.
CE4.2 Collaborate on the diagnosis of failures or dysfunctions of the installation teams.
CE4.3 Perform replacement, mount, and dismount operations for installation-failing items.
CE4.4 Participate in the application of quality plans in the maintenance of the installation.
CE4.5 Collaborate on monitoring and testing for the safety, functioning and implementation of electromedical systems.
CE4.6 Monitor compliance with risk prevention measures.
C5: Participate in the company's work processes, following the rules and instructions set out in the job center.
CE5.1 Behave responsibly in both human relationships and the jobs to be performed.
CE5.2 Respect the procedures and rules of the work center.
CE5.3 Diligently undertake the tasks according to the instructions received, trying to bring them into line with the work rate of the company.
CE5.4 Integrate into the production processes of the job center.
CE5.5 Use the established communication channels.
CE5.6 At all times respect risk prevention, occupational health and environmental protection measures.
Contents
1. Programming and management of the installation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
-Fases and mount activities.
-Outsourcing activities.
-Spaces and elements that configure the installation.
-Schedule of displacements and final systems situation.
-Verifying critical points for the installation.
-Managing and distributing equipment, tools and materials.
-Mount plan documents. Manual of procedures.
-Using appropriate measurement instruments for the installation.
-Application and use of protective equipment.
-Making the report of developed activities and results.
2. Processes of assembly of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
-Documents for the assembly of electromedical systems: drawings, cutting, assembly plan, waste management plan, manufacturer's manual.
-Measure equipment types.
-Tipologia of protection equipment in the assembly.
-Installation security and operation measures.
-Critical and control points in the installation mount.
3. Maintenance processes for electromedicine systems and their associated facilities.
-Preparing the work area according to established procedures.
-Preventive maintenance protocols.
-Required tests and adjustments set out in the maintenance protocols.
-Corrective acting procedure.
-Waste plan operations.
-Fulfillment the established reports/worksheets.
-Intervention plan for fault detection.
-Replacing the broken elements, components, and parts.
4. Integration and communication in the workplace.
-Responsible behavior in the job center.
-Respect to the procedures and rules of the work center.
-Interpreting and diligently performing the instructions received.
-Recognition of the organization's production process.
-Using the communication channels set in the job center.
-Adequation to the company's work rate.
-Follow up on regulations for the prevention of occupational risks, occupational health and environmental protection.
IV. PRESCRIPTIONS OF TRAINERS
| Formative Modules | Required Accreditation | ** Required Professional Experience in the scope of the competence |
|---|---|---|
|
MF1271_3: Planning and management of the installation of electromedicine systems and their associated facilities. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect, or corresponding degree title or other titles equivalents. • Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. | 2 years |
| MF1272_3: Monitoring and performing the installation of Electromedicine systems and their associated facilities. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect or the title of corresponding degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomacy, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. | 2 years |
|
MF1273_3: Planning and management of maintenance of Electromedicine systems and their associated facilities. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. • Diplomate, Technical Engineer, Technical Architect, or degree title corresponding or other equivalent titles. | 2 years |
|
MF1274_3: Monitoring and performing the maintenance of Electromedicine systems and its associated facilities. | • Licensed, Engineer, Architect or corresponding degree title or other equivalent titles. • Diplomat, Technical Engineer, Technical architect or corresponding degree of degree or other equivalent titles. |
2 years |
** Accredited within the last 5 years
V. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPACES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
| Forming Space | Surface m2 15 pupils | Surface m2 25 pupils |
|---|---|---|
|
Classroom | 45 | |
| 100 | 100 | |
| 50 |
50 |
| M1 | M2 | M3 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
| X | X |
X | X | |||
|
|
X | X | X | X | X | X | |
| X | X | X | X |
| X |
| Equipment | |
|---|---|
|
Classroom. | -Pizarra to write with pens. -Audio-visual equipment. -Classroom material. -network-installed PCs, projection cannon and Internet. -Printer. -Table and chair for the trainer. -Messes and chairs for students. -Specific maintenance management software |
|
-Welding equipment. | -Electronic work bank. -Teams with tuning and calibration tools. -Tool boxes with equipment for mechanical work. -Tool boxes with equipment for electronic works. -Tool boxes with electrical work equipment (low -Tools (Special Tools). -Photo Camera. -Pumps, compressors and vacuometers. -Osciloscopes. -Registrar. -Digital Polimeters. -Fasimeter. -Optical Tachometer. -Electrical Isolation Meter. -Infrared Thermometer.
-Vibration Analyzer. -Vibration Analyzer. -Facility Checker, Isolation, and lands. -Digital Thermometer. -Comprobator air quality. -Analyser electrical quality. -thermographic camera. -Defibrillator Analyzer. -Infusion pump analyzer. -Uninvasive pressure analyzer.
-Simulator of Infusion Pumps. - patient. -Digital pressure and vacuum gauge. -Electrical and optical pulsioximetry simulator. -Hemodialysis monitors. -Electrocardiograph. -Monitors multiparametric. -Integral harness with sling and absorber system. -Antiacides. -Security helmet with barboquejo. -Gloves against mechanical aggressions. -Dievs. -Face screen. -Pertiga with no voltage indicator. -Mosquetons. -Fist Blocker. -Clamping Blocker. -Anti-splashing glasses (medical use). -Gas filter mask organic. -Electrical safety boots. -Gloves for gas handling at very low temperatures. -Workwear medical use. -Knee Protector. - Lumbar belt |
|
obsolescence store and materials | -Staging. -Weights Lift. -Transport Carrows. -Banks job. |
* These electromedicine systems and their associated facilities should not be in the center but must be where the practices are performed (necessarily a Hospital or Health Care Center).
It should not be interpreted that the various identified learning spaces should necessarily be differentiated by closure.
The facilities and equipment must comply with the relevant industrial and sanitary sanitary regulations and respond to the universal accessibility and safety measures of the participants.
The number of units to be provided with the tools, machines and tools specified in the training spaces will be sufficient for a minimum of 15 students and must be increased, in their case, to attend to a higher number.
In the event that the training is addressed to persons with disabilities, the adaptations and reasonable adjustments will be made to ensure their participation in equal conditions.
